merged trunk into lua branch

plugin loading is disabled atm because of a bug reading the files (lua may be the reason). 
Reading the files in usdx and passing the contents to lua may solve this

git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/ultrastardx/svn/branches/experimental@2019 b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c

52 files changed, 8498 insertions, 7849 deletions

diff --git a/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas b/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas
index bd505f51..7fe98d29 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas
@@ -33,169 +33,101 @@ interface
 
 {$I switches.inc}
 
-// as long as the transition to freetype is not finished
-// use the old implementation
-{$IFDEF UseFreetype}
-  {$INCLUDE TextGLFreetype.pas}
-{$ELSE}
 uses
   gl,
+  glext,
   SDL,
+  Classes,
   UTexture,
+  UFont,
+  UPath,
   ULog;
 
+type
+  PGLFont = ^TGLFont;
+  TGLFont = record
+    Font:     TScalableFont;
+    X, Y, Z:  real;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Fonts:   array of TGLFont;
+  ActFont: integer;
+
 procedure BuildFont;                          // build our bitmap font
 procedure KillFont;                           // delete the font
-function  glTextWidth(const text: string): real; // returns text width
-procedure glPrint(const text: string);        // custom GL "Print" routine
+function  glTextWidth(const text: UTF8String): real; // returns text width
+procedure glPrint(const text: UTF8String);    // custom GL "Print" routine
 procedure ResetFont();                        // reset font settings of active font
 procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);             // sets X and Y
 procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);                  // sets Z
 procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
 procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);       // sets active font style (normal, bold, etc)
 procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);     // sets italic type letter (works for all fonts)
-procedure SetFontAspectW(Aspect: real);
 procedure SetFontReflection(Enable:boolean;Spacing: real); // enables/disables text reflection
 
-//function NextPowerOfTwo(Value: integer): integer;
-// Checks if the ttf exists, if yes then a SDL_ttf is returned
-//function LoadFont(FileName: PAnsiChar; PointSize: integer):PTTF_Font;
-// Does the renderstuff, color is in $ffeecc style
-//function RenderText(font: PTTF_Font; Text:PAnsiChar; Color: Cardinal):PSDL_Surface;
-
-type
-  TTextGL = record
-    X:        real;
-    Y:        real;
-    Z:        real;
-    Text:     string;
-    Size:     real;
-    ColR:     real;
-    ColG:     real;
-    ColB:     real;
-  end;
-
-  PFont = ^TFont;
-  TFont = record
-    Tex:      TTexture;
-    Width:    array[0..255] of byte;
-    AspectW:  real;
-    Centered: boolean;
-    Outline:  real;
-    Italic:   boolean;
-    Reflection: boolean;
-    ReflectionSpacing: real;
-  end;
-
-
-var
-  Fonts:      array of TFont;
-  ActFont:    integer;
-
-
 implementation
 
 uses
-  UMain,
-  UCommon,
+  UTextEncoding,
   SysUtils,
   IniFiles,
-  Classes,
-  UGraphic;
-
-var
-  // Colours for the reflection
-  TempColor:    array[0..3] of GLfloat;
+  UCommon,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils;
 
-{**
- * Load font info.
- * FontFile is the name of the image (.png) not the data (.dat) file
- *}
-procedure LoadFontInfo(FontID: integer; const FontFile: string);
+function FindFontFile(FontIni: TCustomIniFile; Font: string): IPath;
 var
-  Stream:  TFileStream;
-  DatFile: string;
+  Filename: IPath;
 begin
-  DatFile := ChangeFileExt(FontFile, '.dat');
-  FillChar(Fonts[FontID].Width[0], Length(Fonts[FontID].Width), 0);
-
-  Stream := nil;
-  try
-    Stream := TFileStream.Create(DatFile, fmOpenRead);
-    Stream.Read(Fonts[FontID].Width, 256);
-  except
-    Log.LogError('Error while reading font['+ inttostr(FontID) +']', 'LoadFontInfo');
-  end;
-  Stream.Free;
+  Filename := Path(FontIni.ReadString(Font, 'File', ''));
+  Result := FontPath.Append(Filename);
+  // if path does not exist, try as an absolute path
+  if (not Result.IsFile) then
+    Result := Filename;
 end;
 
-// Builds bitmap fonts
 procedure BuildFont;
 var
-  Count: integer;
   FontIni: TMemIniFile;
-  FontFile: string;     // filename of the image (with .png/... ending)
+  FontFile: IPath;
 begin
   ActFont := 0;
 
   SetLength(Fonts, 4);
-  FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fonts.ini');
-
-  // Normal
-
-  FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Normal', 'File', '');
-
-  Fonts[0].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
-  Fonts[0].Tex.H := 30;
-  Fonts[0].AspectW := 0.9;
-  Fonts[0].Outline := 0;
-
-  LoadFontInfo(0, FontFile);
-
-  // Bold
+  FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath.Append('fonts.ini').ToNative);
 
-  FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Bold', 'File', '');
-
-  Fonts[1].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
-  Fonts[1].Tex.H := 30;
-  Fonts[1].AspectW := 1;
-  Fonts[1].Outline := 0;
-
-  LoadFontInfo(1, FontFile);
-  for Count := 0 to 255 do
-    Fonts[1].Width[Count] := Fonts[1].Width[Count] div 2;
-
-  // Outline1
-
-  FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Outline1', 'File', '');
-
-  Fonts[2].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
-  Fonts[2].Tex.H := 30;
-  Fonts[2].AspectW := 0.95;
-  Fonts[2].Outline := 5;
-
-  LoadFontInfo(2, FontFile);
-  for Count := 0 to 255 do
-    Fonts[2].Width[Count] := Fonts[2].Width[Count] div 2 + 2;
+  try
 
-  // Outline2
+    // Normal
+    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Normal');
+    Fonts[0].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64);
+    //Fonts[0].Font.GlyphSpacing := 1.4;
+    //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 1.2;
 
-  FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Outline2', 'File', '');
+    // Bold
+    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Bold');
+    Fonts[1].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64);
 
-  Fonts[3].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
-  Fonts[3].Tex.H := 30;
-  Fonts[3].AspectW := 0.95;
-  Fonts[3].Outline := 4;
+    // Outline1
+    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline1');
+    Fonts[2].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.06);
+    //TFTScalableOutlineFont(Fonts[2].Font).SetOutlineColor(0.3, 0.3, 0.3);
 
-  LoadFontInfo(3, FontFile);
-  for Count := 0 to 255 do
-    Fonts[3].Width[Count] := Fonts[3].Width[Count] + 1;
+    // Outline2
+    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline2');
+    Fonts[3].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.08);
 
+  except
+    on E: Exception do
+      Log.LogCritical(E.Message, 'BuildFont');
+  end;
 
   // close ini-file
   FontIni.Free;
 end;
 
+
 // Deletes the font
 procedure KillFont;
 begin
@@ -203,133 +135,31 @@ begin
   //glDeleteLists(..., 256);
 end;
 
-function glTextWidth(const text: string): real;
+function glTextWidth(const text: UTF8String): real;
 var
-  Letter: char;
-  i: integer;
-  Font: PFont;
+  Bounds: TBoundsDbl;
 begin
-  Result := 0;
-  Font := @Fonts[ActFont];
-
-  for i := 1 to Length(text) do
-  begin
-    Letter := Text[i];
-    Result := Result + Font.Width[Ord(Letter)] * Font.Tex.H / 30 * Font.AspectW;
-  end;
-
-  if ((Result > 0) and Font.Italic) then
-    Result := Result + 12 * Font.Tex.H / 60 * Font.AspectW;
-end;
-
-procedure glPrintLetter(Letter: char);
-var
-  TexX, TexY:        real;
-  TexR, TexB:        real;
-  TexHeight:         real;
-  FWidth:            real;
-  PL, PT:            real;
-  PR, PB:            real;
-  XItal:             real; // X shift for italic type letter
-  ReflectionSpacing: real; // Distance of the reflection
-  Font:              PFont;
-  Tex:               PTexture;
-begin
-  Font := @Fonts[ActFont];
-  Tex := @Font.Tex;
-
-  FWidth := Font.Width[Ord(Letter)];
-
-  Tex.W := FWidth * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW;
-
-  // set texture positions
-  TexX := (ord(Letter) mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 - FWidth/1024 - Font.Outline/1024;
-  TexY := (ord(Letter) div 16) * 1/16 + 2/1024;
-  TexR := (ord(Letter) mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 + FWidth/1024 + Font.Outline/1024;
-  TexB := (1 + ord(Letter) div 16) * 1/16 - 2/1024;
-
-  TexHeight := TexB - TexY;
-
-  // set vector positions
-  PL := Tex.X - Font.Outline * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW /2;
-  PT := Tex.Y;
-  PR := PL + Tex.W + Font.Outline * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW;
-  PB := PT + Tex.H;
-
-  if (not Font.Italic) then
-    XItal := 0
-  else
-    XItal := 12;
-
-  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
-  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
-
-  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
-  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex.TexNum);
-  
-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-    glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL+XItal,  PT);
-    glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL,        PB);
-    glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR,        PB);
-    glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR+XItal,  PT);
-  glEnd;
-
-  // <mog> Reflection
-  // Yes it would make sense to put this in an extra procedure,
-  // but this works, doesn't take much lines, and is almost lightweight
-  if Font.Reflection then
-  begin
-    ReflectionSpacing := Font.ReflectionSpacing + Tex.H/2;
-
-    glDepthRange(0, 10);
-    glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
-    glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
-
-    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-      glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], 0);
-      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY + TexHeight/2);
-      glVertex3f(PL, PB + ReflectionSpacing - Tex.H/2, Tex.z);
-
-      glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], Tex.Alpha-0.3);
-      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB );
-      glVertex3f(PL + XItal, PT + ReflectionSpacing, Tex.z);
-
-      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB );
-      glVertex3f(PR + XItal, PT + ReflectionSpacing, Tex.z);
-
-      glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], 0);
-      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY + TexHeight/2);
-      glVertex3f(PR, PB + ReflectionSpacing - Tex.H/2, Tex.z);
-    glEnd;
-
-    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
-  end; // reflection
-
-  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
-  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
-
-  Tex.X := Tex.X + Tex.W;
-
-  //write the colour back
-  glColor4fv(@TempColor);
+  Bounds := Fonts[ActFont].Font.BBox(Text, true);
+  Result := Bounds.Right - Bounds.Left;
 end;
 
 // Custom GL "Print" Routine
-procedure glPrint(const Text: string);
+procedure glPrint(const Text: UTF8String);
 var
-  Pos: integer;
+  GLFont: PGLFont;
 begin
   // if there is no text do nothing
   if (Text = '') then
     Exit;
 
-  //Save the actual color and alpha (for reflection)
-  glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @TempColor);
+  GLFont := @Fonts[ActFont];
 
-  for Pos := 1 to Length(Text) do
-  begin
-    glPrintLetter(Text[Pos]);
-  end;
+  glPushMatrix();
+    // set font position
+    glTranslatef(GLFont.X, GLFont.Y + GLFont.Font.Ascender, GLFont.Z);
+    // draw string
+    GLFont.Font.Print(Text);
+  glPopMatrix();
 end;
 
 procedure ResetFont();
@@ -342,18 +172,18 @@ end;
 
 procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);
 begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].Tex.X := X;
-  Fonts[ActFont].Tex.Y := Y;
+  Fonts[ActFont].X := X;
+  Fonts[ActFont].Y := Y;
 end;
 
 procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);
 begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].Tex.Z := Z;
+  Fonts[ActFont].Z := Z;
 end;
 
 procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
 begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].Tex.H := Size;
+  Fonts[ActFont].Font.Height := Size;
 end;
 
 procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);
@@ -363,21 +193,19 @@ end;
 
 procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);
 begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].Italic := Enable;
-end;
-
-procedure SetFontAspectW(Aspect: real);
-begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].AspectW := Aspect;
+  if (Enable) then
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Italic]
+  else
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Italic]
 end;
 
 procedure SetFontReflection(Enable: boolean; Spacing: real);
 begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].Reflection        := Enable;
-  Fonts[ActFont].ReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+  if (Enable) then
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Reflect]
+  else
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Reflect];
+  Fonts[ActFont].Font.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Descender;
 end;
 
 end.
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas b/Lua/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 61b26693..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/base/TextGL.pas $
- * $Id: TextGL.pas 1483 2008-10-28 19:01:20Z tobigun $
- *}
-
-(*
-unit TextGL;
-
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-*)
-
-uses
-  gl,
-  glext,
-  SDL,
-  UTexture,
-  UFont,
-  Classes,
-  ULog;
-
-type
-  PGLFont = ^TGLFont;
-  TGLFont = record
-    Font:     TScalableFont;
-    X, Y, Z:  real;
-  end;
-
-var
-  Fonts:   array of TGLFont;
-  ActFont: integer;
-
-procedure BuildFont;                          // build our bitmap font
-procedure KillFont;                           // delete the font
-function  glTextWidth(const text: string): real; // returns text width
-procedure glPrint(const text: string);        // custom GL "Print" routine
-procedure ResetFont();                        // reset font settings of active font
-procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);             // sets X and Y
-procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);                  // sets Z
-procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
-procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);       // sets active font style (normal, bold, etc)
-procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);     // sets italic type letter (works for all fonts)
-procedure SetFontReflection(Enable:boolean;Spacing: real); // enables/disables text reflection
-
-implementation
-
-uses
-  UMain,
-  UCommon,
-  UTextEncoding,
-  SysUtils,
-  IniFiles;
-
-function FindFontFile(FontIni: TCustomIniFile; Font: string): string;
-var
-  Filename: string;
-begin
-  Filename := FontIni.ReadString(Font, 'File', '');
-  Result := FontPath + Filename;
-  // if path does not exist, try as an absolute path
-  if (not FileExists(Result)) then
-    Result := Filename;
-end;
-
-procedure BuildFont;
-var
-  FontIni: TMemIniFile;
-  //BitmapFont: TBitmapFont;
-  FontFile: string;
-begin
-  ActFont := 0;
-
-  SetLength(Fonts, 4);
-  FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fontsTTF.ini');
-  //FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fonts.ini');
-
-  try
-
-    // Normal
-    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Normal');
-    Fonts[0].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64);
-    //Fonts[0].Font.GlyphSpacing := 1.4;
-    //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 1.2;
-
-    {
-    BitmapFont := TBitmapFont.Create(FontFile, 0, 19, 35, -10);
-    BitmapFont.CorrectWidths(2, 0);
-    Fonts[0].Font := TScalableFont.Create(BitmapFont, false);
-    }
-
-    //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 0.9;
-
-    // Bold
-    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Bold');
-    Fonts[1].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64);
-
-    // Outline1
-    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline1');
-    Fonts[2].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.06);
-    //TFTScalableOutlineFont(Fonts[2].Font).SetOutlineColor(0.3, 0.3, 0.3);
-
-    // Outline2
-    FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline2');
-    Fonts[3].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.08);
-
-  except on E: Exception do
-    Log.LogCritical(E.Message, 'BuildFont');
-  end;
-
-  // close ini-file
-  FontIni.Free;
-end;
-
-
-// Deletes the font
-procedure KillFont;
-begin
-  // delete all characters
-  //glDeleteLists(..., 256);
-end;
-
-function glTextWidth(const text: string): real;
-var
-  Bounds: TBoundsDbl;
-begin
-  // FIXME: remove conversion
-  Bounds := Fonts[ActFont].Font.BBox(RecodeString(Text, encCP1252), true);
-  Result := Bounds.Right - Bounds.Left;
-end;
-
-// Custom GL "Print" Routine
-procedure glPrint(const Text: string);
-var
-  GLFont: PGLFont;
-begin
-  // if there is no text do nothing
-  if (Text = '') then
-    Exit;
-
-  GLFont := @Fonts[ActFont];
-
-  glPushMatrix();
-    // set font position
-    glTranslatef(GLFont.X, GLFont.Y + GLFont.Font.Ascender, GLFont.Z);
-    // draw string
-    // FIXME: remove conversion
-    GLFont.Font.Print(RecodeString(Text, encCP1252));
-  glPopMatrix();
-end;
-
-procedure ResetFont();
-begin
-  SetFontPos(0, 0);
-  SetFontZ(0);
-  SetFontItalic(False);
-  SetFontReflection(False, 0);
-end;
-
-procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);
-begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].X := X;
-  Fonts[ActFont].Y := Y;
-end;
-
-procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);
-begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].Z := Z;
-end;
-
-procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
-begin
-  Fonts[ActFont].Font.Height := Size;
-end;
-
-procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);
-begin
-  ActFont := Style;
-end;
-
-procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);
-begin
-  if (Enable) then
-    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Italic]
-  else
-    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Italic]
-end;
-
-procedure SetFontReflection(Enable: boolean; Spacing: real);
-begin
-  if (Enable) then
-    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Reflect]
-  else
-    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Reflect];
-  Fonts[ActFont].Font.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Descender;
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas b/Lua/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..310a49cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UBeatTimer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UTime;
+
+type
+  (**
+   * TLyricsState contains all information concerning the
+   * state of the lyrics, e.g. the current beat or duration of the lyrics.
+   *)
+  TLyricsState = class
+    private
+      Timer:        TRelativeTimer; // keeps track of the current time
+    public
+      OldBeat:      integer;    // previous discovered beat
+      CurrentBeat:  integer;    // current beat (rounded)
+      MidBeat:      real;       // current beat (float)
+
+      // now we use this for super synchronization!
+      // only used when analyzing voice
+      // TODO: change ...D to ...Detect(ed)
+      OldBeatD:     integer;    // previous discovered beat
+      CurrentBeatD: integer;    // current discovered beat (rounded)
+      MidBeatD:     real;       // current discovered beat (float)
+
+      // we use this for audible clicks
+      // TODO: Change ...C to ...Click
+      OldBeatC:     integer;    // previous discovered beat
+      CurrentBeatC: integer;
+      MidBeatC:     real;       // like CurrentBeatC
+
+      OldLine:      integer;    // previous displayed sentence
+
+      StartTime:    real;       // time till start of lyrics (= Gap)
+      TotalTime:    real;       // total song time
+
+      constructor Create();
+      procedure Pause();
+      procedure Resume();
+
+      procedure Reset();
+      procedure UpdateBeats();
+
+      (**
+       * current song time (in seconds) used as base-timer for lyrics etc.
+       *)
+      function GetCurrentTime(): real;
+      procedure SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses UNote, Math;
+
+
+constructor TLyricsState.Create();
+begin
+  // create a triggered timer, so we can Pause() it, set the time
+  // and Resume() it afterwards for better synching.
+  Timer := TRelativeTimer.Create(true);
+
+  // reset state
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.Pause();
+begin
+  Timer.Pause();
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.Resume();
+begin
+  Timer.Resume();
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
+begin
+  // do not start the timer (if not started already),
+  // after setting the current time
+  Timer.SetTime(Time, false);
+end;
+
+function TLyricsState.GetCurrentTime(): real;
+begin
+  Result := Timer.GetTime();
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Resets the timer and state of the lyrics.
+ * The timer will be stopped afterwards so you have to call Resume()
+ * to start the lyrics timer. 
+ *)
+procedure TLyricsState.Reset();
+begin
+  Pause();
+  SetCurrentTime(0);
+
+  StartTime := 0;
+  TotalTime := 0;
+
+  OldBeat      := -1;
+  MidBeat      := -1;
+  CurrentBeat  := -1;
+
+  OldBeatC     := -1;
+  MidBeatC     := -1;
+  CurrentBeatC := -1;
+
+  OldBeatD     := -1;
+  MidBeatD     := -1;
+  CurrentBeatD := -1;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Updates the beat information (CurrentBeat/MidBeat/...) according to the
+ * current lyric time.
+ *)
+procedure TLyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+var
+  CurLyricsTime: real;
+begin
+  CurLyricsTime := GetCurrentTime();
+
+  OldBeat := CurrentBeat;
+  MidBeat := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
+  CurrentBeat := Floor(MidBeat);
+
+  OldBeatC := CurrentBeatC;
+  MidBeatC := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
+  CurrentBeatC := Floor(MidBeatC);
+
+  OldBeatD := CurrentBeatD;
+  // MidBeatD = MidBeat with additional GAP
+  MidBeatD := -0.5 + GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - (StartTime + 120 + 20) / 1000);
+  CurrentBeatD := Floor(MidBeatD);
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas
index 4fc54199..d33bbbe1 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas
@@ -38,20 +38,21 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  UIni;
+  UIni,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   TCatCovers = class
     protected
-      cNames:    array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of string;
-      cFiles:    array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of string;
+      cNames:    array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of UTF8String;
+      cFiles:    array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of IPath;
     public
       constructor Create;
       procedure Load; //Load Cover aus Cover.ini and Cover Folder
-      procedure LoadPath(const CoversPath: string);
-      procedure Add(Sorting: integer; Name, Filename: string); //Add a Cover
-      function  CoverExists(Sorting: integer; Name: string): boolean; //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists
-      function  GetCover(Sorting: integer; Name: string): string; //Returns the Filename of a Cover
+      procedure LoadPath(const CoversPath: IPath);
+      procedure Add(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String; const Filename: IPath); //Add a Cover
+      function  CoverExists(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): boolean; //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists
+      function  GetCover(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): IPath; //Returns the Filename of a Cover
   end;
 
 var
@@ -63,9 +64,11 @@ uses
   IniFiles,
   SysUtils,
   Classes,
-  // UFiles,
+  UFilesystem,
+  ULog,
   UMain,
-  ULog;
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UPathUtils;
 
 constructor TCatCovers.Create;
 begin
@@ -78,25 +81,28 @@ var
   I: integer;
 begin
   for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do
-    LoadPath(CoverPaths[I]);
+    LoadPath(CoverPaths[I] as IPath);
 end;
 
 (**
  * Load Cover from Cover.ini and Cover Folder
  *)
-procedure TCatCovers.LoadPath(const CoversPath: string);
+procedure TCatCovers.LoadPath(const CoversPath: IPath);
 var
   Ini: TMemIniFile;
-  SR:  TSearchRec;
   List: TStringlist;
   I, J: Integer;
-  Name, Filename, Temp: string;
+  Filename: IPath;
+  Name, TmpName: UTF8String;
+  CatCover: IPath;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
 begin
   Ini := nil;
   List := nil;
 
   try
-    Ini  := TMemIniFile.Create(CoversPath + 'covers.ini');
+    Ini  := TMemIniFile.Create(CoversPath.Append('covers.ini').ToNative);
     List := TStringlist.Create;
 
     //Add every Cover in Covers Ini for Every Sorting option
@@ -105,63 +111,65 @@ begin
       Ini.ReadSection(ISorting[I], List);
 
       for J := 0 to List.Count - 1 do
-        Add(I, List.Strings[J], CoversPath + Ini.ReadString(ISorting[I], List.Strings[J], 'NoCover.jpg'));
+      begin
+        CatCover := Path(Ini.ReadString(ISorting[I], List.Strings[J], 'NoCover.jpg'));
+        Add(I, List.Strings[J], CoversPath.Append(CatCover));
+      end;
     end;
   finally
     Ini.Free;
     List.Free;
   end;
 
-  try
-    //Add Covers from Folder
-    if (FindFirst (CoversPath + '*.jpg', faAnyFile, SR) = 0) then
-      repeat
-        //Add Cover if it doesn't exist for every Section
-        Name := SR.Name;
-        Filename := CoversPath + Name;
-        Delete (Name, length(Name) - 3, 4);
-
-        for I := 0 to high(ISorting) do
-        begin
-          Temp := Name;
-          if ((I = sTitle) or (I = sTitle2)) and (Pos ('Title', Temp) <> 0) then
-            Delete (Temp, Pos ('Title', Temp), 5)
-          else if (I = sArtist) or (I = sArtist2) and (Pos ('Artist', Temp) <> 0) then
-            Delete (Temp, Pos ('Artist', Temp), 6);
-
-          if not CoverExists(I, Temp) then
-            Add (I, Temp, Filename);
-        end;
-      until FindNext (SR) <> 0;
-  finally
-    FindClose (SR);
+  //Add Covers from Folder
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(CoversPath.Append('*.jpg'), 0);
+  while Iter.HasNext do
+  begin
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+
+    //Add Cover if it doesn't exist for every Section
+    Filename := CoversPath.Append(FileInfo.Name);
+    Name := FileInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToUTF8;
+
+    for I := 0 to high(ISorting) do
+    begin
+      TmpName := Name;
+      if (I = sTitle) and (UTF8Pos('Title', TmpName) <> 0) then
+        UTF8Delete(TmpName, UTF8Pos('Title', TmpName), 5)
+      else if (I = sArtist) and (UTF8Pos('Artist', TmpName) <> 0) then
+        UTF8Delete(TmpName, UTF8Pos('Artist', TmpName), 6);
+
+      if not CoverExists(I, TmpName) then
+        Add(I, TmpName, Filename);
+    end;
   end;
 end;
 
   //Add a Cover
-procedure TCatCovers.Add(Sorting: integer; Name, Filename: string);
+procedure TCatCovers.Add(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String; const Filename: IPath);
 begin
-  if FileExists (Filename) then //If Exists -> Add
+  if Filename.IsFile then //If Exists -> Add
   begin
-    SetLength (CNames[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
-    SetLength (CFiles[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
+    SetLength(CNames[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
+    SetLength(CFiles[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
 
-    CNames[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := Uppercase(Name);
+    CNames[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := UTF8Uppercase(Name);
     CFiles[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := FileName;
   end;
 end;
 
   //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists
-function TCatCovers.CoverExists(Sorting: integer; Name: string): boolean;
+function TCatCovers.CoverExists(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): boolean;
 var
   I: Integer;
+  UpperName: UTF8String;
 begin
   Result := False;
-  Name := Uppercase(Name); //Case Insensitiv
+  UpperName := UTF8Uppercase(Name); //Case Insensitiv
 
   for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do
   begin
-    if (cNames[Sorting][I] = Name) then //Found Name
+    if (cNames[Sorting][I] = UpperName) then //Found Name
     begin
       Result := true;
       break; //Break For Loop
@@ -170,16 +178,18 @@ begin
 end;
 
   //Returns the Filename of a Cover
-function TCatCovers.GetCover(Sorting: integer; Name: string): string;
+function TCatCovers.GetCover(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): IPath;
 var
   I: Integer;
+  UpperName: UTF8String;
+  NoCoverPath: IPath; 
 begin
-  Result := '';
-  Name := Uppercase(Name);
+  Result := PATH_NONE;
+  UpperName := UTF8Uppercase(Name);
 
   for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do
   begin
-    if cNames[Sorting][I] = Name then
+    if cNames[Sorting][I] = UpperName then
     begin
       Result := cFiles[Sorting][I];
       Break;
@@ -187,13 +197,14 @@ begin
   end;
 
   //No Cover
-  if (Result = '') then
+  if (Result.IsUnset) then
   begin
     for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do
     begin
-      if (FileExists(CoverPaths[I] + 'NoCover.jpg')) then
+      NoCoverPath := (CoverPaths[I] as IPath).Append('NoCover.jpg');
+      if (NoCoverPath.IsFile) then
       begin
-        Result := CoverPaths[I] + 'NoCover.jpg';
+        Result := NoCoverPath;
         Break;
       end;
     end;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas
index 281a480d..ac0db2c2 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas
@@ -33,6 +33,9 @@ interface
 
 {$I switches.inc}
 
+uses
+  UPath;
+
 type
   TScreenMode = (scmDefault, scmFullscreen, scmWindowed);
 
@@ -64,9 +67,9 @@ type
       Screens:    integer;
 
       // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0: Not Set}
-      SongPath:   string;
-      ConfigFile: string;
-      ScoreFile:  string;
+      SongPath:   IPath;
+      ConfigFile: IPath;
+      ScoreFile:  IPath;
 
       // pseudo integer values
       property Language:      integer read GetLanguage;
@@ -144,9 +147,9 @@ begin
   Screens     := -1;
 
   // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0 Not Set}
-  SongPath    := '';
-  ConfigFile  := '';
-  ScoreFile   := '';
+  SongPath    := PATH_NONE;
+  ConfigFile  := PATH_NONE;
+  ScoreFile   := PATH_NONE;
 end;
 
 {**
@@ -248,7 +251,7 @@ begin
         if (PCount > I) then
         begin
           // write value to string
-          SongPath := ParamStr(I + 1);
+          SongPath := Path(ParamStr(I + 1));
         end;
       end
 
@@ -258,11 +261,11 @@ begin
         if (PCount > I) then
         begin
           // write value to string
-          ConfigFile := ParamStr(I + 1);
+          ConfigFile := Path(ParamStr(I + 1));
 
           // is this a relative path -> then add gamepath
-          if Not ((Length(ConfigFile) > 2) AND (ConfigFile[2] = ':')) then
-            ConfigFile := ExtractFilePath(ParamStr(0)) + Configfile;
+          if (not ConfigFile.IsAbsolute) then
+            ConfigFile := Platform.GetExecutionDir().Append(ConfigFile);
         end;
       end
 
@@ -272,7 +275,7 @@ begin
         if (PCount > I) then
         begin
           // write value to string
-          ScoreFile := ParamStr(I + 1);
+          ScoreFile := Path(ParamStr(I + 1));
         end;
       end;
 
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas
index a52349c0..fa0faf3c 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas
@@ -39,59 +39,54 @@ uses
   {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
   Windows,
   {$ENDIF}
-  sdl,
   UConfig,
-  ULog;
+  ULog,
+  UPath;
 
 type
-  TMessageType = ( mtInfo, mtError );
+  TStringDynArray = array of string;
 
-procedure ShowMessage( const msg : String; msgType: TMessageType = mtInfo );
+const
+  SepWhitespace = [#9, #10, #13, ' ']; // tab, lf, cr, space
 
-procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string);
+{**
+ * Splits a string into pieces separated by Separators.
+ * MaxCount specifies the max. number of pieces. If it is <= 0 the number is
+ * not limited. If > 0 the last array element will hold the rest of the string
+ * (with leading separators removed).
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *   SplitString(' split  me now ', 0) -> ['split', 'me', 'now']
+ *   SplitString(' split  me now ', 1) -> ['split', 'me now']
+ *}
+function SplitString(const Str: string; MaxCount: integer = 0; Separators: TSysCharSet = SepWhitespace): TStringDynArray;
+
+
+type
+  TMessageType = (mtInfo, mtError);
 
-function RWopsFromStream(Stream: TStream): PSDL_RWops;
+procedure ShowMessage(const msg: string; msgType: TMessageType = mtInfo);
+
+procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string);
 
 {$IFDEF FPC}
-function RandomRange(aMin: Integer; aMax: Integer) : Integer;
+function RandomRange(aMin: integer; aMax: integer): integer;
 {$ENDIF}
 
-function StringReplaceW(text : WideString; search, rep: WideChar):WideString;
-function AdaptFilePaths( const aPath : widestring ): widestring;
-
 procedure DisableFloatingPointExceptions();
 procedure SetDefaultNumericLocale();
 procedure RestoreNumericLocale();
 
 {$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
-  procedure ZeroMemory( Destination: Pointer; Length: DWORD );
-  function MakeLong(a, b: Word): Longint;
-  (*
-  #define LOBYTE(a) (BYTE)(a)
-  #define HIBYTE(a) (BYTE)((a)>>8)
-  #define LOWORD(a) (WORD)(a)
-  #define HIWORD(a) (WORD)((a)>>16)
-  #define MAKEWORD(a,b) (WORD)(((a)&0xff)|((b)<<8))
-  *)
+procedure ZeroMemory(Destination: pointer; Length: dword);
+function MakeLong(a, b: word): longint;
 {$ENDIF}
 
-function FileExistsInsensitive(var FileName: string): boolean;
-
-(*
- * Character classes
- *)
-
-function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-
 // A stable alternative to TList.Sort() (use TList.Sort() if applicable, see below)
 procedure MergeSort(List: TList; CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
 
-function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): Pointer;
-procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: Pointer);
+function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): pointer;
+procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: pointer);
 
 
 implementation
@@ -101,8 +96,63 @@ uses
   {$IFDEF Delphi}
   Dialogs,
   {$ENDIF}
-  UMain;
+  sdl,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UMain,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function SplitString(const Str: string; MaxCount: integer; Separators: TSysCharSet): TStringDynArray;
 
+  {*
+   * Adds Str[StartPos..Endpos-1] to the result array.
+   *}
+  procedure AddSplit(StartPos, EndPos: integer);
+  begin
+    SetLength(Result, Length(Result)+1);
+    Result[High(Result)] := Copy(Str, StartPos, EndPos-StartPos);
+  end;
+
+var
+  I: integer;
+  Start: integer;
+  Last: integer;
+begin
+  Start := 0;
+  SetLength(Result, 0);
+
+  for I := 1 to Length(Str) do
+  begin
+    if (Str[I] in Separators) then
+    begin
+      // end of component found
+      if (Start > 0) then
+      begin
+        AddSplit(Start, I);
+        Start := 0;
+      end;
+    end
+    else if (Start = 0) then
+    begin
+      // mark beginning of component
+      Start := I;
+      // check if this is the last component
+      if (Length(Result) = MaxCount-1) then
+      begin
+        // find last non-separator char
+        Last := Length(Str);
+        while (Str[Last] in Separators) do
+          Dec(Last);
+        // add component up to last non-separator
+        AddSplit(Start, Last);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // last component
+  if (Start > 0) then
+    AddSplit(Start, Length(Str)+1);
+end;
 
 // data used by the ...Locale() functions
 {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
@@ -224,185 +274,23 @@ begin
                     exOverflow, exUnderflow, exPrecision]);
 end;
 
-function StringReplaceW(text : WideString; search, rep: WideChar) : WideString;
-var
-  iPos  : integer;
-//  sTemp : WideString;
-begin
-(*
-  result := text;
-  iPos   := Pos(search, result);
-  while (iPos > 0) do
-  begin
-    sTemp  := copy(result, iPos + length(search), length(result));
-    result := copy(result, 1, iPos - 1) + rep + sTEmp;
-    iPos   := Pos(search, result);
-  end;
-*)
-  result := text;
-
-  if search = rep then
-    exit;
-
-  for iPos := 1 to length(result) do
-  begin
-    if result[iPos] = search then
-      result[iPos] := rep;
-  end;
-end;
-
-function AdaptFilePaths( const aPath : widestring ): widestring;
-begin
-  result := StringReplaceW( aPath, '\', PathDelim );//, [rfReplaceAll] );
-end;
-
-
 {$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
-procedure ZeroMemory( Destination: Pointer; Length: DWORD );
+procedure ZeroMemory(Destination: pointer; Length: dword);
 begin
-  FillChar( Destination^, Length, 0 );
+  FillChar(Destination^, Length, 0);
 end;
 
-function MakeLong(A, B: Word): Longint;
+function MakeLong(A, B: word): longint;
 begin
   Result := (LongInt(B) shl 16) + A;
 end;
 
-(*
-function QueryPerformanceCounter(lpPerformanceCount:TLARGEINTEGER):Bool;
-
-  // From http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RDTSC
-  function RDTSC: Int64; register;
-  asm
-    rdtsc
-  end;
-
-begin
-  // Use clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, ...) here (but not from the libc unit)
-  lpPerformanceCount := RDTSC();
-  result := true;
-end;
-
-function QueryPerformanceFrequency(lpFrequency:TLARGEINTEGER):Bool;
-begin
-  // clock_getres(CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)
-  lpFrequency := 0;
-  result := true;
-end;
-*)
 {$ENDIF}
 
-// Checks if a regular files or directory with the given name exists.
-// The comparison is case insensitive.
-function FileExistsInsensitive(var FileName: string): boolean;
-var
-  FilePath, LocalFileName: string;
-  SearchInfo: TSearchRec;
-begin
-{$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
-  // speed up standard case
-  if FileExists(FileName) then
-  begin
-    Result := true;
-    exit;
-  end;
-
-  Result := false;
-
-  FilePath := ExtractFilePath(FileName);
-  if (FindFirst(FilePath+'*', faAnyFile, SearchInfo) = 0) then
-  begin
-    LocalFileName := ExtractFileName(FileName);
-    repeat
-      if (AnsiSameText(LocalFileName, SearchInfo.Name)) then
-      begin
-        FileName := FilePath + SearchInfo.Name;
-        Result := true;
-        break;
-      end;
-    until (FindNext(SearchInfo) <> 0);
-  end;
-  FindClose(SearchInfo);
-{$ELSE}
-  // Windows and Mac OS X do not have case sensitive file systems
-  Result := FileExists(FileName);
-{$IFEND}
-end;
-
-// +++++++++++++++++++++ helpers for RWOpsFromStream() +++++++++++++++
-function SdlStreamSeek( context : PSDL_RWops; offset : Integer; whence : Integer ) : integer; cdecl;
-var
-  stream : TStream;
-  origin : Word;
-begin
-  stream := TStream( context.unknown );
-  if ( stream = nil ) then
-    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamSeek on nil' );
-  case whence of
-    0 : origin := soFromBeginning; //	Offset is from the beginning of the resource. Seek moves to the position Offset. Offset must be >= 0.
-    1 : origin := soFromCurrent; //	Offset is from the current position in the resource. Seek moves to Position + Offset.
-    2 : origin := soFromEnd;
-  else
-    origin := soFromBeginning; // just in case
-  end;
-  Result := stream.Seek( offset, origin );
-end;
-  
-function SdlStreamRead( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer; size : Integer; maxnum: Integer ) : Integer; cdecl;
-var
-  stream : TStream;
-begin
-  stream := TStream( context.unknown );
-  if ( stream = nil ) then
-    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamRead on nil' );
-  try
-    Result := stream.read( Ptr^, Size * maxnum ) div size;
-  except
-    Result := -1;
-  end;
-end;
-  
-function SDLStreamClose( context : PSDL_RWops ) : Integer; cdecl;
-var
-  stream : TStream;
-begin
-  stream := TStream( context.unknown );
-  if ( stream = nil ) then
-    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamClose on nil' );
-  stream.Free;
-  Result := 1;
-end;
-// -----------------------------------------------
-
-(*
- * Creates an SDL_RWops handle from a TStream.
- * The stream and RWops must be freed by the user after usage.
- * Use SDL_FreeRW(...) to free the RWops data-struct. 
- *)
-function RWopsFromStream(Stream: TStream): PSDL_RWops;
-begin
-  Result := SDL_AllocRW();
-  if (Result = nil) then
-    Exit;
-
-  // set RW-callbacks
-  with Result^ do
-  begin
-    unknown := TUnknown(Stream);
-    seek    := SDLStreamSeek;
-    read    := SDLStreamRead;
-    write   := nil;
-    close   := SDLStreamClose;
-    type_   := 2;
-  end;
-end;
-
-
-
 {$IFDEF FPC}
-function RandomRange(aMin: Integer; aMax: Integer) : Integer;
+function RandomRange(aMin: integer; aMax: integer): integer;
 begin
-  RandomRange := Random(aMax-aMin) + aMin ;
+  RandomRange := Random(aMax - aMin) + aMin ;
 end;
 {$ENDIF}
 
@@ -455,7 +343,7 @@ begin
 
     System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
     // output pending messages
-    for i := 0 to MessageList.Count-1 do
+    for i := 0 to MessageList.Count - 1 do
     begin
       _ConsoleWriteLn(MessageList[i]);
     end;
@@ -528,7 +416,7 @@ end;
 
 procedure ShowMessage(const msg: String; msgType: TMessageType);
 {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
-var Flags: Cardinal;
+var Flags: cardinal;
 {$ENDIF}
 begin
 {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
@@ -543,59 +431,6 @@ begin
 {$IFEND}
 end;
 
-function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-begin
-  // TODO: add chars > 255 when unicode-fonts work?
-  case ch of
-    'A'..'Z',  // A-Z
-    'a'..'z',  // a-z
-    #170,#181,#186,
-    #192..#214,
-    #216..#246,
-    #248..#255:
-      Result := true;
-    else
-      Result := false;
-  end;
-end;
-
-function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-begin
-  case ch of
-    '0'..'9':
-      Result := true;
-    else
-      Result := false;
-  end;
-end;
-
-function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-begin
-  Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch));
-end;
-
-function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-begin
-  // TODO: add chars outside of Latin1 basic (0..127)?
-  case ch of
-    ' '..'/',':'..'@','['..'`','{'..'~':
-      Result := true;
-    else
-      Result := false;
-  end;
-end;
-
-function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
-begin
-  case ch of
-    #0..#31,
-    #127..#159:
-      Result := true;
-    else
-      Result := false;
-  end;
-end;
-
 (*
  * Recursive part of the MergeSort algorithm.
  * OutList will be either InList or TempList and will be swapped in each
@@ -607,7 +442,7 @@ procedure _MergeSort(InList, TempList, OutList: TList; StartPos, BlockSize: inte
                     CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
 var
   LeftSize, RightSize: integer; // number of elements in left/right block
-  LeftEnd, RightEnd: integer;   // Index after last element in left/right block
+  LeftEnd,  RightEnd:  integer; // Index after last element in left/right block
   MidPos: integer; // index of first element in right block
   Pos: integer;    // position in output list
 begin
@@ -683,7 +518,7 @@ end;
 type
   // stores the unaligned pointer of data allocated by GetAlignedMem()
   PMemAlignHeader = ^TMemAlignHeader;
-  TMemAlignHeader = Pointer;
+  TMemAlignHeader = pointer;
 
 (**
  * Use this function to assure that allocated memory is aligned on a specific
@@ -699,9 +534,9 @@ type
  * alignments on 16 and 32 byte boundaries too.
  *)
 {$WARNINGS OFF}
-function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): Pointer;
+function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): pointer;
 var
-  OrigPtr: Pointer;
+  OrigPtr: pointer;
 const
   MIN_ALIGNMENT = 16;
 begin
@@ -722,9 +557,9 @@ begin
   end;
 
   // reserve space for the header
-  Result := Pointer(PtrUInt(OrigPtr) + SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader));
+  Result := pointer(PtrUInt(OrigPtr) + SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader));
   // align memory
-  Result := Pointer(PtrUInt(Result) + Alignment - PtrUInt(Result) mod Alignment);
+  Result := pointer(PtrUInt(Result) + Alignment - PtrUInt(Result) mod Alignment);
 
   // set header with info on old pointer for FreeMem
   PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(Result) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^ := OrigPtr;
@@ -732,7 +567,7 @@ end;
 {$WARNINGS ON}
 
 {$WARNINGS OFF}
-procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: Pointer);
+procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: pointer);
 begin
   if (P <> nil) then
     FreeMem(PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(P) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^);
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas b/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas
index 773d6203..a24242e8 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  Sysutils;
+  SysUtils;
 
 const
   // IMPORTANT:
@@ -156,6 +156,12 @@ const
                     (FPC_RELEASE * VERSION_MINOR) +
                     (FPC_PATCH * VERSION_RELEASE);
 
+  // FPC 2.2.0 unicode support is very buggy. The cwstring unit for example
+  // always crashes whenever UTF8ToAnsi() is called on a non UTF8 encoded string
+  // what is fixed in 2.2.2.
+  {$IF Defined(FPC) and (FPC_VERSION_INT < 2002002)} // < 2.2.2
+    {$MESSAGE FATAL 'FPC >= 2.2.2 required!'}
+  {$IFEND}
 
   {$IFDEF HaveFFmpeg}
 
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCore.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCore.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 901f2f96..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/UCore.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,550 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL$
- * $Id$
- *}
-
-unit UCore;
-
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-
-uses
-  uPluginDefs,
-  uCoreModule,
-  UHooks,
-  UServices,
-  UModules;
-
-{*********************
-  TCore
-  Class manages all CoreModules, teh StartUp, teh MainLoop and the shutdown process
-  Also it does some Error Handling, and maybe sometime multithreaded Loading ;)
-*********************}
-
-type
-  TModuleListItem = record
-    Module:       TCoreModule; //Instance of the Modules Class
-    Info:         TModuleInfo; //ModuleInfo returned by Modules Modulinfo Proc
-    NeedsDeInit:  Boolean;     //True if Module was succesful inited
-  end;
-  
-  TCore = class
-    private
-      //Some Hook Handles. See Plugin SDKs Hooks.txt for Infos
-      hLoadingFinished: THandle;
-      hMainLoop:        THandle;
-      hTranslate:       THandle;
-      hLoadTextures:    THandle;
-      hExitQuery:       THandle;
-      hExit:            THandle;
-      hDebug:           THandle;
-      hError:           THandle;
-      sReportError:     THandle;
-      sReportDebug:     THandle;
-      sShowMessage:     THandle;
-      sRetranslate:     THandle;
-      sReloadTextures:  THandle;
-      sGetModuleInfo:   THandle;
-      sGetApplicationHandle: THandle;
-
-      Modules:          Array [0..High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD)] of TModuleListItem;
-
-      //Cur + Last Executed Setting and Getting ;)
-      iCurExecuted: Integer;
-      iLastExecuted: Integer;
-
-      procedure SetCurExecuted(Value: Integer);
-
-      //Function Get all Modules and Creates them
-      function GetModules: Boolean;
-
-      //Loads Core and all Modules
-      function Load: Boolean;
-
-      //Inits Core and all Modules
-      function Init: Boolean;
-
-      //DeInits Core and all Modules
-      function DeInit: Boolean;
-
-      //Load the Core
-      function LoadCore: Boolean;
-
-      //Init the Core
-      function InitCore: Boolean;
-
-      //DeInit the Core
-      function DeInitCore: Boolean;
-
-      //Called one Time per Frame
-      function MainLoop: Boolean;
-
-    public
-      Hooks:            THookManager;   //Teh Hook Manager ;)
-      Services:         TServiceManager;//The Service Manager
-
-      Name:             String;         //Name of this Application
-      Version:          LongWord;       //Version of this ". For Info Look PluginDefs Functions
-
-      LastErrorReporter:String;         //Who Reported the Last Error String
-      LastErrorString:  String;         //Last Error String reported
-
-      property CurExecuted: Integer read iCurExecuted write SetCurExecuted;       //ID of Plugin or Module curently Executed
-      property LastExecuted: Integer read iLastExecuted;
-
-      //---------------
-      //Main Methods to control the Core:
-      //---------------
-      constructor Create(const cName: String; const cVersion: LongWord);
-
-      //Starts Loading and Init Process. Then Runs MainLoop. DeInits on Shutdown
-      procedure Run;
-
-      //Method for other Classes to get Pointer to a specific Module
-      function GetModulebyName(const Name: String): PCoreModule;
-
-      //--------------
-      // Hook and Service Procs:
-      //--------------
-      function ShowMessage(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (lParam: PChar Text, wParam: Symbol)
-      function ReportError(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
-      function ReportDebug(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
-      function Retranslate(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls Translate hook
-      function ReloadTextures(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls LoadTextures hook
-      function GetModuleInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TModuleInfo to address at lparam
-      function GetApplicationHandle(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Returns Application Handle
-  end;
-
-var
-  Core: TCore; 
-
-implementation
-
-uses
-  {$IFDEF win32}
-  Windows,
-  {$ENDIF}
-  SysUtils;
-
-//-------------
-// Create - Creates Class + Hook and Service Manager
-//-------------
-constructor TCore.Create(const cName: String; const cVersion: LongWord);
-begin
-  inherited Create;
-
-  Name := cName;
-  Version := cVersion;
-  iLastExecuted := 0;
-  iCurExecuted := 0;
-
-  LastErrorReporter := '';
-  LastErrorString   := '';
-
-  Hooks := THookManager.Create(50);
-  Services := TServiceManager.Create;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Starts Loading and Init Process. Then Runs MainLoop. DeInits on Shutdown
-//-------------
-procedure TCore.Run;
-var
-  Success: Boolean;
-
-  procedure HandleError(const ErrorMsg: string);
-  begin
-    if (LastErrorString <> '') then
-      Self.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_ERROR, PChar(ErrorMsg + ': ' + LastErrorString))
-    else
-      Self.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_ERROR, PChar(ErrorMsg));
-
-    //DeInit
-    DeInit;
-  end;
-
-begin
-  //Get Modules
-  try
-    Success := GetModules();
-  except
-    Success := False;
-  end;
-
-  if (not Success) then
-  begin
-    HandleError('Error Getting Modules');
-    Exit;
-  end;
-
-  //Loading
-  try
-    Success := Load();
-  except
-    Success := False;
-  end;
-
-  if (not Success) then
-  begin
-    HandleError('Error loading Modules');
-    Exit;
-  end;
-
-  //Init
-  try
-    Success := Init();
-  except
-    Success := False;
-  end;
-
-  if (not Success) then
-  begin
-    HandleError('Error initing Modules');
-    Exit;
-  end;
-
-  //Call Translate Hook
-  if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hTranslate, 0, nil) <> 0) then
-  begin
-    HandleError('Error translating');
-    Exit;
-  end;
-
-  //Calls LoadTextures Hook
-  if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadTextures, 0, nil) <> 0) then
-  begin
-    HandleError('Error loading textures');
-    Exit;
-  end;
-  
-  //Calls Loading Finished Hook
-  if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadingFinished, 0, nil) <> 0) then
-  begin
-    HandleError('Error calling LoadingFinished Hook');
-    Exit;
-  end;
-  
-  //Start MainLoop
-  while Success do
-  begin
-    Success := MainLoop();
-    // to-do : Call Display Draw here
-  end;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Called one Time per Frame
-//-------------
-function TCore.MainLoop: Boolean;
-begin
-  Result := False;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Function Get all Modules and Creates them
-//-------------
-function TCore.GetModules: Boolean;
-var
-  i: Integer;
-begin
-  Result := False;
-  for i := 0 to high(Modules) do
-  begin
-    try
-      Modules[i].NeedsDeInit := False;
-      Modules[i].Module := CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD[i].Create;
-      Modules[i].Module.Info(@Modules[i].Info);
-    except
-      ReportError(Integer(PChar('Can''t get module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core'));
-      Exit;
-    end;
-  end;
-  Result := True;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Loads Core and all Modules
-//-------------
-function TCore.Load: Boolean;
-var
-  i: Integer;
-begin
-  Result := LoadCore;
-
-  for i := 0 to High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) do
-  begin
-    try
-      Result := Modules[i].Module.Load;
-    except
-      Result := False;
-    end;
-
-    if (not Result) then
-    begin
-      ReportError(Integer(PChar('Error loading module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core'));
-      break;
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Inits Core and all Modules
-//-------------
-function TCore.Init: Boolean;
-var
-  i: Integer;
-begin
-  Result := InitCore;
-
-  for i := 0 to High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) do
-  begin
-    try
-      Result := Modules[i].Module.Init;
-    except
-      Result := False;
-    end;
-
-    if (not Result) then
-    begin
-      ReportError(Integer(PChar('Error initing module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core'));
-      break;
-    end;
-
-    Modules[i].NeedsDeInit := Result;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//DeInits Core and all Modules
-//-------------
-function TCore.DeInit: boolean;
-var
-  i: integer;
-begin
-
-  for i :=  High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) downto 0 do
-  begin
-    try
-      if (Modules[i].NeedsDeInit) then
-        Modules[i].Module.DeInit;
-    except
-    end;
-  end;
-
-  DeInitCore;
-
-  Result := true;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Load the Core
-//-------------
-function TCore.LoadCore: Boolean;
-begin
-  hLoadingFinished := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/LoadingFinished');
-  hMainLoop        := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/MainLoop');
-  hTranslate       := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/Translate');
-  hLoadTextures    := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/LoadTextures');
-  hExitQuery       := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/ExitQuery');
-  hExit            := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/Exit');
-  hDebug           := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/NewDebugInfo');
-  hError           := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/NewError');
-  
-  sReportError     := Services.AddService('Core/ReportError', nil, Self.ReportError);
-  sReportDebug     := Services.AddService('Core/ReportDebug', nil, Self.ReportDebug);
-  sShowMessage     := Services.AddService('Core/ShowMessage', nil, Self.ShowMessage);
-  sRetranslate     := Services.AddService('Core/Retranslate', nil, Self.Retranslate);
-  sReloadTextures  := Services.AddService('Core/ReloadTextures', nil, Self.ReloadTextures);
-  sGetModuleInfo   := Services.AddService('Core/GetModuleInfo', nil, Self.GetModuleInfo);
-  sGetApplicationHandle := Services.AddService('Core/GetApplicationHandle', nil, Self.GetApplicationHandle);
-
-  //A little Test
-  Hooks.AddSubscriber('Core/NewError', HookTest);
-
-  result := true;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Init the Core
-//-------------
-function TCore.InitCore: Boolean;
-begin
-  //Don not init something atm.
-  result := true;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//DeInit the Core
-//-------------
-function TCore.DeInitCore: Boolean;
-begin
-  // TODO: write TService-/HookManager.Free and call it here
-  Result := true;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Method for other classes to get pointer to a specific module
-//-------------
-function TCore.GetModuleByName(const Name: String): PCoreModule;
-var i: Integer;
-begin
-  Result := nil;
-  for i := 0 to High(Modules) do
-  begin
-    if (Modules[i].Info.Name = Name) then
-    begin
-      Result := @Modules[i].Module;
-      Break;
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Shows a MessageDialog (lParam: PChar Text, wParam: Symbol)
-//-------------
-function TCore.ShowMessage(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
-var Params: Cardinal;
-{$ENDIF}
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-
-  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
-  if (lParam <> nil) then
-  begin
-    Params := MB_OK;
-    case wParam of
-      CORE_SM_ERROR: Params := Params or MB_ICONERROR;
-      CORE_SM_WARNING: Params := Params or MB_ICONWARNING;
-      CORE_SM_INFO: Params := Params or MB_ICONINFORMATION;
-    end;
-
-    //Show:
-    Result := Messagebox(0, lParam, PChar(Name), Params);
-  end;
-  {$ENDIF}
-
-  // TODO: write ShowMessage for other OSes
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Calls NewError HookChain (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
-//-------------
-function TCore.ReportError(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-begin
-  //Update LastErrorReporter and LastErrorString
-  LastErrorReporter := String(PChar(lParam));
-  LastErrorString   := String(PChar(Pointer(wParam)));
-  
-  Hooks.CallEventChain(hError, wParam, lParam);
-
-  // FIXME: return a correct result
-  Result := 0;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Calls NewDebugInfo HookChain (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
-//-------------
-function TCore.ReportDebug(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-begin
-  Hooks.CallEventChain(hDebug, wParam, lParam);
-
-  // FIXME: return a correct result
-  Result := 0;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Calls Translate hook
-//-------------
-function TCore.Retranslate(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-begin
-  Hooks.CallEventChain(hTranslate, 1, nil);
-
-  // FIXME: return a correct result
-  Result := 0;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Calls LoadTextures hook
-//-------------
-function TCore.ReloadTextures(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-begin
-  Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadTextures, 1, nil);
-
-  // FIXME: return a correct result
-  Result := 0;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TModuleInfo to address at lparam
-//-------------
-function TCore.GetModuleInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-var
-  I: integer;
-begin
-  if (Pointer(lParam) = nil) then
-  begin
-    Result := Length(Modules);
-  end
-  else
-  begin
-    try
-      for I := 0 to High(Modules) do
-      begin
-        AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Name := Modules[I].Info.Name;
-        AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Version := Modules[I].Info.Version;
-        AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Description := Modules[I].Info.Description;
-      end;
-      Result := Length(Modules);
-    except
-      Result := -1;
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Returns Application Handle
-//-------------
-function TCore.GetApplicationHandle(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-begin
-  Result := hInstance;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Called when setting CurExecuted
-//-------------
-procedure TCore.SetCurExecuted(Value: Integer);
-begin
-  //Set Last Executed
-  iLastExecuted := iCurExecuted;
-
-  //Set Cur Executed
-  iCurExecuted := Value;
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCoreModule.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCoreModule.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index b87fec85..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/UCoreModule.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL$
- * $Id$
- *}
-
-unit UCoreModule;
-
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-
-{*********************
-  TCoreModule
-  Dummy class that has methods that will be called from core
-  In the best case every piece of this software is a module
-*********************}
-uses
- UPluginDefs;
-
-type
-  PCoreModule = ^TCoreModule;
-  TCoreModule = class
-    public
-      Constructor Create; virtual;
-      
-      //Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core
-      Procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); virtual;
-
-      //Is Called on Loading.
-      //In this Method only Events and Services should be created
-      //to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process
-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
-      Function Load: Boolean; virtual;
-
-      //Is Called on Init Process
-      //In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init
-      //your Classes, Variables etc.
-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
-      Function Init: Boolean; virtual;
-
-      //Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing
-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
-      Function MainLoop: Boolean; virtual;
-
-      //Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.
-      //Deinit is in backwards Initing Order
-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
-      Procedure DeInit; virtual;
-
-      //Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created
-      //Should be used to Free Memory
-      Destructor Destroy; override;
-  end;
-  cCoreModule = class of TCoreModule;
-
-implementation
-
-//-------------
-// Just the Constructor
-//-------------
-Constructor TCoreModule.Create;
-begin
-  //Dummy maaaan ;)
-  inherited;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core
-//-------------
-Procedure TCoreModule.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
-begin
-  pInfo^.Name := 'Not Set';
-  pInfo^.Version := 0;
-  pInfo^.Description := 'Not Set';
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Is Called on Loading.
-//In this Method only Events and Services should be created
-//to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process
-//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
-//-------------
-Function TCoreModule.Load: Boolean;
-begin
-  //Dummy ftw!!
-  Result := True;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Is Called on Init Process
-//In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init
-//your Classes, Variables etc.
-//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
-//-------------
-Function TCoreModule.Init: Boolean;
-begin
-  //Dummy ftw!!
-  Result := True;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing
-//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
-//-------------
-Function TCoreModule.MainLoop: Boolean;
-begin
-  //Dummy ftw!!
-  Result := True;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.
-//Deinit is in backwards Initing Order
-//-------------
-Procedure TCoreModule.DeInit;
-begin
-  //Dummy ftw!!
-end;
-
-//-------------
-//Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created
-//Should be used to Free Memory
-//-------------
-Destructor TCoreModule.Destroy;
-begin
-  //Dummy ftw!!
-  inherited;
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas
index a1705674..6c7c9e48 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas
@@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ uses
   SysUtils,
   Classes,
   UImage,
-  UTexture;
+  UTexture,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   ECoverDBException = class(Exception)
@@ -59,9 +60,9 @@ type
   TCover = class
     private
       ID: int64;
-      Filename: WideString;
+      Filename: IPath;
     public
-      constructor Create(ID: int64; Filename: WideString);
+      constructor Create(ID: int64; Filename: IPath);
       function GetPreviewTexture(): TTexture;
       function GetTexture(): TTexture;
   end;
@@ -76,19 +77,19 @@ type
     private
       DB: TSQLiteDatabase;
       procedure InitCoverDatabase();
-      function CreateThumbnail(const Filename: WideString; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
+      function CreateThumbnail(const Filename: IPath; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
       function LoadCover(CoverID: int64): TTexture;
       procedure DeleteCover(CoverID: int64);
-      function FindCoverIntern(const Filename: WideString): int64;
+      function FindCoverIntern(const Filename: IPath): int64;
       procedure Open();
       function GetVersion(): integer;
       procedure SetVersion(Version: integer);
     public
       constructor Create();
       destructor Destroy; override;
-      function AddCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
-      function FindCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
-      function CoverExists(const Filename: WideString): boolean;
+      function AddCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
+      function FindCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
+      function CoverExists(const Filename: IPath): boolean;
       function GetMaxCoverSize(): integer;
       procedure SetMaxCoverSize(Size: integer);
   end;
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ uses
   DateUtils;
 
 const
-  COVERDB_FILENAME = 'cover.db';
+  COVERDB_FILENAME: UTF8String = 'cover.db';
   COVERDB_VERSION = 01; // 0.1
   COVER_TBL = 'Cover';
   COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL = 'CoverThumbnail';
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ end;
 
 { TCover }
 
-constructor TCover.Create(ID: int64; Filename: WideString);
+constructor TCover.Create(ID: int64; Filename: IPath);
 begin
   Self.ID := ID;
   Self.Filename := Filename;
@@ -210,11 +211,11 @@ end;
 procedure TCoverDatabase.Open();
 var
   Version: integer;
-  Filename: string;
+  Filename: IPath;
 begin
-  Filename := UTF8Encode(Platform.GetGameUserPath() + COVERDB_FILENAME);
+  Filename := Platform.GetGameUserPath().Append(COVERDB_FILENAME);
 
-  DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
+  DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8());
   Version := GetVersion();
 
   // check version, if version is too old/new, delete database file
@@ -223,10 +224,10 @@ begin
     Log.LogInfo('Outdated cover-database file found', 'TCoverDatabase.Open');
     // close and delete outdated file
     DB.Free;
-    if (not DeleteFile(Filename)) then
-      raise ECoverDBException.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename);
+    if (not Filename.DeleteFile()) then
+      raise ECoverDBException.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename.ToNative);
     // reopen
-    DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
+    DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8());
     Version := 0;
   end;
 
@@ -266,14 +267,14 @@ begin
              ')');
 end;
 
-function TCoverDatabase.FindCoverIntern(const Filename: WideString): int64;
+function TCoverDatabase.FindCoverIntern(const Filename: IPath): int64;
 begin
   Result := DB.GetTableValue('SELECT [ID] FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' +
                              'WHERE [Filename] = ?',
-                             [UTF8Encode(Filename)]);
+                             [Filename.ToUTF8]);
 end;
 
-function TCoverDatabase.FindCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
+function TCoverDatabase.FindCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
 var
   CoverID: int64;
 begin
@@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-function TCoverDatabase.CoverExists(const Filename: WideString): boolean;
+function TCoverDatabase.CoverExists(const Filename: IPath): boolean;
 begin
   Result := false;
   try
@@ -297,7 +298,7 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-function TCoverDatabase.AddCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
+function TCoverDatabase.AddCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
 var
   CoverID: int64;
   Thumbnail: PSDL_Surface;
@@ -329,7 +330,7 @@ begin
     DB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' +
                '([Filename], [Date], [Width], [Height]) VALUES' +
                '(?, ?, ?, ?)',
-               [UTF8Encode(Filename), DateTimeToUnixTime(FileDate),
+               [Filename.ToUTF8, DateTimeToUnixTime(FileDate),
                 Info.CoverWidth, Info.CoverHeight]);
 
     // get auto-generated cover ID
@@ -358,7 +359,7 @@ var
   PixelFmt: TImagePixelFmt;
   Data: PChar;
   DataSize: integer;
-  Filename: WideString;
+  Filename: IPath;
   Table: TSQLiteUniTable;
 begin
   Table := nil;
@@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ begin
         'USING(ID) ' +
       'WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID]));
 
-    Filename := UTF8Decode(Table.FieldAsString(0));
+    Filename := Path(Table.FieldAsString(0));
     PixelFmt := TImagePixelFmt(Table.FieldAsInteger(1));
     Width    := Table.FieldAsInteger(2);
     Height   := Table.FieldAsInteger(3);
@@ -384,6 +385,9 @@ begin
     end
     else
     begin
+      // FillChar() does not decrement the ref-count of ref-counted fields
+      // -> reset Name field manually
+      Result.Name := nil;
       FillChar(Result, SizeOf(TTexture), 0);
     end;
   except on E: Exception do
@@ -403,7 +407,7 @@ end;
  * Returns a pointer to an array of bytes containing the texture data in the
  * requested size
  *)
-function TCoverDatabase.CreateThumbnail(const Filename: WideString; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
+function TCoverDatabase.CreateThumbnail(const Filename: IPath; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
 var
   //TargetAspect, SourceAspect: double;
   //TargetWidth, TargetHeight: integer;
@@ -417,7 +421,7 @@ begin
   Thumbnail := LoadImage(Filename);
   if (not assigned(Thumbnail)) then
   begin
-    Log.LogError('Could not load cover: "'+ Filename +'"', 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover');
+    Log.LogError('Could not load cover: "'+ Filename.ToNative +'"', 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover');
     Exit;
   end;
 
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas b/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas
index cd4b7991..d5bb1480 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas
@@ -35,42 +35,49 @@ interface
 
 uses
   ModiSDK,
-  UFiles;
+  UFiles,
+  UPath,
+  UFilesystem;
 
 type
   TDLLMan = class
     private
-      hLib: THandle;
+      hLib:     THandle;
       P_Init:   fModi_Init;
       P_Draw:   fModi_Draw;
       P_Finish: fModi_Finish;
       P_RData:  pModi_RData;
     public
       Plugins: array of TPluginInfo;
-      PluginPaths: array of String;
+      PluginPaths: array of IPath;
       Selected: ^TPluginInfo;
 
       constructor Create;
 
       procedure GetPluginList;
-      procedure ClearPluginInfo(No: Cardinal);
-      function  LoadPluginInfo(Filename: String; No: Cardinal): boolean;
+      procedure ClearPluginInfo(No: cardinal);
+      function  LoadPluginInfo(const Filename: IPath; No: cardinal): boolean;
 
-      function  LoadPlugin(No: Cardinal): boolean;
+      function  LoadPlugin(No: cardinal): boolean;
       procedure UnLoadPlugin;
 
-      function  PluginInit   (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const Sentences: TSentences; const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; const Print: fModi_Print; LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound): boolean;
-      function  PluginDraw   (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: Cardinal): boolean;
+      function  PluginInit   (const TeamInfo:   TTeamInfo; 
+                              var   Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo;
+			      const Sentences:  TSentences;
+			      const LoadTex:    fModi_LoadTex;
+			      const Print:      fModi_Print;
+			            LoadSound:  fModi_LoadSound;
+				    PlaySound:  pModi_PlaySound)
+			     : boolean;
+      function  PluginDraw   (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: cardinal): boolean;
       function  PluginFinish (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo): byte;
-      procedure PluginRData  (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: DWORD; user: DWORD);
+      procedure PluginRData  (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: dword; user: dword);
   end;
 
 var
   DLLMan: TDLLMan;
 
 const
-  DLLPath = 'Plugins';
-
 {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
   DLLExt  = '.dll';
 {$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
@@ -87,6 +94,7 @@ uses
   {$ELSE}
   dynlibs,
   {$ENDIF}
+  UPathUtils,
   ULog,
   SysUtils;
 
@@ -101,33 +109,32 @@ end;
 
 procedure TDLLMan.GetPluginList;
 var
-  SR:     TSearchRec;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
 begin
-
-  if FindFirst(DLLPath +PathDelim+ '*' + DLLExt, faAnyFile	, SR) = 0 then
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(PluginPath.Append('*' + DLLExt), 0);
+  while (Iter.HasNext) do
   begin
-    repeat
-      SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)+1);
-      SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins));
+    SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)+1);
+    SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins));
 
-      if LoadPluginInfo(SR.Name, High(Plugins)) then //Loaded succesful
-      begin
-        PluginPaths[High(PluginPaths)] := SR.Name;
-      end
-      else //Error Loading
-      begin
-        SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)-1);
-        SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins));
-      end;
-
-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
-    FindClose(SR);
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+
+    if LoadPluginInfo(FileInfo.Name, High(Plugins)) then // loaded succesful
+    begin
+      PluginPaths[High(PluginPaths)] := FileInfo.Name;
+    end
+    else // error loading
+    begin
+      SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)-1);
+      SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins));
+    end;
   end;
 end;
 
-procedure TDLLMan.ClearPluginInfo(No: Cardinal);
+procedure TDLLMan.ClearPluginInfo(No: cardinal);
 begin
-  //Set to Party Modi Plugin
+// set to party modi plugin
   Plugins[No].Typ := 8;
 
   Plugins[No].Name := 'unknown';
@@ -136,109 +143,117 @@ begin
   Plugins[No].Creator := 'Nobody';
   Plugins[No].PluginDesc := 'NO_PLUGIN_DESC';
 
-  Plugins[No].LoadSong := True;
-  Plugins[No].ShowScore := True;
-  Plugins[No].ShowBars := False;
-  Plugins[No].ShowNotes := True;
-  Plugins[No].LoadVideo := True;
-  Plugins[No].LoadBack  := True;
+  Plugins[No].LoadSong  := true;
+  Plugins[No].ShowScore := true;
+  Plugins[No].ShowBars  := true;
+  Plugins[No].ShowNotes := true;
+  Plugins[No].LoadVideo := true;
+  Plugins[No].LoadBack  := true;
 
-  Plugins[No].TeamModeOnly := False;
-  Plugins[No].GetSoundData := False;
-  Plugins[No].Dummy := False;
+  Plugins[No].TeamModeOnly := true;
+  Plugins[No].GetSoundData := true;
+  Plugins[No].Dummy := true;
 
 
-  Plugins[No].BGShowFull := False;
-  Plugins[No].BGShowFull_O := True;
+  Plugins[No].BGShowFull   := true;
+  Plugins[No].BGShowFull_O := true;
 
-  Plugins[No].ShowRateBar:= False;
-  Plugins[No].ShowRateBar_O := True;
+  Plugins[No].ShowRateBar   := true;
+  Plugins[No].ShowRateBar_O := true;
 
-  Plugins[No].EnLineBonus := False;
-  Plugins[No].EnLineBonus_O := True;
+  Plugins[No].EnLineBonus   := true;
+  Plugins[No].EnLineBonus_O := true;
 end;
 
-function TDLLMan.LoadPluginInfo(Filename: String; No: Cardinal): boolean;
+function TDLLMan.LoadPluginInfo(const Filename: IPath; No: cardinal): boolean;
 var
   hLibg: THandle;
   Info: pModi_PluginInfo;
-  //I: Integer;
+//  I: integer;
 begin
-  Result := False;
-  //Clear Plugin Info
+  Result := true;
+// clear plugin info
   ClearPluginInfo(No);
 
-  {//Workaround Plugins Loaded 2 Times
-  For I := low(PluginPaths) to high(PluginPaths) do
-    if (PluginPaths[I] = Filename) then
-      exit;  }
+{
+// workaround plugins loaded 2 times
+  for i := low(pluginpaths) to high(pluginpaths) do
+    if (pluginpaths[i] = filename) then
+      exit;
+}
 
-  //Load Libary
-  hLibg := LoadLibrary(PChar(DLLPath +PathDelim+ Filename));
-  //If Loaded
+// load libary
+  hLibg := LoadLibrary(PChar(PluginPath.Append(Filename).ToNative));
+// if loaded
   if (hLibg <> 0) then
   begin
-    //Load Info Procedure
-    @Info := GetProcAddress (hLibg, PChar('PluginInfo'));
+// load info procedure
+    @Info := GetProcAddress(hLibg, PChar('PluginInfo'));
 
-    //If Loaded
+// if loaded
     if (@Info <> nil) then
     begin
-      //Load PluginInfo
-      Info (Plugins[No]);
-      Result := True;
+// load plugininfo
+      Info(Plugins[No]);
+      Result := true;
     end
     else
-      Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + Filename + '": Info Procedure not Found');
+      Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + Filename.ToNative + '": Info procedure not found');
 
     FreeLibrary (hLibg);
   end
-    else
-      Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + Filename + '": Libary not Loaded');
+  else
+    Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + Filename.ToNative + '": Libary not loaded');
 end;
 
-function TDLLMan.LoadPlugin(No: Cardinal): boolean;
+function TDLLMan.LoadPlugin(No: cardinal): boolean;
 begin
-  Result := False;
-  //Load Libary
-  hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(DLLPath +PathDelim+ PluginPaths[No]));
-  //If Loaded
+  Result := true;
+// load libary
+  hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(PluginPath.Append(PluginPaths[No]).ToNative));
+// if loaded
   if (hLib <> 0) then
   begin
-    //Load Info Procedure
-    @P_Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Init'));
-    @P_Draw := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Draw'));
-    @P_Finish := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Finish'));
+// load info procedure
+    @P_Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, 'Init');
+    @P_Draw := GetProcAddress (hLib, 'Draw');
+    @P_Finish := GetProcAddress (hLib, 'Finish');
 
-    //If Loaded
-    if (@P_Init <> nil) And (@P_Draw <> nil) And (@P_Finish <> nil) then
+// if loaded
+    if (@P_Init <> nil) and (@P_Draw <> nil) and (@P_Finish <> nil) then
     begin
       Selected := @Plugins[No]; 
-      Result := True;
+      Result := true;
     end
     else
     begin
-      Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + PluginPaths[No] + '": Procedures not Found');
-
+      Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + PluginPaths[No].ToNative + '": Procedures not found');
     end;
   end
-    else
-      Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + PluginPaths[No] + '": Libary not Loaded');
+  else
+    Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + PluginPaths[No].ToNative + '": Libary not loaded');
 end;
 
 procedure TDLLMan.UnLoadPlugin;
 begin
-if (hLib <> 0) then
-  FreeLibrary (hLib);
-
-//Selected := nil;
-@P_Init := nil;
-@P_Draw := nil;
-@P_Finish := nil;
-@P_RData := nil;
+  if (hLib <> 0) then
+    FreeLibrary (hLib);
+
+//  Selected := nil;
+  @P_Init   := nil;
+  @P_Draw   := nil;
+  @P_Finish := nil;
+  @P_RData  := nil;
 end;
 
-function TDLLMan.PluginInit (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const Sentences: TSentences; const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; const Print: fModi_Print; LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound): boolean;
+function TDLLMan.PluginInit (const TeamInfo:   TTeamInfo;
+                             var   Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo;
+			     const Sentences:  TSentences;
+			     const LoadTex:    fModi_LoadTex;
+			     const Print:      fModi_Print;
+			           LoadSound:  fModi_LoadSound;
+			           PlaySound:  pModi_PlaySound)
+			    : boolean;
 var
   Methods: TMethodRec;
 begin
@@ -250,26 +265,26 @@ begin
   if (@P_Init <> nil) then
     Result := P_Init (TeamInfo, PlayerInfo, Sentences, Methods)
   else
-    Result := False
+    Result := true
 end;
 
-function TDLLMan.PluginDraw   (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: Cardinal): boolean;
+function TDLLMan.PluginDraw   (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: cardinal): boolean;
 begin
-if (@P_Draw <> nil) then
-  Result := P_Draw (PlayerInfo, CurSentence)
-else
-  Result := False
+  if (@P_Draw <> nil) then
+    Result := P_Draw (PlayerInfo, CurSentence)
+  else
+    Result := true
 end;
 
 function TDLLMan.PluginFinish (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo): byte;
 begin
-if (@P_Finish <> nil) then
-  Result := P_Finish (PlayerInfo)
-else
-  Result := 0;
+  if (@P_Finish <> nil) then
+    Result := P_Finish (PlayerInfo)
+  else
+    Result := 0;
 end;
 
-procedure TDLLMan.PluginRData  (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: DWORD; user: DWORD);
+procedure TDLLMan.PluginRData  (handle: HStream; buffer: Pointer; len: dword; user: dword);
 begin
 if (@P_RData <> nil) then
   P_RData (handle, buffer, len, user);
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas b/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas
index 0f9d88a7..85b4b8e8 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas
@@ -34,20 +34,21 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  USongs,
-  USong,
   Classes,
-  SQLiteTable3;
+  SQLiteTable3,
+  UPath,
+  USong,
+  USongs;
 
 //--------------------
-//DataBaseSystem - Class including all DB Methods
+//DataBaseSystem - Class including all DB methods
 //--------------------
 type
   TStatType = (
-    stBestScores,   // Best Scores
-    stBestSingers,  // Best Singers
-    stMostSungSong, // Most sung Songs
-    stMostPopBand   // Most popular Band
+    stBestScores,   // Best scores
+    stBestSingers,  // Best singers
+    stMostSungSong, // Most sung songs
+    stMostPopBand   // Most popular band
   );
 
   // abstract super-class for statistic results
@@ -58,54 +59,56 @@ type
 
   TStatResultBestScores = class(TStatResult)
     public
-      Singer:       WideString;
-      Score:        Word;
-      Difficulty:   Byte;
-      SongArtist:   WideString;
-      SongTitle:    WideString;
+      Singer:       UTF8String;
+      Score:        word;
+      Difficulty:   byte;
+      SongArtist:   UTF8String;
+      SongTitle:    UTF8String;
+      Date:         UTF8String;
   end;
 
   TStatResultBestSingers = class(TStatResult)
     public
-      Player:       WideString;
-      AverageScore: Word;
+      Player:       UTF8String;
+      AverageScore: word;
   end;
 
   TStatResultMostSungSong = class(TStatResult)
     public
-      Artist:       WideString;
-      Title:        WideString;
-      TimesSung:    Word;
+      Artist:       UTF8String;
+      Title:        UTF8String;
+      TimesSung:    word;
   end;
 
   TStatResultMostPopBand = class(TStatResult)
     public
-      ArtistName:   WideString;
-      TimesSungTot: Word;
+      ArtistName:   UTF8String;
+      TimesSungTot: word;
   end;
 
-  
+
   TDataBaseSystem = class
     private
-      ScoreDB: TSQLiteDatabase;
-      fFilename: string;
+      ScoreDB:      TSQLiteDatabase;
+      fFilename: IPath;
 
       function GetVersion(): integer;
       procedure SetVersion(Version: integer);
     public
-      property Filename: string read fFilename;
+      property Filename: IPath read fFilename;
 
       destructor Destroy; override;
 
-      procedure Init(const Filename: string);
+      procedure Init(const Filename: IPath);
       procedure ReadScore(Song: TSong);
-      procedure AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: WideString; Score: integer);
+      procedure AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: UTF8String; Score: integer);
       procedure WriteScore(Song: TSong);
 
-      function GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: Byte; Page: Cardinal; Reversed: Boolean): TList;
+      function GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: byte; Page: cardinal; Reversed: boolean): TList;
       procedure FreeStats(StatList: TList);
-      function GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): Cardinal;
+      function GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): cardinal;
       function GetStatReset: TDateTime;
+      function FormatDate(time_stamp: integer): UTF8String;
   end;
 
 var
@@ -114,53 +117,72 @@ var
 implementation
 
 uses
-  ULog,
   DateUtils,
+  ULanguage,
   StrUtils,
-  SysUtils;
-
+  SysUtils,
+  ULog;
+
+{
+ cDBVersion - history
+ 0 = USDX 1.01 or no Database
+ 01 = USDX 1.1
+}
 const
   cDBVersion = 01; // 0.1
   cUS_Scores = 'us_scores';
   cUS_Songs  = 'us_songs';
-  cUS_Statistics_Info  = 'us_statistics_info';
+  cUS_Statistics_Info = 'us_statistics_info';
 
 (**
- * Opens Database and Create Tables if not Exist
+ * Open database and create tables if they do not exist
  *)
-procedure TDataBaseSystem.Init(const Filename: string);
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.Init(const Filename: IPath);
 var
-  Version: integer;
+  Version:            integer;
+  finalizeConversion: boolean;
 begin
   if Assigned(ScoreDB) then
     Exit;
 
-  Log.LogStatus('Initializing database: "'+Filename+'"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+  Log.LogStatus('Initializing database: "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
 
   try
-  
-    // Open Database
-    ScoreDB   := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
+
+    // open database
+    ScoreDB   := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8);
     fFilename := Filename;
 
-    // Close and delete outdated file
     Version := GetVersion();
-    if ((Version <> 0) and (Version <> cDBVersion)) then
+
+    // add Table cUS_Statistics_Info
+    // needed in the conversion from 1.01 to 1.1
+    if not ScoreDB.TableExists(cUS_Statistics_Info) then
     begin
-      Log.LogInfo('Outdated cover-database file found', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
-      // Close and delete outdated file
-      ScoreDB.Free;
-      if (not DeleteFile(Filename)) then
-        raise Exception.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename);
-      // Reopen
-      ScoreDB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
-      Version := 0;
+      Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database found - missing table"' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '] (' +
+                      '[ResetTime] INTEGER' +
+                      ');');
+      // insert creation timestamp
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '] ' +
+                             '([ResetTime]) VALUES(%d);',
+                             [DateTimeToUnix(Now())]));
     end;
-    
+
+    // convert data from 1.01 to 1.1
+    // part #1 - prearrangement
+    finalizeConversion := false;
+    if (Version = 0) AND ScoreDB.TableExists('US_Scores') then
+    begin
+      // rename old tables - to be able to insert new table structures
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE US_Scores RENAME TO us_scores_101;');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE US_Songs RENAME TO us_songs_101;');
+      finalizeConversion := true; // means: conversion has to be done!
+    end;
+
     // Set version number after creation
     if (Version = 0) then
       SetVersion(cDBVersion);
-    
 
     // SQLite does not handle VARCHAR(n) or INT(n) as expected.
     // Texts do not have a restricted length, no matter which type is used,
@@ -169,30 +191,49 @@ begin
     // types are used (especially FieldAsInteger). Also take care to write the
     // types in upper-case letters although SQLite does not care about this -
     // SQLiteTable3 is very sensitive in this regard.
-     
-    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Scores+'] (' +
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Scores + '] (' +
                       '[SongID] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
                       '[Difficulty] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
                       '[Player] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
-                      '[Score] INTEGER NOT NULL' +
+                      '[Score] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Date] INTEGER NULL' +
                     ');');
 
-    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Songs+'] (' +
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Songs + '] (' +
                       '[ID] INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, ' +
                       '[Artist] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
                       '[Title] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
-                      '[TimesPlayed] INTEGER NOT NULL' +
+                      '[TimesPlayed] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Rating] INTEGER NULL' +
                     ');');
 
-    if not ScoreDB.TableExists(cUS_Statistics_Info) then
+    // convert data from 1.01 to 1.1
+    // part #2 - accomplishment
+    if finalizeConversion then
     begin
-      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'] (' +
-                        '[ResetTime] INTEGER' +
-                      ');');
-      // insert creation timestamp
-      ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'] ' +
-                            '([ResetTime]) VALUES(%d);',
-                            [DateTimeToUnix(Now())]));
+      Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database  found - begin conversion from V1.01 to V1.1', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      // insert old values into new db-schemes (/tables)
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ' + cUS_Scores + ' SELECT  SongID, Difficulty, Player, Score FROM us_scores_101;');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ' + cUS_Songs + ' SELECT  ID, Artist, Title, TimesPlayed, ''NULL'' FROM us_songs_101;');
+      //now drop old tables
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('DROP TABLE us_scores_101;');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('DROP TABLE us_songs_101;');
+    end;
+
+    // add column rating to cUS_Songs
+    // just for users of nightly builds and developers!
+    if not ScoreDB.ContainsColumn(cUS_Songs, 'Rating') then
+    begin
+      Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database found - adding column rating to "' + cUS_Songs + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE ' + cUS_Songs + ' ADD COLUMN [Rating] INTEGER NULL');
+    end;
+
+
+    //add column date to cUS-Scores
+    if not ScoreDB.ContainsColumn(cUS_Scores, 'Date') then
+    begin
+      Log.LogInfo('adding column date to "' + cUS_Scores + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE ' + cUS_Scores + ' ADD COLUMN [Date] INTEGER NULL');
     end;
 
   except
@@ -216,33 +257,55 @@ begin
 end;
 
 (**
+ * Format a UNIX-Timestamp into DATE (If 0 then '')
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.FormatDate(time_stamp: integer): UTF8String;
+var
+  Year, Month, Day: word;
+begin
+  Result:='';
+  try
+    if time_stamp<>0 then
+    begin
+      DecodeDate(UnixToDateTime(time_stamp), Year, Month, Day);
+      Result := Format(Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_DATE'), [Day, Month, Year]);
+    end;
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+    Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_FORMAT_DATE": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+(**
  * Read Scores into SongArray
  *)
 procedure TDataBaseSystem.ReadScore(Song: TSong);
 var
-  TableData: TSQLiteUniTable;
-  Difficulty: Integer;
+  TableData:  TSQLiteUniTable;
+  Difficulty: integer;
+  I: integer;
+  PlayerListed: boolean;
 begin
   if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
     Exit;
 
   TableData := nil;
-
   try
     // Search Song in DB
     TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable(
-      'SELECT [Difficulty], [Player], [Score] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+      'SELECT [Difficulty], [Player], [Score], [Date] FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
       'WHERE [SongID] = (' +
-        'SELECT [ID] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+        'SELECT [ID] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
         'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ? ' +
         'LIMIT 1) ' +
-      'ORDER BY [Score] DESC  LIMIT 15',
-      [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]);
+      'ORDER BY [Score] DESC;', //no LIMIT! see filter below!
+      [Song.Artist, Song.Title]);
 
     // Empty Old Scores
-    SetLength(Song.Score[0], 0);
-    SetLength(Song.Score[1], 0);
-    SetLength(Song.Score[2], 0);
+    SetLength(Song.Score[0], 0); //easy
+    SetLength(Song.Score[1], 0); //medium
+    SetLength(Song.Score[2], 0); //hard
 
     // Go through all Entrys
     while (not TableData.EOF) do
@@ -252,12 +315,31 @@ begin
       if ((Difficulty >= 0) and (Difficulty <= 2)) and
          (Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) < 5) then
       begin
-        SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) + 1);
+        //filter player
+        PlayerListed:=false;
+        if (Length(Song.Score[Difficulty])>0) then
+        begin
+          for I := 0 to Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) - 1 do
+          begin
+            if (Song.Score[Difficulty, I].Name = TableData.FieldByName['Player']) then
+            begin
+              PlayerListed:=true;
+              break;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
 
-        Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Name  :=
-            UTF8Decode(TableData.FieldByName['Player']);
-        Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Score :=
+        if not PlayerListed then
+        begin
+          SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) + 1);
+
+          Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Name  :=
+            TableData.FieldByName['Player'];
+          Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Score :=
             TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Score']);
+          Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Date :=
+            FormatDate(TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Date']));
+        end;
       end;
 
       TableData.Next;
@@ -277,70 +359,43 @@ end;
 (**
  * Adds one new score to DB
  *)
-procedure TDataBaseSystem.AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: WideString; Score: integer);
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: UTF8String; Score: integer);
 var
-  ID: Integer;
+  ID:        integer;
   TableData: TSQLiteTable;
 begin
   if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
     Exit;
 
-  // Prevent 0 Scores from being added
-  if (Score <= 0) then
-    Exit;
+  // Prevent 0 Scores from being added EDIT: ==> UScreenTop5.pas!
+  //if (Score <= 0) then
+  //  Exit;
 
   TableData := nil;
 
   try
 
     ID := ScoreDB.GetTableValue(
-        'SELECT [ID] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+        'SELECT [ID] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
         'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ?',
-        [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]);
+        [Song.Artist, Song.Title]);
     if (ID = 0) then
     begin
       // Create song if it does not exist
       ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
-          'INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+          'INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
           '([ID], [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed]) VALUES ' +
           '(NULL, ?, ?, 0);',
-          [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]);
+          [Song.Artist, Song.Title]);
       // Get song-ID
       ID := ScoreDB.GetLastInsertRowID();
     end;
     // Create new entry
     ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
-        'INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
-        '([SongID] ,[Difficulty], [Player], [Score]) VALUES ' +
-        '(?, ?, ?, ?);',
-        [ID, Level, UTF8Encode(Name), Score]);
-
-    // Delete last position when there are more than 5 entrys.
-    // Fixes crash when there are > 5 ScoreEntrys
-    // Note: GetUniTable is not applicable here, as the results are used while
-    // table entries are deleted.
-    TableData := ScoreDB.GetTable(
-        'SELECT [Player], [Score] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
-        'WHERE [SongID] = ' + InttoStr(ID) + ' AND ' +
-              '[Difficulty] = ' + InttoStr(Level) +' ' +
-        'ORDER BY [Score] DESC LIMIT -1 OFFSET 5');
-
-    while (not TableData.EOF) do
-    begin
-      // Note: Score is an int-value, so in contrast to Player, we do not bind
-      // this value. Otherwise we had to convert the string to an int to avoid
-      // an automatic cast of this field to the TEXT type (although it might even
-      // work that way).
-      ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
-          'DELETE FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
-          'WHERE [SongID] = ' + InttoStr(ID) + ' AND ' +
-                '[Difficulty] = ' + InttoStr(Level) +' AND ' +
-                '[Player] = ? AND ' +
-                '[Score] = ' + TableData.FieldByName['Score'],
-          [TableData.FieldByName['Player']]);
-
-      TableData.Next;
-    end;
+      'INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
+      '([SongID] ,[Difficulty], [Player], [Score], [Date]) VALUES ' +
+      '(?, ?, ?, ?, ?);',
+      [ID, Level, Name, Score, DateTimeToUnix(Now())]);
 
   except on E: Exception do
     Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.AddScore');
@@ -350,21 +405,21 @@ begin
 end;
 
 (**
- * Not needed with new System.
- * Used for increment played count
+ * Not needed with new system.
+ * Used to increment played count
  *)
 procedure TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore(Song: TSong);
 begin
   if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
     Exit;
-    
+
   try
     // Increase TimesPlayed
     ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
-        'UPDATE ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+        'UPDATE [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
         'SET [TimesPlayed] = [TimesPlayed] + 1 ' +
         'WHERE [Title] = ? AND [Artist] = ?;',
-        [UTF8Encode(Song.Title), UTF8Encode(Song.Artist)]);
+        [Song.Title, Song.Artist]);
   except on E: Exception do
     Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore');
   end;
@@ -376,11 +431,11 @@ end;
  * entries.
  * Free the result-list with FreeStats() after usage to avoid memory leaks.
  *)
-function TDataBaseSystem.GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: Byte; Page: Cardinal; Reversed: Boolean): TList;
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: byte; Page: cardinal; Reversed: boolean): TList;
 var
-  Query: String;
+  Query:     string;
   TableData: TSQLiteUniTable;
-  Stat: TStatResult;
+  Stat:      TStatResult;
 begin
   Result := nil;
 
@@ -392,19 +447,19 @@ begin
   // Create query
   case Typ of
     stBestScores: begin
-      Query := 'SELECT [Player], [Difficulty], [Score], [Artist], [Title] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
-               'INNER JOIN ['+cUS_Songs+'] ON ([SongID] = [ID]) ORDER BY [Score]';
+      Query := 'SELECT [Player], [Difficulty], [Score], [Artist], [Title], [Date] FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
+               'INNER JOIN [' + cUS_Songs + '] ON ([SongID] = [ID]) ORDER BY [Score]';
     end;
     stBestSingers: begin
-      Query := 'SELECT [Player], ROUND(AVG([Score])) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+      Query := 'SELECT [Player], ROUND(AVG([Score])) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
                'GROUP BY [Player] ORDER BY AVG([Score])';
     end;
     stMostSungSong: begin
-      Query := 'SELECT [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+      Query := 'SELECT [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
                'ORDER BY [TimesPlayed]';
     end;
     stMostPopBand: begin
-      Query := 'SELECT [Artist], SUM([TimesPlayed]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+      Query := 'SELECT [Artist], SUM([TimesPlayed]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
                'GROUP BY [Artist] ORDER BY SUM([TimesPlayed])';
     end;
   end;
@@ -437,18 +492,19 @@ begin
         Stat := TStatResultBestScores.Create;
         with TStatResultBestScores(Stat) do
         begin
-          Singer := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
+          Singer := TableData.Fields[0];
           Difficulty := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
           Score := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2);
-          SongArtist := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[3]);
-          SongTitle := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[4]);
+          SongArtist := TableData.Fields[3];
+          SongTitle := TableData.Fields[4];
+          Date := FormatDate(TableData.FieldAsInteger(5));
         end;
       end;
       stBestSingers: begin
         Stat := TStatResultBestSingers.Create;
         with TStatResultBestSingers(Stat) do
         begin
-          Player := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
+          Player := TableData.Fields[0];
           AverageScore := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
         end;
       end;
@@ -456,8 +512,8 @@ begin
         Stat := TStatResultMostSungSong.Create;
         with TStatResultMostSungSong(Stat) do
         begin
-          Artist := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
-          Title  := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[1]);
+          Artist := TableData.Fields[0];
+          Title  := TableData.Fields[1];
           TimesSung  := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2);
         end;
       end;
@@ -465,7 +521,7 @@ begin
         Stat := TStatResultMostPopBand.Create;
         with TStatResultMostPopBand(Stat) do
         begin
-          ArtistName := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
+          ArtistName := TableData.Fields[0];
           TimesSungTot := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
         end;
       end
@@ -484,21 +540,21 @@ end;
 
 procedure TDataBaseSystem.FreeStats(StatList: TList);
 var
-  I: integer;
+  Index: integer;
 begin
   if (StatList = nil) then
     Exit;
-  for I := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do
-    TStatResult(StatList[I]).Free;
+  for Index := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do
+    TStatResult(StatList[Index]).Free;
   StatList.Free;
 end;
 
 (**
  * Gets total number of entrys for a stats query
  *)
-function  TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): Cardinal;
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): cardinal;
 var
-  Query: String;
+  Query: string;
 begin
   Result := 0;
 
@@ -509,13 +565,13 @@ begin
     // Create query
     case Typ of
       stBestScores:
-        Query := 'SELECT COUNT([SongID]) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'];';
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT([SongID]) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '];';
       stBestSingers:
-        Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Player]) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'];';
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Player]) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '];';
       stMostSungSong:
-        Query := 'SELECT COUNT([ID]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'];';
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT([ID]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '];';
       stMostPopBand:
-        Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Artist]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'];';
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Artist]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '];';
     end;
 
     Result := ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query);
@@ -538,7 +594,7 @@ begin
     Exit;
 
   try
-    Query := 'SELECT [ResetTime] FROM ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'];';
+    Query := 'SELECT [ResetTime] FROM [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '];';
     Result := UnixToDateTime(ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query));
   except on E: Exception do
     Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStatReset');
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas b/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas
index f1bdcad0..47863f62 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas
@@ -55,7 +55,6 @@ procedure SingDrawTimeBar();
 //Draw Editor NoteLines
 procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
 
-
 type
   TRecR = record
     Top:    real;
@@ -67,7 +66,6 @@ type
     WMid:   real;
     Height: real;
     HMid:   real;
-
     Mid:    real;
   end;
 
@@ -75,48 +73,45 @@ var
   NotesW:   real;
   NotesH:   real;
   Starfr:   integer;
-  StarfrG:   integer;
+  StarfrG:  integer;
 
   //SingBar
-  TickOld: cardinal;
-  TickOld2:cardinal;
+  TickOld:  cardinal;
+  TickOld2: cardinal;
 
 implementation
 
 uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
   gl,
+  TextGL,
+  UDLLManager,
+  UDrawTexture,
   UGraphic,
-  SysUtils,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  ULyrics,
+  UNote,
   UMusic,
   URecord,
-  ULog,
   UScreenSing,
   UScreenSingModi,
-  ULyrics,
-  UMain,
-  TextGL,
-  UTexture,
-  UDrawTexture,
-  UIni,
-  Math,
-  UDLLManager;
+  UTexture;
 
 procedure SingDrawBackground;
 var
-  Rec:      TRecR;
-  TexRec:   TRecR;
+  Rec:    TRecR;
+  TexRec: TRecR;
 begin
-  if (ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then begin
-
-  glClearColor (1, 1, 1, 1);
-  glColor4f (1, 1, 1, 1);
-
+  if (ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then
+  begin
     if (Ini.MovieSize <= 1) then  //HalfSize BG
     begin
       (* half screen + gradient *)
       Rec.Top := 110; // 80
       Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 20;
-      Rec.Left := 0;
+      Rec.Left  := 0;
       Rec.Right := 800;
 
       TexRec.Top := (Rec.Top / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
@@ -182,16 +177,17 @@ end;
 procedure SingDrawOscilloscope(X, Y, W, H: real; NrSound: integer);
 var
   SampleIndex: integer;
-  Sound: TCaptureBuffer;
-  MaxX, MaxY: real;
+  Sound:       TCaptureBuffer;
+  MaxX, MaxY:  real;
 begin;
   Sound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[NrSound];
 
   //  Log.LogStatus('Oscilloscope', 'SingDraw');
   glColor3f(Skin_OscR, Skin_OscG, Skin_OscB);
-  {if (ParamStr(1) = '-black') or (ParamStr(1) = '-fsblack') then
-    glColor3f(1, 1, 1);  }
-
+{
+  if (ParamStr(1) = '-black') or (ParamStr(1) = '-fsblack') then
+    glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+}
   MaxX := W-1;
   MaxY := (H-1) / 2;
 
@@ -208,16 +204,15 @@ begin;
   Sound.UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
 end;
 
-
-
 procedure SingDrawNoteLines(Left, Top, Right: real; Space: integer);
 var
-  Count:    integer;
+  Count: integer;
 begin
   glEnable(GL_BLEND);
   glColor4f(Skin_P1_LinesR, Skin_P1_LinesG, Skin_P1_LinesB, 0.4);
   glBegin(GL_LINES);
-  for Count := 0 to 9 do begin
+  for Count := 0 to 9 do
+  begin
     glVertex2f(Left,  Top + Count * Space);
     glVertex2f(Right, Top + Count * Space);
   end;
@@ -227,13 +222,14 @@ end;
 
 procedure SingDrawBeatDelimeters(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer);
 var
-  Count:    integer;
-  TempR:  real;
+  Count: integer;
+  TempR: real;
 begin
   TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
   glEnable(GL_BLEND);
   glBegin(GL_LINES);
-  for Count := Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start to Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ do begin
+  for Count := Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start to Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ do
+  begin
     if (Count mod Lines[NrLines].Resolution) = Lines[NrLines].NotesGAP then
       glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1)
     else
@@ -248,18 +244,17 @@ end;
 // draw blank Notebars
 procedure SingDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
 var
-  Rec:      TRecR;
-  Count:    integer;
-  TempR:    real;
+  Rec:   TRecR;
+  Count: integer;
+  TempR: real;
+
+  PlayerNumber:  integer;
 
-  PlayerNumber: Integer;
+  GoldenStarPos: real;
 
-  GoldenStarPos : real;
-  
-  lTmpA ,
-  lTmpB : real;
+  lTmpA, lTmpB : real;
 begin
-// We actually don't have a playernumber in this procedure, it should reside in NrLines - but it's always set to zero
+// We actually don't have a playernumber in this procedure, it should reside in NrLines - but it is always set to zero
 // So we exploit this behavior a bit - we give NrLines the playernumber, keep it in playernumber - and then we set NrLines to zero
 // This could also come quite in handy when we do the duet mode, cause just the notes for the player that has to sing should be drawn then
 // BUT this is not implemented yet, all notes are drawn! :D
@@ -279,22 +274,19 @@ begin
     lTmpA := (Right-Left);
     lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
 
-    if ( lTmpA > 0 ) AND
-       ( lTmpB > 0 ) THEN
-    begin
-      TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB;
-    end
-    else
-    begin
-      TempR := 0;
-    end;
-
-
-    with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do begin
-      for Count := 0 to HighNote do begin
-        with Note[Count] do begin
-          if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then begin
+  if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and ( lTmpB > 0 ) then
+    TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB
+  else
+    TempR := 0;
 
+  with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do
+  begin
+    for Count := 0 to HighNote do
+    begin
+      with Note[Count] do
+      begin
+        if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then
+	begin
 
             if Ini.EffectSing = 0 then
               // If Golden note Effect of then Change not Color
@@ -307,18 +299,18 @@ begin
             else
               glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);        // We set alpha to 1, cause we can control the transparency through the png itself
 
-            // left part
-            Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
-            Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
-            Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
-            Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
-            glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Left[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
-            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-              glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
-              glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
-              glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
-              glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
-            glEnd;
+          // left part
+          Rec.Left  := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+          Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+          Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
+          Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
+          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Left[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
+          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+            glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+            glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+          glEnd;
 
             //We keep the postion of the top left corner b4 it's overwritten
             GoldenStarPos := Rec.Left;
@@ -338,9 +330,9 @@ begin
               glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
             glEnd;
 
-            // right part
-            Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
-            Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+        // right part
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
 
             glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Right[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
             glBegin(GL_QUADS);
@@ -350,11 +342,11 @@ begin
               glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
             glEnd;
 
-            // Golden Star Patch
-            if (NoteType = ntGolden) AND (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
-            begin
-              GoldenRec.SaveGoldenStarsRec(GoldenStarPos, Rec.Top, Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
-            end;
+          // Golden Star Patch
+          if (NoteType = ntGolden) and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
+          begin
+            GoldenRec.SaveGoldenStarsRec(GoldenStarPos, Rec.Top, Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          end;
 
           end; // if not FreeStyle
         end; // with
@@ -366,127 +358,132 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-
 // draw sung notes
 procedure SingDrawPlayerLine(X, Y, W: real; PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
 var
   TempR:      real;
   Rec:        TRecR;
   N:          integer;
-  //R, G, B, A: real;
+//  R, G, B, A: real;
   NotesH2:    real;
 begin
-  if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl PlayerIndex) <> 0) then
-  begin
-    glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
-    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
-    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
-    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  //Log.LogStatus('Player notes', 'SingDraw');
+{
+  if NrGracza = 0 then
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P1Light')
+  else
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P2Light');
+}
+  //R :=  71/255;
+  //G := 175/255;
+  //B := 247/255;
 
-    //if Player[NrGracza].LengthNote > 0 then
+  glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+  //if Player[NrGracza].LengthNote > 0 then
+  begin
+    TempR := W / (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_ - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+    for N := 0 to Player[PlayerIndex].HighNote do
     begin
-      TempR := W / (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_ - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
-      for N := 0 to Player[PlayerIndex].HighNote do
+      with Player[PlayerIndex].Note[N] do
       begin
-        with Player[PlayerIndex].Note[N] do
-        begin
-          // Left part of note
-          Rec.Left := X + (Start-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
-          Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+        // Left part of note
+        Rec.Left  := X + (Start-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
 
-          // Draw it in half size, if not hit
-          if Hit then
-          begin
-            NotesH2 := NotesH
-          end
-          else
-          begin
-            NotesH2 := int(NotesH * 0.65);
-          end;
+        // Draw it in half size, if not hit
+        if Hit then
+        begin
+          NotesH2 := NotesH
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          NotesH2 := int(NotesH * 0.65);
+        end;
 
-          Rec.Top    := Y - (Tone-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH2;
-          Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 *NotesH2;
+        Rec.Top    := Y - (Tone-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH2;
+        Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH2;
 
-          // draw the left part
-          glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
-          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
-          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
-          glEnd;
+        // draw the left part
+        glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
 
-          // Middle part of the note
-          Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
-          Rec.Right := X + (Start+Length-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR - NotesW - 0.5  + 10*ScreenX;
-
-          // new
-          if (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
-            Rec.Right := Rec.Right - (1-Frac(LyricsState.MidBeatD)) * TempR;
-          // the left note is more right than the right note itself, sounds weird - so we fix that xD
-          if Rec.Right <= Rec.Left then
-            Rec.Right := Rec.Left;
-
-          // draw the middle part
-          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
-          glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT );
-          glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT );
-          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
-          glEnd;
-          glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+        // Middle part of the note
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := X + (Start+Length-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR - NotesW - 0.5  + 10*ScreenX;
+
+        // new
+        if (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+          Rec.Right := Rec.Right - (1-Frac(LyricsState.MidBeatD)) * TempR;
+        // the left note is more right than the right note itself, sounds weird - so we fix that xD
+        if Rec.Right <= Rec.Left then
+          Rec.Right := Rec.Left;
+
+        // draw the middle part
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+        glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT );
+        glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT );
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
+        glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
 
-          // the right part of the note
-          Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
-          Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+        // the right part of the note
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
 
-          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
-          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
-          glEnd;
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
 
-          // Perfect note is stored
-          if Perfect and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
+        // Perfect note is stored
+        if Perfect and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
+        begin
+          //A := 1 - 2*(LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() - GetTimeFromBeat(Start+Length));
+          if not (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
           begin
-            //A := 1 - 2*(LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() - GetTimeFromBeat(Start+Length));
-            if not (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
-            begin
-              //Star animation counter
-              //inc(Starfr);
-              //Starfr := Starfr mod 128;
-              GoldenRec.SavePerfectNotePos(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
-            end;
+            //Star animation counter
+            //inc(Starfr);
+            //Starfr := Starfr mod 128;
+            GoldenRec.SavePerfectNotePos(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
           end;
-        end; // with
-      end; // for
+        end;
+      end; // with
+    end; // for
 
-      // actually we need a comparison here, to determine if the singing process
-      // is ahead Rec.Right even if there is no singing
+    // actually we need a comparison here, to determine if the singing process
+    // is ahead Rec.Right even if there is no singing
 
-      if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
-        GoldenRec.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Rec.Top,Rec.Bottom,Rec.Right, PlayerIndex);
-    end; // if
-  end;
+    if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+      GoldenRec.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Rec.Top,Rec.Bottom,Rec.Right, PlayerIndex);
+  end; // if
 end;
 
 //draw Note glow
 procedure SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines, PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
 var
-  Rec:      TRecR;
-  Count:      integer;
-  TempR:    real;
+  Rec:            TRecR;
+  Count:          integer;
+  TempR:          real;
   X1, X2, X3, X4: real;
-  W, H:     real;
-  
-  lTmpA  ,
-  lTmpB  : real;
+  W, H:           real;
+  lTmpA, lTmpB:   real;
 begin
   if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl PlayerIndex) <> 0) then
   begin
@@ -498,15 +495,10 @@ begin
     lTmpA := (Right-Left);
     lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
 
-    if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and
-       ( lTmpB > 0 ) then
-    begin
-      TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB;
-    end
+    if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and ( lTmpB > 0 ) then
+      TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB
     else
-    begin
       TempR := 0;
-    end;
 
     with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do
     begin
@@ -528,7 +520,7 @@ begin
             X4 := X3+W;
 
             // left
-            Rec.Left := X1;
+            Rec.Left  := X1;
             Rec.Right := X2;
             Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - H;
             Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * H;
@@ -542,7 +534,7 @@ begin
             glEnd;
 
             // middle part
-            Rec.Left := X2;
+            Rec.Left  := X2;
             Rec.Right := X3;
 
             glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
@@ -554,7 +546,7 @@ begin
             glEnd;
 
             // right part
-            Rec.Left := X3;
+            Rec.Left  := X3;
             Rec.Right := X4;
 
             glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
@@ -602,7 +594,7 @@ begin
 
   // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic
   LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics;
-  
+
   // do not draw the lyrics helper if the current line does not contain any note
   if (Length(CurLine.Note) > 0) then
   begin
@@ -650,7 +642,7 @@ begin
       // determine lyric help bar position and size
       Bounds.Left := MoveStartX + BarProgress * MoveDist;
       Bounds.Right := Bounds.Left + BarWidth;
-      Bounds.Top := Skin_LyricsT + 3;
+      Bounds.Top := Theme.LyricBar.IndicatorYOffset + Theme.LyricBar.UpperY ;
       Bounds.Bottom := Bounds.Top + BarHeight + 3;
 
       // draw lyric help bar
@@ -690,9 +682,6 @@ begin
   // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic
   LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics;
 
-  // background  //BG Fullsize Mod
-  //SingDrawBackground;
-
   // draw time-bar
   SingDrawTimeBar();
 
@@ -700,7 +689,7 @@ begin
 
   // to-do : needs fix when party mode works w/ 2 screens 
   if (PlayersPlay = 1) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) and (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1) <> 0) then
-    SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+    SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
 
   if ((PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4)) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) then
   begin
@@ -724,39 +713,48 @@ begin
   SingDrawLyricHelper(NR.Left, NR.WMid);
 
   // oscilloscope
-  if Ini.Oscilloscope = 1 then begin
+  if Ini.Oscilloscope = 1 then
+  begin
     if PlayersPlay = 1 then
       SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 2 then
+    begin
       SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
       SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 4 then
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
         SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
         SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
         SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 2);
         SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 3);
       end;
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
-      SingDrawOscilloscope(75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+    if PlayersPlay = 3 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
       SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
       SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
         SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
         SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
         SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
         SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 3);
         SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 4);
         SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 5);
@@ -785,104 +783,121 @@ begin
   end;
 
   // Draw the Notes
-  if PlayersPlay = 1 then begin
+  if PlayersPlay = 1 then
+  begin
     SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);  // Background glow    - colorized in playercolor
     SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);             // Plain unsung notes - colorized in playercolor
-    SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);       // imho the sung notes
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);       // imho the sung notes
   end;
 
-  if (PlayersPlay = 2)  then begin
-    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
-    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+  if PlayersPlay = 2 then
+  begin
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
 
     SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
     SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15);
 
-    SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
-    SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15);
   end;
 
-  if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+  if PlayersPlay = 3 then
+  begin
     NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
     NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
 
-    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
-    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
-    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
 
     SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
     SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12);
     SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12);
 
-    SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
-    SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
-    SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12);
   end;
 
-  if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+  if PlayersPlay = 4 then
+  begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
     end;
-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15);
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15);
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15);
     end;
 
-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15);
     end;
-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 2, 15);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 3, 15);
     end;
 
-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15);
     end;
-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 15);
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 15);
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 2, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 3, 15);
     end;
   end;
 
-  if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+  if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+  begin
     NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
     NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
 
-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
     end;
-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12);
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12);
     end;
 
-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12);
     end;
-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 3, 12);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 4, 12);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 5, 12);
     end;
 
-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12);
     end;
-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 4, 12);
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 5, 12);
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 3, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 4, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 5, 12);
     end;
   end;
   glDisable(GL_BLEND);
@@ -892,12 +907,15 @@ end;
 // q'n'd for using the game mode dll's
 procedure SingModiDraw (PlayerInfo: TPlayerInfo);
 var
-  NR:       TRecR;
+  NR: TRecR;
 begin
   // positions
-  if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then begin
+  if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then
+  begin
     NR.Left := 120;
-  end else begin
+  end
+  else
+  begin
     NR.Left := 20;
   end;
 
@@ -912,16 +930,18 @@ begin
   if DLLMan.Selected.ShowNotes then
   begin
     if PlayersPlay = 1 then
-      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
-    if (PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4) then begin
-      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P1_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
-      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+      SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+    if (PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4) then
+    begin
+      SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P1_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+      SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
     end;
 
-    if (PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6) then begin
-      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 120, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
-      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 245, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
-      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 370, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+    if (PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6) then
+    begin
+      SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, 120, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+      SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, 245, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+      SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, 370, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
     end;
   end;
 
@@ -930,26 +950,31 @@ begin
   // TODO: Lyrics helper
 
   // oscilloscope | the thing that moves when you yell into your mic (imho)
-  if (((Ini.Oscilloscope = 1) AND (DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar_O)) AND (NOT DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar)) then begin
+  if (((Ini.Oscilloscope = 1) and (DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar_O)) and (not DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar)) then
+  begin
     if PlayersPlay = 1 then
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
         SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 2 then
+    begin
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
         SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
         SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 4 then
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
           SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
           SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
           SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 2);
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].Enabled then
@@ -957,17 +982,20 @@ begin
       end;
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 3 then
+    begin
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
-        SingDrawOscilloscope(75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+        SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
         SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
         SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
           SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
@@ -975,7 +1003,8 @@ begin
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
           SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].Enabled then
           SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 3);
         if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[4].Enabled then
@@ -1006,107 +1035,120 @@ begin
       end;
   end;
 
-  if (DLLMAn.Selected.ShowNotes And DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong) then
+  if (DLLMAn.Selected.ShowNotes and DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong) then
   begin
-    if (PlayersPlay = 1) And PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then begin
+    if (PlayersPlay = 1) and PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+    begin
       SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
-      SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);
     end;
 
-    if (PlayersPlay = 2)  then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 2 then
+    begin
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
       begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
         SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);
       end;
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
       begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
         SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15);
       end;
 
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 3 then
+    begin
       NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
       NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
 
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
       begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
         SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12);
       end;
 
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
       begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
         SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12);
       end;
 
       if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
       begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
         SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12);
       end;
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+    if PlayersPlay = 4 then
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15);
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15);
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15);
       end;
 
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
 
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 15);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 15);
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 2, 15);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 3, 15);
       end;
     end;
 
-    if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+    begin
       NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
       NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
 
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12);
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12);
       end;
 
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
       SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
 
-      if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12);
       end;
-      if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 4, 12);
-        SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 5, 12);
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 3, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 4, 12);
+        SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 5, 12);
       end;
     end;
   end;
@@ -1115,15 +1157,14 @@ begin
   glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
 end;
 
-
 {//SingBar Mod
 procedure SingDrawSingbar(X, Y, W, H: real; Percent: integer);
 var
-  R:   Real;
-  G:   Real;
-  B:   Real;
-  A:   cardinal;
-  I:   Integer;
+  R: real;
+  G: real;
+  B: real;
+  A: cardinal;
+  I: integer;
 
 begin;
 
@@ -1141,7 +1182,7 @@ begin;
   glEnd;
 
   //SingBar coloured Bar
-  Case Percent of
+  case Percent of
     0..22: begin
           R := 1;
           G := 0;
@@ -1167,7 +1208,7 @@ begin;
           G := 1;
           B := 0;
         end;
-    End; //Case
+    end; //case
 
   glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);
   glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
@@ -1198,99 +1239,103 @@ end;
 //end Singbar Mod
 
 //PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Pop Up
-procedure SingDrawLineBonus( const X, Y: Single; Color: TRGB; Alpha: Single; Text: string; Age: Integer);
+procedure SingDrawLineBonus(const X, Y: Single; Color: TRGB; Alpha: Single; Text: string; Age: integer);
 var
-Length, X2: Real; //Length of Text
-Size: Integer;    //Size of Popup
-begin
-if Alpha <> 0 then
+  Length, X2: real; //Length of Text
+  Size: integer;    //Size of Popup
 begin
+  if Alpha <> 0 then
+  begin
 
 //Set Font Propertys
-SetFontStyle(2); //Font: Outlined1
-if Age < 5 then SetFontSize((Age + 1) * 3) else SetFontSize(18);
-SetFontItalic(False);
+    SetFontStyle(2); //Font: Outlined1
+    if Age < 5 then
+      SetFontSize((Age + 1) * 3)
+    else
+      SetFontSize(18);
+    SetFontItalic(False);
 
 //Check Font Size
-Length := glTextWidth (Text) + 3; //Little Space for a Better Look ^^
+    Length := glTextWidth (Text) + 3; //Little Space for a Better Look ^^
 
 //Text
-SetFontPos (X + 50 - (Length / 2), Y + 12); //Position
-
+    SetFontPos (X + 50 - (Length / 2), Y + 12); //Position
 
-if Age < 5 then Size := Age * 10 else Size := 50;
-
-  //Draw  Background
-  //glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha); //Set Color
-  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
-
-
-  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
-  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
-  //glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+    if Age < 5 then
+      Size := Age * 10
+    else
+      Size := 50;
 
+//Draw  Background
+//    glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha); //Set Color
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
 
-  //New Method, Not Variable
-  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingLineBonusBack[2].TexNum);
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+//    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
 
-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
-    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
-    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
-    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
-  glEnd;
+//New Method, Not Variable
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingLineBonusBack[2].TexNum);
 
-  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); //Set Color
-  //Draw Text
-  glPrint (Text);
-end;
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
+    glEnd;
+
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); //Set Color
+//Draw Text
+    glPrint (Text);
+  end;
 end;
 //PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod}
 
 // Draw Note Bars for Editor
-//There are 11 Resons for a new Procdedure:   (nice binary :D )
-// 1. It don't look good when you Draw the Golden Note Star Effect in the Editor
-// 2. You can see the Freestyle Notes in the Editor SemiTransparent
-// 3. Its easier and Faster then changing the old Procedure
+// There are 11 reasons for a new procedure:   (nice binary :D )
+// 1. It does not look good when you draw the golden note star effect in the editor
+// 2. You can see the freestyle notes in the editor semitransparent
+// 3. It is easier and faster then changing the old procedure
 procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
 var
-  Rec:      TRecR;
-  Count:      integer;
-  TempR:    real;
+  Rec:   TRecR;
+  Count: integer;
+  TempR: real;
 begin
   glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
   glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
   glEnable(GL_BLEND);
   glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
   TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
-  with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do begin
-    for Count := 0 to HighNote do begin
-      with Note[Count] do begin
-
-          // Golden Note Patch
-          case NoteType of
-            ntFreestyle: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.35);
-            ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.85);
-            ntGolden: Glcolor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85);
-          end; // case
-
-
+  with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do
+  begin
+    for Count := 0 to HighNote do
+    begin
+      with Note[Count] do
+      begin
 
-          // left part
-          Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
-          Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
-          Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
-          Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
-          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[Color].TexNum);
-          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
-            glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
-            glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
-          glEnd;
+        // Golden Note Patch
+        case NoteType of
+          ntFreestyle: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.35);
+          ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.85);
+          ntGolden: Glcolor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85);
+        end; // case
+
+        // left part
+        Rec.Left  := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+        Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
+        Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[Color].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
 
-         // middle part
-        Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+        // middle part
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
         Rec.Right := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
 
         glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[Color].TexNum);
@@ -1302,7 +1347,7 @@ begin
         glEnd;
 
         // right part
-        Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
         Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
 
         glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[Color].TexNum);
@@ -1323,7 +1368,7 @@ end;
 
 procedure SingDrawTimeBar();
 var
-  x,y:            real;
+  x, y:           real;
   width, height:  real;
   LyricsProgress: real;
   CurLyricsTime:  real;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas b/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas
index fe8c3ee5..0eacd1f9 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ uses
   UTexture;
 
 type
-  alignment = (left, center, right);
+  TAlignmentType = (atLeft, atCenter, atRight);
 
   TWord = record
     X:         real;
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ type
 
   TEditorLyrics = class
     private
-      AlignI:     alignment;
+      AlignI:     TAlignmentType;
       XR:         real;
       YR:         real;
       SizeR:      real;
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ type
       procedure SetX(Value: real);
       procedure SetY(Value: real);
       function GetClientX: real;
-      procedure SetAlign(Value: alignment);
+      procedure SetAlign(Value: TAlignmentType);
       function GetSize: real;
       procedure SetSize(Value: real);
       procedure SetSelected(Value: integer);
       procedure SetFontStyle(Value: integer);
-      procedure AddWord(Text: string);
+      procedure AddWord(Text: UTF8String);
       procedure Refresh;
     public
       ColR:   real;
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ type
       property X: real write SetX;
       property Y: real write SetY;
       property ClientX: real read GetClientX;
-      property Align: alignment write SetAlign;
+      property Align: TAlignmentType write SetAlign;
       property Size: real read GetSize write SetSize;
       property Selected: integer read SelectedI write SetSelected;
       property FontStyle: integer write SetFontStyle;
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ begin
   Result := Word[0].X;
 end;
 
-procedure TEditorLyrics.SetAlign(Value: alignment);
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetAlign(Value: TAlignmentType);
 begin
   AlignI := Value;
 end;
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ begin
   FontStyleI := Value;
 end;
 
-procedure TEditorLyrics.AddWord(Text: string);
+procedure TEditorLyrics.AddWord(Text: UTF8String);
 var
   WordNum: integer;
 begin
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ var
   WordIndex:  integer;
   TotalWidth: real;
 begin
-  if AlignI = center then
+  if AlignI = atCenter then
   begin
     TotalWidth := 0;
     for WordIndex := 0 to High(Word) do
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas b/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas
index add81f23..5a258e3e 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas
@@ -34,32 +34,33 @@ interface
 
 uses
   SysUtils,
+  Classes,
   ULog,
   UMusic,
   USongs,
-  USong;
+  USong,
+  UPath;
 
 procedure ResetSingTemp;
 
-function  SaveSong(Song: TSong; Lines: TLines; Name: string; Relative: boolean): boolean;
+type
+  TSaveSongResult = (ssrOK, ssrFileError, ssrEncodingError);
 
-var
-  SongFile: TextFile;   // all procedures in this unit operates on this file
-  FileLineNo: integer;  //Line which is readed at Last, for error reporting
-
-  // variables available for all procedures
-  Base    : array[0..1] of integer;
-  Rel     : array[0..1] of integer;
-  Mult    : integer = 1;
-  MultBPM : integer = 4;
+{**
+ * Throws a TEncodingException if the song's fields cannot be encoded in the
+ * requested encoding.
+ *}
+function SaveSong(const Song: TSong; const Lines: TLines; const Name: IPath; Relative: boolean): TSaveSongResult;
 
 implementation
 
 uses
   TextGL,
   UIni,
+  UNote,
   UPlatform,
-  UMain;
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UTextEncoding;
 
 //--------------------
 // Resets the temporary Sentence Arrays for each Player and some other Variables
@@ -73,106 +74,139 @@ begin
     SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
     SetLength(Lines[Count].Line[0].Note, 0);
     Lines[Count].Line[0].Lyric := '';
-    Lines[Count].Line[0].LyricWidth := 0;
     Player[Count].Score := 0;
     Player[Count].LengthNote := 0;
     Player[Count].HighNote := -1;
   end;
-
-  (* FIXME
-  //Reset Path and Filename Values to Prevent Errors in Editor
-  if assigned( CurrentSong ) then
-  begin
-    SetLength(CurrentSong.BPM, 0);
-    CurrentSong.Path := '';
-    CurrentSong.FileName := '';
-  end;
-  *)
-  
-//  CurrentSong := nil;
 end;
 
-
 //--------------------
 // Saves a Song
 //--------------------
-function SaveSong(Song: TSong; Lines: TLines; Name: string; Relative: boolean): boolean;
+function SaveSong(const Song: TSong; const Lines: TLines; const Name: IPath; Relative: boolean): TSaveSongResult;
 var
   C:      integer;
   N:      integer;
-  S:      string;
+  S:      AnsiString;
   B:      integer;
-  RelativeSubTime:    integer;
-  NoteState: String;
+  RelativeSubTime: integer;
+  NoteState: AnsiString;
+  SongFile: TTextFileStream;
 
-begin
-//  Relative := true; // override (idea - use shift+S to save with relative)
-  AssignFile(SongFile, Name);
-  Rewrite(SongFile);
-
-  Writeln(SongFile, '#TITLE:' + Song.Title + '');
-  Writeln(SongFile, '#ARTIST:' + Song.Artist);
-
-  if Song.Creator     <> '' then    Writeln(SongFile, '#CREATOR:'     + Song.Creator);
-  if Song.Edition     <> 'Unknown' then Writeln(SongFile, '#EDITION:' + Song.Edition);
-  if Song.Genre       <> 'Unknown' then   Writeln(SongFile, '#GENRE:' + Song.Genre);
-  if Song.Language    <> 'Unknown' then    Writeln(SongFile, '#LANGUAGE:'    + Song.Language);
-
-  Writeln(SongFile, '#MP3:' + Song.Mp3);
-
-  if Song.Cover       <> '' then    Writeln(SongFile, '#COVER:'       + Song.Cover);
-  if Song.Background  <> '' then    Writeln(SongFile, '#BACKGROUND:'  + Song.Background);
-  if Song.Video       <> '' then    Writeln(SongFile, '#VIDEO:'       + Song.Video);
-  if Song.VideoGAP    <> 0  then    Writeln(SongFile, '#VIDEOGAP:'    + FloatToStr(Song.VideoGAP));
-  if Song.Resolution  <> 4  then    Writeln(SongFile, '#RESOLUTION:'  + IntToStr(Song.Resolution));
-  if Song.NotesGAP    <> 0  then    Writeln(SongFile, '#NOTESGAP:'    + IntToStr(Song.NotesGAP));
-  if Song.Start       <> 0  then    Writeln(SongFile, '#START:'       + FloatToStr(Song.Start));
-  if Song.Finish      <> 0  then    Writeln(SongFile, '#END:'         + IntToStr(Song.Finish));
-  if Relative               then    Writeln(SongFile, '#RELATIVE:yes');
-
-  Writeln(SongFile, '#BPM:' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[0].BPM / 4));
-  Writeln(SongFile, '#GAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.GAP));
-
-  RelativeSubTime := 0;
-  for B := 1 to High(CurrentSong.BPM) do
-    Writeln(SongFile, 'B ' + FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[B].StartBeat) + ' ' + FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[B].BPM/4));
-
-  for C := 0 to Lines.High do begin
-    for N := 0 to Lines.Line[C].HighNote do begin
-      with Lines.Line[C].Note[N] do begin
-
-
-        //Golden + Freestyle Note Patch
-        case Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType of
-          ntFreestyle: NoteState := 'F ';
-          ntNormal: NoteState := ': ';
-          ntGolden: NoteState := '* ';
-        end; // case
-        S := NoteState + IntToStr(Start-RelativeSubTime) + ' ' + IntToStr(Length) + ' ' + IntToStr(Tone) + ' ' + Text;
-
-
-        Writeln(SongFile, S);
-      end; // with
-    end; // N
-
-    if C < Lines.High then begin      // don't write end of last sentence
-      if not Relative then
-        S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start)
-      else begin
-        S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime) +
-          ' ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime);
-        RelativeSubTime := Lines.Line[C+1].Start;
-      end;
-      Writeln(SongFile, S);
-    end;
+  function EncodeToken(const Str: UTF8String): RawByteString;
+  var
+    Success: boolean;
+  begin
+    Success := EncodeStringUTF8(Str, Result, Song.Encoding);
+    if (not Success) then
+      SaveSong := ssrEncodingError;
+  end;
 
-  end; // C
+  procedure WriteCustomTags;
+    var
+      I: integer;
+      Line: RawByteString;
+  begin
+    for I := 0 to High(Song.CustomTags) do
+    begin
+      Line := EncodeToken(Song.CustomTags[I].Content);
+      if (Length(Song.CustomTags[I].Tag) > 0) then
+        Line := EncodeToken(Song.CustomTags[I].Tag) + ':' + Line;
 
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#' + Line);
+    end;
 
-  Writeln(SongFile, 'E');
-  CloseFile(SongFile);
+  end;
 
-  Result := true;
+begin
+  //  Relative := true; // override (idea - use shift+S to save with relative)
+  Result := ssrOK;
+
+  try
+    SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(Name, fmCreate);
+    try
+      // to-do: should we really write the BOM?
+      //        it causes problems w/ older versions
+      //        e.g. usdx 1.0.1a or ultrastar < 0.7.0
+      if (Song.Encoding = encUTF8) then
+        SongFile.WriteString(UTF8_BOM);
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#ENCODING:' + EncodingName(Song.Encoding));
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#TITLE:'    + EncodeToken(Song.Title));
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#ARTIST:'   + EncodeToken(Song.Artist));
+
+      if Song.Creator     <> ''        then SongFile.WriteLine('#CREATOR:'   + EncodeToken(Song.Creator));
+      if Song.Edition     <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#EDITION:'   + EncodeToken(Song.Edition));
+      if Song.Genre       <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#GENRE:'     + EncodeToken(Song.Genre));
+      if Song.Language    <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#LANGUAGE:'  + EncodeToken(Song.Language));
+      if Song.Year        <> 0         then SongFile.WriteLine('#YEAR:'      + IntToStr(Song.Year));
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#MP3:' + EncodeToken(Song.Mp3.ToUTF8));
+      if Song.Cover.IsSet      then    SongFile.WriteLine('#COVER:'       + EncodeToken(Song.Cover.ToUTF8));
+      if Song.Background.IsSet then    SongFile.WriteLine('#BACKGROUND:'  + EncodeToken(Song.Background.ToUTF8));
+      if Song.Video.IsSet      then    SongFile.WriteLine('#VIDEO:'       + EncodeToken(Song.Video.ToUTF8));
+
+      if Song.VideoGAP    <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#VIDEOGAP:'    + FloatToStr(Song.VideoGAP));
+      if Song.Resolution  <> 4  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#RESOLUTION:'  + IntToStr(Song.Resolution));
+      if Song.NotesGAP    <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#NOTESGAP:'    + IntToStr(Song.NotesGAP));
+      if Song.Start       <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#START:'       + FloatToStr(Song.Start));
+      if Song.Finish      <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#END:'         + IntToStr(Song.Finish));
+      if Relative               then    SongFile.WriteLine('#RELATIVE:yes');
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#BPM:' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[0].BPM / 4));
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#GAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.GAP));
+
+      // write custom header tags
+      WriteCustomTags;
+
+      RelativeSubTime := 0;
+      for B := 1 to High(Song.BPM) do
+        SongFile.WriteLine('B ' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[B].StartBeat) + ' '
+                                + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[B].BPM/4));
+
+      for C := 0 to Lines.High do
+      begin
+        for N := 0 to Lines.Line[C].HighNote do
+        begin
+          with Lines.Line[C].Note[N] do
+          begin
+            //Golden + Freestyle Note Patch
+            case Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType of
+              ntFreestyle: NoteState := 'F ';
+              ntNormal: NoteState := ': ';
+              ntGolden: NoteState := '* ';
+            end; // case
+            S := NoteState + IntToStr(Start-RelativeSubTime) + ' '
+                           + IntToStr(Length) + ' '
+                           + IntToStr(Tone) + ' '
+                           + EncodeToken(Text);
+
+            SongFile.WriteLine(S);
+          end; // with
+        end; // N
+
+        if C < Lines.High then // don't write end of last sentence
+        begin
+          if not Relative then
+            S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start)
+          else
+          begin
+            S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime) +
+              ' ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime);
+            RelativeSubTime := Lines.Line[C+1].Start;
+          end;
+          SongFile.WriteLine(S);
+        end;
+      end; // C
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('E');
+    finally
+      SongFile.Free;
+    end;
+  except
+    Result := ssrFileError;
+  end;
 end;
 
 end.
+
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UFilesystem.pas b/Lua/src/base/UFilesystem.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4972df5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UFilesystem.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UFilesystem;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+  TntSysUtils,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  TSytemSearchRec = TSearchRecW;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSytemSearchRec = TSearchRec;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  TFileInfo = record
+    Time: integer;  // timestamp
+    Size: int64;    // file size (byte)
+    Attr: integer;  // file attributes
+    Name: IPath;    // basename with extension
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Iterates through the search results retrieved by FileFind().
+   * Example usage:
+   *   while(Iter.HasNext()) do
+   *     SearchRec := Iter.Next();
+   *}
+  IFileIterator = interface
+    function HasNext(): boolean;
+    function Next(): TFileInfo;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Wrapper for SysUtils file functions.
+   * For documentation and examples, check the SysUtils equivalent.
+   *}
+  IFileSystem = interface
+    function ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle;
+    function DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; overload;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;
+
+    function DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * On Windows: returns true only for files (not directories)
+     * On Apple/Unix: returns true for all kind of files (even directories)
+     * @seealso SysUtils.FileExists()
+     *}
+    function FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+
+    function FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+    function FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+    function FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+    function FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+    function DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * Copies file Source to Target. If FailIfExists is true, the file is not
+     * copied if it already exists.
+     * Returns true if the file was successfully copied.
+     *}
+    function CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+
+    function ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+
+    function ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+
+    function IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+
+    {**
+     * Searches for a file with filename Name in the directories given in DirList.
+     *}
+    function FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+
+    {**
+     * More convenient version of FindFirst/Next/Close with iterator support.
+     *}
+    function FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator;
+
+    {**
+     * Old style search functions. Use FileFind() instead.
+     *}
+    function FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    function FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    procedure FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+
+    function GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+    function SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns true if the filesystem is case-sensitive.
+     *}
+    function IsCaseSensitive(): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  function FileSystem(): IFileSystem;
+
+implementation
+
+type
+  TFileSystemImpl = class(TInterfacedObject, IFileSystem)
+  public
+    function ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle;
+    function DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; overload;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;
+    function DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+    function FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+    function FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+    function FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+    function DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+
+    function ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+    function IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+
+    function FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+    function FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator;
+
+    function FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    function FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    procedure FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+
+    function GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+    function SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+
+    function IsCaseSensitive(): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TFileIterator = class(TInterfacedObject, IFileIterator)
+  private
+    fHasNext: boolean;
+    fSearchRec: TSytemSearchRec;
+  public
+    constructor Create(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer);
+    destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+    function HasNext(): boolean;
+    function Next(): TFileInfo;
+  end;
+
+
+var
+  FileSystem_Singleton: IFileSystem;
+
+function FileSystem(): IFileSystem;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem_Singleton;
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator;
+begin
+  Result := TFileIterator.Create(FilePattern, Attr);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.IsCaseSensitive(): boolean;
+begin
+  // Windows and Mac OS X do not have case sensitive file systems
+  {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS) or Defined(DARWIN)}
+    Result := false;
+  {$ELSE}
+    Result := true;
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+var
+  NameStr: UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  NameStr := FileName.ToUTF8();
+
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    // check if drive is given 'C:...'
+    if (FileName.GetDrive().ToUTF8 <> '') then
+      Exit;
+    // check if path starts with '\\'
+    if (Length(NameStr) >= 2) and
+       (NameStr[1] = PathDelim) and (NameStr[2] = PathDelim) then
+      Exit;
+  {$ELSE} // Unix based systems
+    // check if root dir given '/...'
+    if (Length(NameStr) >= 1) and (NameStr[1] = PathDelim) then
+      Exit;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExpandFileName(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileCreate(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideCreateDir(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileOpen(FileName.ToWide(), Mode);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileAge(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileAge(FileName.ToWide(), FileDateTime);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideDirectoryExists(Name.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileExists(Name.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileGetAttr(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileSetAttr(FileName.ToWide(), Attr);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileIsReadOnly(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileSetReadOnly(FileName.ToWide(), ReadOnly);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideForceDirectories(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  DirListStr: WideString;
+begin
+  DirListStr := '';
+  for I := 0 to High(DirList) do
+  begin
+    if (I > 0) then
+      DirListStr := DirListStr + PathSep;
+    DirListStr := DirListStr + DirList[I].ToWide();
+  end;
+  Result := Path(WideFileSearch(Name.ToWide(), DirListStr));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideRenameFile(OldName.ToWide(), NewName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideDeleteFile(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideRemoveDir(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideCopyFile(Source.ToWide(), Target.ToWide(), FailIfExists);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileDrive(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFilePath(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileDir(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileName(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileExt(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractRelativePath(BaseName.ToWide(), FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideChangeFileExt(FileName.ToWide(), Extension.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideIncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideFindFirst(FilePattern.ToWide(), Attr, F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideFindNext(F);
+end;
+
+procedure TFileSystemImpl.FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+begin
+  WideFindClose(F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideGetCurrentDir());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideSetCurrentDir(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+{$ELSE} // UNIX
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExpandFileName(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileCreate(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.CreateDir(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileOpen(FileName.ToNative(), Mode);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileAge(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean;
+var
+  FileDate: integer;
+begin
+  FileDate := SysUtils.FileAge(FileName.ToNative());
+  Result := (FileDate <> -1);
+  if (Result) then
+    FileDateTime := FileDateToDateTime(FileDate);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.DirectoryExists(Name.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileExists(Name.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileGetAttr(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (SysUtils.FileSetAttr(FileName.ToNative(), Attr) = 0);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileIsReadOnly(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (SysUtils.FileSetAttr(FileName.ToNative(), faReadOnly) = 0);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.ForceDirectories(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  DirListStr: AnsiString;
+begin
+  DirListStr := '';
+  for I := 0 to High(DirList) do
+  begin
+    if (I > 0) then
+      DirListStr := DirListStr + PathSep;
+    DirListStr := DirListStr + DirList[I].ToNative();
+  end;
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.FileSearch(Name.ToNative(), DirListStr));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.RenameFile(OldName.ToNative(), NewName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.DeleteFile(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.RemoveDir(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+const
+  COPY_BUFFER_SIZE = 4096; // a good tradeoff between speed and memory consumption
+var
+  SourceFile, TargetFile: TFileStream;
+  FileCopyBuffer: array [0..COPY_BUFFER_SIZE-1] of byte; // temporary copy-buffer.
+  NumberOfBytes: integer; // number of bytes read from SourceFile
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  SourceFile := nil;
+  TargetFile := nil;
+
+  // if overwrite is disabled return if the target file already exists
+  if (FailIfExists and FileExists(Target)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  try
+    try
+      // open source and target file (might throw an exception on error)
+      SourceFile := TFileStream.Create(Source.ToNative(), fmOpenRead);
+      TargetFile := TFileStream.Create(Target.ToNative(), fmCreate or fmOpenWrite);
+
+      while true do
+      begin
+        // read a block from the source file and check for errors or EOF
+        NumberOfBytes := SourceFile.Read(FileCopyBuffer, SizeOf(FileCopyBuffer));
+        if (NumberOfBytes <= 0) then
+          Break;
+        // write block to target file and check if everything was written
+        if (TargetFile.Write(FileCopyBuffer, NumberOfBytes) <> NumberOfBytes) then
+          Exit;
+      end;
+    except
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  finally
+    SourceFile.Free;
+    TargetFile.Free;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileDrive(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFilePath(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileDir(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileName(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileExt(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractRelativePath(BaseName.ToNative(), FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ChangeFileExt(FileName.ToNative(), Extension.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FindFirst(FilePattern.ToNative(), Attr, F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FindNext(F);
+end;
+
+procedure TFileSystemImpl.FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+begin
+  SysUtils.FindClose(F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.GetCurrentDir());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.SetCurrentDir(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{ TFileIterator }
+
+constructor TFileIterator.Create(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  fHasNext := (FileSystem.FindFirst(FilePattern, Attr, fSearchRec) = 0);
+end;
+
+destructor TFileIterator.Destroy();
+begin
+  FileSystem.FindClose(fSearchRec);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TFileIterator.HasNext(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := fHasNext;
+end;
+
+function TFileIterator.Next(): TFileInfo;
+begin
+  if (not fHasNext) then
+  begin
+    // Note: do not use FillChar() on records with ref-counted fields
+    Result.Time := 0;
+    Result.Size := 0;
+    Result.Attr := 0;
+    Result.Name := nil;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result.Time := fSearchRec.Time;
+  Result.Size := fSearchRec.Size;
+  Result.Attr := fSearchRec.Attr;
+  Result.Name := Path(fSearchRec.Name);
+
+  // fetch next entry
+  fHasNext := (FileSystem.FindNext(fSearchRec) = 0);
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  FileSystem_Singleton := TFileSystemImpl.Create;
+
+finalization
+  FileSystem_Singleton := nil;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas b/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas
index a72bca21..191e74d2 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas
@@ -47,12 +47,14 @@ uses
   glext,
   glu,
   sdl,
+  Math,
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
   {$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT}
   UTexture,
   {$ENDIF}
-  Math,
-  Classes,
-  SysUtils;
+  UPath;
 
 type
 
@@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ type
   TGLubyteArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(GLubyte))-1] of GLubyte;
   TGLubyteDynArray = array of GLubyte;
 
-  TWideStringArray = array of WideString;
+  TUCS4StringArray = array of UCS4String;
 
   TGLColor = packed record
     case byte of
@@ -126,34 +128,34 @@ type
 
       {**
        * Splits lines in Text seperated by newline (char-code #13).
-       * @param Text   UTF-8 encoded string
-       * @param Lines  splitted WideString lines
+       * @param Text   UCS-4 encoded string
+       * @param Lines  splitted UCS4String lines
        *}
-      procedure SplitLines(const Text: UTF8String; var Lines: TWideStringArray);
+      procedure SplitLines(const Text: UCS4String; var Lines: TUCS4StringArray);
 
       {**
-       * Print an array of WideStrings. Each array-item is a line of text.
+       * Print an array of UCS4Strings. Each array-item is a line of text.
        * Lines of text are seperated by the line-spacing.
        * This is the base function for all text drawing.
        *}
-      procedure Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); overload; virtual;
+      procedure Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); overload; virtual;
 
       {**
        * Draws an underline.
        *}
-      procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); virtual;
+      procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); virtual;
 
       {**
        * Renders (one) line of text.
        *}
-      procedure Render(const Text: WideString); virtual; abstract;
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); virtual; abstract;
 
       {**
        * Returns the bounds of text-lines contained in Text.
        * @param(Advance  if true the right bound is set to the advance instead
        *   of the minimal right bound.)
        *}
-      function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; overload; virtual; abstract;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; overload; virtual; abstract;
 
       {**
        * Resets all user settings to default values.
@@ -188,9 +190,11 @@ type
       {**
        * Prints a text.
        *}
+      procedure Print(const Text: UCS4String); overload;
+      {** UTF-16 version of @link(Print) }
       procedure Print(const Text: WideString); overload;
       {** UTF-8 version of @link(Print) }
-      procedure Print(const Text: string); overload;
+      procedure Print(const Text: UTF8String); overload;
 
       {**
        * Calculates the bounding box (width and height) around Text.
@@ -203,6 +207,8 @@ type
        * bigger than the text's width as it additionally contains the advance
        * and glyph-spacing of the last character.
        *}
+      function BBox(const Text: UCS4String; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
+      {** UTF-16 version of @link(BBox) }
       function BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
       {** UTF-8 version of @link(BBox) }
       function BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
@@ -249,9 +255,9 @@ type
       /// Mipmap fonts (size[level+1] = size[level]/2)
       fMipmapFonts: array[0..cMaxMipmapLevel] of TFont;
 
-      procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
-      procedure Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); override;
-      function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      procedure Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
 
       {**
        * Callback called for creation of each mipmap font.
@@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ type
 
   {**
    * Table for storage of max. 256 glyphs.
-   * Used for the second cache level. Indexed by the LSB of the WideChar
+   * Used for the second cache level. Indexed by the LSB of the UCS4Char
    * char-code.
    *}
   PGlyphTable = ^TGlyphTable;
@@ -332,7 +338,7 @@ type
    * Cache for glyphs of a single font.
    * The cached glyphs are stored inside a hash-list.
    * Hashing is performed in two steps:
-   * 1. the least significant byte (LSB) of the WideChar character code
+   * 1. the least significant byte (LSB) of the UCS4Char character code
    * is removed (shr 8) and the result (we call it BaseCode here) looked up in
    * the hash-list.
    * 2. Each entry of the hash-list contains a table with max. 256 entries.
@@ -359,22 +365,22 @@ type
        * Add glyph Glyph with char-code ch to the cache.
        * @returns @true on success, @false otherwise
        *}
-      function AddGlyph(ch: WideChar; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
+      function AddGlyph(ch: UCS4Char; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
 
       {**
        * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache.
        *}
-      procedure DeleteGlyph(ch: WideChar);
+      procedure DeleteGlyph(ch: UCS4Char);
 
       {**
        * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache.
        *}
-      function GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+      function GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
 
       {**
        * Checks if a glyph with char-code ch is cached.
        *}
-      function HasGlyph(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+      function HasGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
 
       {**
        * Remove and free all cached glyphs. If KeepBaseSet is set to
@@ -408,13 +414,13 @@ type
        * Retrieves a cached glyph with char-code ch from cache.
        * If the glyph is not already cached, it is loaded with LoadGlyph().
        *}
-      function GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+      function GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
 
       {**
        * Callback to create (load) a glyph with char-code ch.
        * Implemented by subclasses.
        *}
-      function LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; virtual; abstract;
+      function LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; virtual; abstract;
 
     public
       constructor Create();
@@ -436,6 +442,7 @@ type
    *}
   TFTGlyph = class(TGlyph)
     private
+      fCharCode:  UCS4Char;     //**< Char code
       fCharIndex: FT_UInt;      //**< Freetype specific char-index (<> char-code)
       fDisplayList: GLuint;     //**< Display-list ID
       fTexture: GLuint;         //**< Texture ID
@@ -458,7 +465,7 @@ type
        * The bitmap must be 2* pixels wider and higher than the
        * original glyph's bitmap with the latter centered in it.
        *}
-      procedure Extrude(var TexBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray; Outset: single);
+      procedure StrokeBorder(var Glyph: FT_Glyph);
 
       {**
        * Creates an OpenGL texture (and display list) for the glyph.
@@ -477,7 +484,7 @@ type
        * Creates a glyph with char-code ch from font Font.
        * @param LoadFlags  flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
        *}
-      constructor Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: WideChar; Outset: single;
+      constructor Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: UCS4Char; Outset: single;
                          LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
       destructor Destroy(); override;
 
@@ -490,6 +497,8 @@ type
       property CharIndex: FT_UInt read fCharIndex;
   end;
 
+  TFontPart = ( fpNone, fpInner, fpOutline );
+
   {**
    * Freetype font class.
    *}
@@ -498,19 +507,20 @@ type
       procedure ResetIntern();
 
     protected
-      fFilename: string;            //**< filename of the font-file
+      fFilename: IPath;             //**< filename of the font-file
       fSize: integer;               //**< Font base size (in pixels)
       fOutset: single;              //**< size of outset extrusion (in pixels)
       fFace: FT_Face;               //**< Holds the height of the font
       fLoadFlags: FT_Int32;         //**< FT glpyh load-flags
       fFontUnitScale: TPositionDbl; //**< FT font-units to pixel ratio
       fUseDisplayLists: boolean;    //**< true: use display-lists, false: direct drawing
+      fPart: TFontPart;             //**< indicates the part of an outline font
 
       {** @seealso TCachedFont.LoadGlyph }
-      function LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; override;
+      function LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; override;
 
-      procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
-      function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
 
       function GetHeight(): single; override;
       function GetAscender(): single; override;
@@ -528,7 +538,7 @@ type
        * @param  LoadFlags  flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
        * @raises Exception  if the font-file could not be loaded
        *}
-      constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
                          Size: integer; Outset: single = 0.0;
                          LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT);
 
@@ -558,7 +568,7 @@ type
        * The extrusion in pixels is Size*OutsetAmount
        * (0.0 -> no extrusion, 0.1 -> 10%).
        *}
-      constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
                          Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single = 0.0;
                          UseMipmaps: boolean = true);
 
@@ -576,7 +586,7 @@ type
    *}
   TFTOutlineFont = class(TFont)
     private
-      fFilename: string;
+      fFilename: IPath;
       fSize: integer;
       fOutset: single;
       fInnerFont, fOutlineFont: TFTFont;
@@ -585,9 +595,9 @@ type
       procedure ResetIntern();
       
   protected
-      procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); override;
-      procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
-      function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+      procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
 
       function GetHeight(): single; override;
       function GetAscender(): single; override;
@@ -603,7 +613,7 @@ type
       procedure SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean); override;
 
     public
-      constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
                          Size: integer; Outset: single;
                          LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT);
       destructor Destroy; override;
@@ -637,7 +647,7 @@ type
       function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; override;
 
     public
-      constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
                          Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
                          UseMipmaps: boolean = true);
 
@@ -672,18 +682,18 @@ type
 
       procedure ResetIntern();
 
-      procedure RenderChar(ch: WideChar; var AdvanceX: real);
+      procedure RenderChar(ch: UCS4Char; var AdvanceX: real);
 
       {**
        * Load font widths from an info file.
        * @param  InfoFile  the name of the info (.dat) file
        * @raises Exception if the file is corrupted
        *}
-      procedure LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: string);
+      procedure LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: IPath);
 
     protected
-      procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
-      function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
 
       function GetHeight(): single; override;
       function GetAscender(): single; override;
@@ -699,7 +709,7 @@ type
        *        (y-axis up) and from the lower edge of the glyphs bounding box)
        * @param(Ascender  pixels from baseline to top of highest glyph)
        *}
-      constructor Create(const Filename: string; Outline: integer;
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Outline: integer;
                          Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer);
       destructor Destroy(); override;
 
@@ -801,37 +811,61 @@ begin
   ResetIntern();
 end;
 
-procedure TFont.SplitLines(const Text: UTF8String; var Lines: TWideStringArray);
+procedure TFont.SplitLines(const Text: UCS4String; var Lines: TUCS4StringArray);
 var
-  LineList: TStringList;
-  LineIndex: integer;
+  CharIndex: integer;
+  LineStart: integer;
+  LineLength: integer;
+  EOT: boolean; // End-Of-Text
 begin
-  // split lines on newline (there is no WideString version of ExtractStrings)
-  LineList := TStringList.Create();
-  ExtractStrings([#13], [], PChar(Text), LineList);
+  // split lines on newline
+  SetLength(Lines, 0);
+  EOT := false;
+  LineStart := 0;
 
-  // create an array of WideStrins from the UTF-8 string-list
-  SetLength(Lines, LineList.Count);
-  for LineIndex := 0 to LineList.Count-1 do
-    Lines[LineIndex] := UTF8Decode(LineList[LineIndex]);
-  LineList.Free();
+  for CharIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+  begin
+    // check for end of text (UCS4Strings are zero-terminated)
+    if (CharIndex = High(Text)) then
+      EOT := true;
+
+    // check for newline (carriage return (#13)) or end of text
+    if (Text[CharIndex] = 13) or EOT then
+    begin
+      LineLength := CharIndex - LineStart;
+      // check if last character was a newline
+      if (EOT and (LineLength = 0)) then
+        Break;      
+
+      // copy line (even if LineLength is 0)
+      SetLength(Lines, Length(Lines)+1);
+      Lines[High(Lines)] := UCS4Copy(Text, LineStart, LineLength);
+
+      LineStart := CharIndex+1;
+    end;
+  end;
 end;
 
-function TFont.BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+function TFont.BBox(const Text: UCS4String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
 var
-  LineArray: TWideStringArray;
+  LineArray: TUCS4StringArray;
 begin
   SplitLines(Text, LineArray);
   Result := BBox(LineArray, Advance);
   SetLength(LineArray, 0);
 end;
 
+function TFont.BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  Result := BBox(UTF8Decode(Text), Advance);
+end;
+
 function TFont.BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
 begin
-  Result := BBox(UTF8Encode(Text), Advance);
+  Result := BBox(WideStringToUCS4String(Text), Advance);
 end;
 
-procedure TFont.Print(const Text: TWideStringArray);
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray);
 var
   LineIndex: integer;
 begin
@@ -912,21 +946,26 @@ begin
   glPopAttrib();
 end;
 
-procedure TFont.Print(const Text: string);
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: UCS4String);
 var
-  LineArray: TWideStringArray;
+  LineArray: TUCS4StringArray;
 begin
   SplitLines(Text, LineArray);
   Print(LineArray);
   SetLength(LineArray, 0);
 end;
 
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: UTF8String);
+begin
+  Print(UTF8Decode(Text));
+end;
+
 procedure TFont.Print(const Text: WideString);
 begin
-  Print(UTF8Encode(Text));
+  Print(WideStringToUCS4String(Text));
 end;
 
-procedure TFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString);
+procedure TFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String);
 var
   UnderlineY1, UnderlineY2: single;
   Bounds: TBoundsDbl;
@@ -1128,12 +1167,22 @@ begin
   // projected width ||(x1, y1) - (x2, y1)||
   Dist  := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[1][0]);
   Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[1][1]);
-  WidthScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2);
+
+  WidthScale := 1;
+  if (Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2) <> 0) then
+  begin
+    WidthScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2);
+  end;
 
   // projected height ||(x1, y1) - (x1, y2)||
   Dist  := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[2][0]);
   Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[2][1]);
-  HeightScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2);
+
+  HeightScale := 1;
+  if (Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2) <> 0) then
+  begin
+    HeightScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2);
+  end;
 
   //writeln(Format('Scale %f, %f', [WidthScale, HeightScale]));
 
@@ -1194,7 +1243,7 @@ begin
   glScalef(MipmapScale, MipmapScale, 0);
 end;
 
-procedure TScalableFont.Print(const Text: TWideStringArray);
+procedure TScalableFont.Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray);
 begin
   glPushMatrix();
 
@@ -1210,12 +1259,12 @@ begin
   glPopMatrix();
 end;
 
-procedure TScalableFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+procedure TScalableFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
 begin
   Assert(false, 'Unused TScalableFont.Render() was called');
 end;
 
-function TScalableFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+function TScalableFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
 begin
   Result := fBaseFont.BBox(Text, Advance);
   Result.Left   := Result.Left * fScale * fAspect;
@@ -1287,7 +1336,7 @@ var
   Level: integer;
 begin
   for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
-    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+    if ((fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) AND (GetMipmapScale(Level) > 0)) then
       fMipmapFonts[Level].SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level));
 end;
 
@@ -1346,7 +1395,7 @@ begin
   inherited;
 end;
 
-function TCachedFont.GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+function TCachedFont.GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
 begin
   Result := fCache.GetGlyph(ch);
   if (Result = nil) then
@@ -1368,11 +1417,11 @@ end;
  *}
 
 constructor TFTFont.Create(
-    const Filename: string;
+    const Filename: IPath;
     Size: integer; Outset: single;
     LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
 var
-  i: WideChar;
+  ch: UCS4Char;
 begin
   inherited Create();
 
@@ -1381,10 +1430,11 @@ begin
   fOutset := Outset;
   fLoadFlags := LoadFlags;
   fUseDisplayLists := true;
+  fPart := fpNone;
 
   // load font information
-  if (FT_New_Face(TFreeType.GetLibrary(), PChar(Filename), 0, fFace) <> 0) then
-    raise Exception.Create('FT_New_Face: Could not load font '''  + Filename + '''');
+  if (FT_New_Face(TFreeType.GetLibrary(), PChar(Filename.ToNative), 0, fFace) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.Create('FT_New_Face: Could not load font '''  + Filename.ToNative + '''');
 
   // support scalable fonts only
   if (not FT_IS_SCALABLE(fFace)) then
@@ -1400,8 +1450,8 @@ begin
   ResetIntern();
 
   // pre-cache some commonly used glyphs (' ' - '~')
-  for i := #32 to #126 do
-    fCache.AddGlyph(i, TFTGlyph.Create(Self, i, Outset, LoadFlags));
+  for ch := 32 to 126 do
+    fCache.AddGlyph(ch, TFTGlyph.Create(Self, ch, Outset, LoadFlags));
 end;
 
 destructor TFTFont.Destroy();
@@ -1424,15 +1474,15 @@ begin
   ResetIntern();
 end;
 
-function TFTFont.LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+function TFTFont.LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
 begin
   Result := TFTGlyph.Create(Self, ch, Outset, fLoadFlags);
 end;
 
-function TFTFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+function TFTFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
 var
   Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph;
-  TextLine: WideString;
+  TextLine: UCS4String;
   LineYOffset: single;
   LineIndex, CharIndex: integer;
   LineBounds: TBoundsDbl;
@@ -1462,7 +1512,7 @@ begin
     LineBounds.Top    := 0;
 
     // for each glyph image, compute its bounding box
-    for CharIndex := 1 to Length(TextLine) do
+    for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(TextLine)-1 do
     begin
       Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(TextLine[CharIndex]));
       if (Glyph <> nil) then
@@ -1480,9 +1530,9 @@ begin
           LineBounds.Left := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Left;
 
         // update right bound
-        if (CharIndex < Length(TextLine)) or  // not the last character
-           (TextLine[CharIndex] = ' ') or     // on space char (Bounds.Right = 0)
-           Advance then                       // or in advance mode
+        if (CharIndex < LengthUCS4(TextLine)-1) or  // not the last character
+           (TextLine[CharIndex] = Ord(' ')) or      // on space char (Bounds.Right = 0)
+           Advance then                             // or in advance mode
         begin
           // add advance and glyph spacing
           LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Advance.x + GlyphSpacing
@@ -1534,13 +1584,13 @@ begin
   end;
 
   // if left or bottom bound was not set, set them to 0
-  if (Result.Left = Infinity) then
+  if (IsInfinite(Result.Left)) then
     Result.Left := 0.0;
-  if (Result.Bottom = Infinity) then
+  if (IsInfinite(Result.Bottom)) then
     Result.Bottom := 0.0;
 end;
 
-procedure TFTFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+procedure TFTFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
 var
   CharIndex: integer;
   Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph;
@@ -1550,7 +1600,7 @@ begin
   PrevGlyph := nil;
 
   // draw current line
-  for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Text) do
+  for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Text)-1 do
   begin
     Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(Text[CharIndex]));
     if (Assigned(Glyph)) then
@@ -1606,7 +1656,7 @@ end;
  * TFTScalableFont
  *}
 
-constructor TFTScalableFont.Create(const Filename: string;
+constructor TFTScalableFont.Create(const Filename: IPath;
                    Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
                    UseMipmaps: boolean);
 var
@@ -1662,7 +1712,7 @@ end;
  *}
 
 constructor TFTOutlineFont.Create(
-    const Filename: string;
+    const Filename: IPath;
     Size: integer; Outset: single;
     LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
 begin
@@ -1673,7 +1723,9 @@ begin
   fOutset := Outset;
 
   fInnerFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, 0.0, LoadFlags);
+  fInnerFont.fPart := fpInner;
   fOutlineFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, Outset, LoadFlags);
+  fOutlineFont.fPart := fpOutline;
 
   ResetIntern();
 end;
@@ -1705,7 +1757,7 @@ begin
   ResetIntern();
 end;
 
-procedure TFTOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString);
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String);
 var
   CurrentColor: TGLColor;
   OutlineColor: TGLColor;
@@ -1730,7 +1782,7 @@ begin
   glPopMatrix();
 end;
 
-procedure TFTOutlineFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
 var
   CurrentColor: TGLColor;
   OutlineColor: TGLColor;
@@ -1770,7 +1822,7 @@ begin
   fInnerFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
 end;
 
-function TFTOutlineFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+function TFTOutlineFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
 begin
   Result := fOutlineFont.BBox(Text, Advance);
 end;
@@ -1852,7 +1904,7 @@ end;
  *}
 
 constructor TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(
-    const Filename: string;
+    const Filename: IPath;
     Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
     UseMipmaps: boolean);
 var
@@ -1935,82 +1987,113 @@ const
    *}
   cTexSmoothBorder = 1;
 
-procedure TFTGlyph.Extrude(var TexBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray; Outset: single);
+procedure TFTGlyph.StrokeBorder(var Glyph: FT_Glyph);
+var
+  Outline: PFT_Outline;
+  OuterStroker, InnerStroker:  FT_Stroker;
+  OuterNumPoints, InnerNumPoints, GlyphNumPoints: FT_UInt;
+  OuterNumContours, InnerNumContours, GlyphNumContours: FT_UInt;
+  OuterBorder, InnerBorder: FT_StrokerBorder;
+  OutlineFlags: FT_Int;
+  UseStencil: boolean;
+begin
+  // It is possible to extrude the borders of a glyph with FT_Glyph_Stroke
+  // but it will extrude the border to the outside and the inside of a glyph
+  // although we just want to extrude to the outside.
+  // FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder extrudes to the outside but also fills the interior
+  // (this is what we need for bold fonts).
+  // In both cases the inner font and outline font (border) will overlap.
+  // Normally this does not matter but it does if alpha blending is active.
+  // In this case if e.g. the inner color is set to white, the outline to red
+  // and alpha to 0.5 the inner part will not be white it will be pink.
+
+  InnerStroker := nil;
+  OuterStroker := nil;
+
+  // If we are to create the interior of an outlined font (fInner = true)
+  // we have to create two borders:
+  // - one extruded to the outside by fOutset pixels and
+  // - one extruded to the inside by almost 0 zero pixels.
+  // The second one is used as a stencil for the first one, clearing the
+  // interiour of the glyph.
+  // The stencil is not needed to create bold fonts.
+  UseStencil := (fFont.fPart = fpInner);
+
+  Outline := @FT_OutlineGlyph(Glyph).outline;
+
+  OuterBorder := FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder(Outline);
+  if (OuterBorder = FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT) then
+    InnerBorder := FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+  else
+    InnerBorder := FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT;
+
+  { extrude outer border }
+
+  if (FT_Stroker_New(Glyph.library_, OuterStroker) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_New failed!');
+  FT_Stroker_Set(
+      OuterStroker,
+      Round(fOutset * 64),
+      FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+      FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
+      0);
+
+  // similar to FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder(inner = FT_FALSE) but it is possible to
+  // use FT_Stroker_ExportBorder() afterwards to combine inner and outer borders
+  if (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline(OuterStroker, Outline, FT_FALSE) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_ParseOutline failed!');
 
-  procedure SetToMax(var Val1: GLubyte; Val2: GLubyte); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts(OuterStroker, OuterBorder, OuterNumPoints, OuterNumContours);
+
+  { extrude inner border (= stencil) }
+
+  if (UseStencil) then
   begin
-    if (Val1 < Val2) then
-      Val1 := Val2;
+    if (FT_Stroker_New(Glyph.library_, InnerStroker) <> 0) then
+      raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_New failed!');
+    FT_Stroker_Set(
+        InnerStroker,
+        63, // extrude at most one pixel to avoid a black border
+        FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+        FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
+        0);
+
+    if (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline(InnerStroker, Outline, FT_FALSE) <> 0) then
+      raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_ParseOutline failed!');
+
+    FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts(InnerStroker, InnerBorder, InnerNumPoints, InnerNumContours);
+  end else begin
+    InnerNumPoints := 0;
+    InnerNumContours := 0;
   end;
 
-var
-  I, X, Y: integer;
-  SrcBuffer,TmpBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray;
-  TexLine, TexLinePrev, TexLineNext: PGLubyteArray;
-  SrcLine: PGLubyteArray;
-  AlphaScale: single;
-  Value, ValueNeigh, ValueDiag: GLubyte;
-const
-  // square-root of 2 used for diagonal neighbor pixels
-  cSqrt2 = 1.4142;
-  // number of ignored pixels on each edge of the bitmap. Consists of:
-  // - border used for font smoothing and
-  // - outer (extruded) bitmap pixel (because it is just written but never read)
-  cBorder = cTexSmoothBorder + 1;
-begin
-  // allocate memory for temporary buffer
-  SetLength(SrcBuffer, Length(TexBuffer));
-  FillChar(SrcBuffer[0], Length(TexBuffer), 0);
-
-  // extrude pixel by pixel
-  for I := 1 to Ceil(Outset) do
-  begin
-    // swap arrays
-    TmpBuffer := TexBuffer;
-    TexBuffer := SrcBuffer;
-    SrcBuffer := TmpBuffer;
-
-    // as long as we add an entire pixel of outset, use a solid color.
-    // If the fractional part is reached blend, e.g. outline=3.2 -> 3 solid
-    // pixels and one blended with alpha=0.2.
-    // For the fractional part I = Ceil(Outset) is always true.
-    if (I <= Outset) then
-      AlphaScale := 1
-    else
-      AlphaScale := Outset - Trunc(Outset);
-
-    // copy data to the expanded bitmap.
-    for Y := cBorder to fTexSize.Height - 2*cBorder do
-    begin
-      TexLine     := @TexBuffer[Y*fTexSize.Width];
-      TexLinePrev := @TexBuffer[(Y-1)*fTexSize.Width];
-      TexLineNext := @TexBuffer[(Y+1)*fTexSize.Width];
-      SrcLine     := @SrcBuffer[Y*fTexSize.Width];
+  { combine borders (subtract: OuterBorder - InnerBorder) }
 
-      // expand current line's pixels
-      for X := cBorder to fTexSize.Width - 2*cBorder do
-      begin
-        Value := SrcLine[X];
-        ValueNeigh := Round(Value * AlphaScale);
-        ValueDiag := Round(ValueNeigh / cSqrt2);
+  GlyphNumPoints := InnerNumPoints + OuterNumPoints;
+  GlyphNumContours := InnerNumContours + OuterNumContours;
 
-        SetToMax(TexLine[X],   Value);
-        SetToMax(TexLine[X-1], ValueNeigh);
-        SetToMax(TexLine[X+1], ValueNeigh);
+  // save flags before deletion (TODO: set them on the resulting outline)
+  OutlineFlags := Outline.flags;
 
-        SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X],   ValueNeigh);
-        SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X-1], ValueDiag);
-        SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X+1], ValueDiag);
+  // resize glyph outline to hold inner and outer border
+  FT_Outline_Done(Glyph.Library_, Outline);
+  if (FT_Outline_New(Glyph.Library_, GlyphNumPoints, GlyphNumContours, Outline) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.Create('FT_Outline_New failed!');
 
-        SetToMax(TexLineNext[X],   ValueNeigh);
-        SetToMax(TexLineNext[X-1], ValueDiag);
-        SetToMax(TexLineNext[X+1], ValueDiag);
-      end;
-    end;
-  end;
+  Outline.n_points := 0;
+  Outline.n_contours := 0;
+
+  // add points to outline. The inner-border is used as a stencil.
+  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder(OuterStroker, OuterBorder, Outline);
+  if (UseStencil) then
+    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder(InnerStroker, InnerBorder, Outline);
+  if (FT_Outline_Check(outline) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_ExportBorder failed!');
 
-  TmpBuffer := nil;
-  SetLength(SrcBuffer, 0);
+  if (InnerStroker <> nil) then
+    FT_Stroker_Done(InnerStroker);
+  if (OuterStroker <> nil) then
+    FT_Stroker_Done(OuterStroker);
 end;
 
 procedure TFTGlyph.CreateTexture(LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
@@ -2033,6 +2116,9 @@ begin
   if (FT_Get_Glyph(fFont.Face^.glyph, Glyph) <> 0) then
     raise Exception.Create('FT_Get_Glyph failed');
 
+  if (fOutset > 0) then
+    StrokeBorder(Glyph);
+
   // store scaled advance width/height in glyph-object
   fAdvance.X := fFont.Face^.glyph^.advance.x / 64 + fOutset*2;
   fAdvance.Y := fFont.Face^.glyph^.advance.y / 64 + fOutset*2;
@@ -2114,9 +2200,6 @@ begin
     end;
   end;
 
-  if (fOutset > 0) then
-    Extrude(TexBuffer, fOutset);
-
   // allocate resources for textures and display lists
   glGenTextures(1, @fTexture);
 
@@ -2151,13 +2234,14 @@ begin
   FT_Done_Glyph(Glyph);
 end;
 
-constructor TFTGlyph.Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: WideChar; Outset: single;
+constructor TFTGlyph.Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: UCS4Char; Outset: single;
     LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
 begin
   inherited Create();
 
   fFont := Font;
   fOutset := Outset;
+  fCharCode := ch;
 
   // get the Freetype char-index (use default UNICODE charmap)
   fCharIndex := FT_Get_Char_Index(Font.fFace, FT_ULONG(ch));
@@ -2336,7 +2420,7 @@ begin
   InsertPos := fHash.Count;
 end;
 
-function TGlyphCache.AddGlyph(ch: WideChar; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
+function TGlyphCache.AddGlyph(ch: UCS4Char; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
 var
   BaseCode:  cardinal;
   GlyphCode: integer;
@@ -2346,7 +2430,7 @@ var
 begin
   Result := false;
 
-  BaseCode := cardinal(ch) shr 8;
+  BaseCode := Ord(ch) shr 8;
   GlyphTable := FindGlyphTable(BaseCode, InsertPos);
   if (GlyphTable = nil) then
   begin
@@ -2356,7 +2440,7 @@ begin
   end;
 
   // get glyph table offset
-  GlyphCode := cardinal(ch) and $FF;
+  GlyphCode := Ord(ch) and $FF;
   // insert glyph into table if not present
   if (GlyphTable[GlyphCode] = nil) then
   begin
@@ -2365,19 +2449,19 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-procedure TGlyphCache.DeleteGlyph(ch: WideChar);
+procedure TGlyphCache.DeleteGlyph(ch: UCS4Char);
 var
   Table: PGlyphTable;
   TableIndex, GlyphIndex: integer;
   TableEmpty: boolean;
 begin
   // find table
-  Table := FindGlyphTable(cardinal(ch) shr 8, TableIndex);
+  Table := FindGlyphTable(Ord(ch) shr 8, TableIndex);
   if (Table = nil) then
     Exit;
 
   // find glyph    
-  GlyphIndex := cardinal(ch) and $FF;
+  GlyphIndex := Ord(ch) and $FF;
   if (Table[GlyphIndex] <> nil) then
   begin
     // destroy glyph
@@ -2402,19 +2486,19 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-function TGlyphCache.GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+function TGlyphCache.GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
 var
   InsertPos: integer;
   Table: PGlyphTable;
 begin
-  Table := FindGlyphTable(cardinal(ch) shr 8, InsertPos);
+  Table := FindGlyphTable(Ord(ch) shr 8, InsertPos);
   if (Table = nil) then
     Result := nil
   else
-    Result := Table[cardinal(ch) and $FF];
+    Result := Table[Ord(ch) and $FF];
 end;
 
-function TGlyphCache.HasGlyph(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+function TGlyphCache.HasGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
 begin
   Result := (GetGlyph(ch) <> nil);
 end;
@@ -2482,7 +2566,7 @@ end;
  * TBitmapFont
  *}
 
-constructor TBitmapFont.Create(const Filename: string; Outline: integer;
+constructor TBitmapFont.Create(const Filename: IPath; Outline: integer;
     Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer);
 begin
   inherited Create();
@@ -2494,7 +2578,7 @@ begin
   fAscender  := Ascender;
   fDescender := Descender;
 
-  LoadFontInfo(ChangeFileExt(Filename, '.dat'));
+  LoadFontInfo(Filename.SetExtension('.dat'));
 
   ResetIntern();
 end;
@@ -2524,27 +2608,27 @@ begin
     fWidths[Count] := Round(fWidths[Count] * WidthMult) + WidthAdd;
 end;
 
-procedure TBitmapFont.LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: string);
+procedure TBitmapFont.LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: IPath);
 var
-  Stream:  TFileStream;
+  Stream: TStream;
 begin
   FillChar(fWidths[0], Length(fWidths), 0);
 
   Stream := nil;
   try
-    Stream := TFileStream.Create(InfoFile, fmOpenRead);
+    Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(InfoFile, fmOpenRead);
     Stream.Read(fWidths, 256);
   except
-    raise Exception.Create('Could not read font info file ''' +  InfoFile + '''');
+    raise Exception.Create('Could not read font info file ''' +  InfoFile.ToNative + '''');
   end;
   Stream.Free;
 end;
 
-function TBitmapFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+function TBitmapFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
 var
   LineIndex, CharIndex: integer;
   CharCode: cardinal;
-  Line: WideString;
+  Line: UCS4String;
   LineWidth: double;
 begin
   Result.Left := 0;
@@ -2556,7 +2640,7 @@ begin
   begin
     Line := Text[LineIndex];
     LineWidth := 0;
-    for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Line) do
+    for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Line)-1 do
     begin
       CharCode := Ord(Line[CharIndex]);
       if (CharCode < Length(fWidths)) then
@@ -2567,7 +2651,7 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-procedure TBitmapFont.RenderChar(ch: WideChar; var AdvanceX: real);
+procedure TBitmapFont.RenderChar(ch: UCS4Char; var AdvanceX: real);
 var
   TexX, TexY:        real;
   TexR, TexB:        real;
@@ -2659,20 +2743,20 @@ begin
   AdvanceX := AdvanceX + GlyphWidth;
 end;
 
-procedure TBitmapFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+procedure TBitmapFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
 var
   CharIndex: integer;
   AdvanceX: real;
 begin
   // if there is no text do nothing
-  if (Text = '') then
+  if (Text = nil) or (Text[0] = 0) then
     Exit;
 
   //Save the current color and alpha (for reflection)
   glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @fTempColor);
 
   AdvanceX := 0;
-  for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Text) do
+  for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Text)-1 do
   begin
     RenderChar(Text[CharIndex], AdvanceX);
   end;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas b/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas
index 99478b70..a1f63366 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas
@@ -150,11 +150,12 @@ var
   //popup mod
   ScreenPopupCheck: TScreenPopupCheck;
   ScreenPopupError: TScreenPopupError;
+  ScreenPopupInfo:  TScreenPopupInfo;
 
   //Notes
-  Tex_Left:        array[0..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_left
-  Tex_Mid:         array[0..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_mid
-  Tex_Right:       array[0..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_right
+  Tex_Left:        array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_left
+  Tex_Mid:         array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_mid
+  Tex_Right:       array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_right
 
   Tex_plain_Left:  array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_notebg_left
   Tex_plain_Mid:   array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_notebg_mid
@@ -198,7 +199,14 @@ var
     Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest : array [1..6] of TTexture;
 
     Tex_Score_Ratings               : array [0..7] of TTexture;
-    
+
+  // arrows for SelectSlide
+    Tex_SelectS_ArrowL:  TTexture;
+    Tex_SelectS_ArrowR:  TTexture;
+
+  // textures for software mouse cursor
+    Tex_Cursor_Unpressed: TTexture;
+    Tex_Cursor_Pressed:   TTexture;
 const
   Skin_BGColorR = 1;
   Skin_BGColorG = 1;
@@ -232,17 +240,6 @@ const
   Skin_OscG = 0;
   Skin_OscB = 0;
 
-  // TODO: add to theme ini file
-  Skin_LyricsT = 493;
-  Skin_LyricsUpperX = 80;
-  Skin_LyricsUpperW = 640;
-  Skin_LyricsUpperY = Skin_LyricsT;
-  Skin_LyricsUpperH = 41;
-  Skin_LyricsLowerX = 80;
-  Skin_LyricsLowerW = 640;
-  Skin_LyricsLowerY = Skin_LyricsT + Skin_LyricsUpperH + 1;
-  Skin_LyricsLowerH = 41;
-
   Skin_SpectrumT = 470;
   Skin_SpectrumBot = 570;
   Skin_SpectrumH = 100;
@@ -280,11 +277,12 @@ function LoadingThreadFunction: integer;
 implementation
 
 uses
+  Classes,
   UMain,
   UIni,
   UDisplay,
   UCommandLine,
-  Classes;
+  UPathUtils;
 
 procedure LoadFontTextures;
 begin
@@ -294,23 +292,13 @@ end;
 
 procedure LoadTextures;
 
-
 var
-  P:        integer;
-  R, G, B:  real;
-  Col:      integer;
+  P:       integer;
+  R, G, B: real;
+  Col:     integer;
 begin
   Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures', 'LoadTextures');
 
-  // FIXME: do we need this? (REMOVE otherwise)
-  Tex_Left[0]  := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayLeft'),  TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
-  // FIXME: do we need this? (REMOVE otherwise)
-  Tex_Mid[0]   := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayMid'),   TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
-  // FIXME: do we need this? (REMOVE otherwise)
-  Tex_Right[0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
-
-  Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - A', 'LoadTextures');
-  
   // P1-6
   // TODO... do it once for each player... this is a bit crappy !!
   //                                       can we make it any better !?
@@ -318,7 +306,29 @@ begin
   begin
     LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light');
     Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
-    
+
+    { some colors for tests
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.02*255) + $100 * Round(0.6 *255) + Round(0.8 *255); //blue
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.8 *255)                                           ; //red
+	Col :=                            $100 * Round(0.85*255)                  ; //green
+	Col := $10000 * 255             + $100 * Round(0.52*255)                  ; //orange
+	Col := $10000 *            255  + $100 *            255                   ; //yellow
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.82*255) +                   255                   ; //purple
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.22*255) + $100 * Round(0.39*255) + Round(0.64*255); //dark blue
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0   *255) + $100 * Round(0   *255) + Round(0   *255); //black
+	Col := $10000 * Round(1.0 *255) + $100 * Round(0.43*255) + Round(0.70*255); //pink
+	Col := 0;       //black
+	Col := $FFFFFF; //white
+	Col := $FF0000; //red
+	Col := $00FF00; //green
+	Col := $002200; //light green
+	Col := $002222; //light greenblue
+	Col := $222200; //light yellow
+	Col := $340000; //red
+	Col := $FF6EB4; //pink
+	Col := $333333; //grey
+    }
+
     Tex_Left[P]         := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayLeft'),  TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
     Tex_Mid[P]          := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayMid'),   TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
     Tex_Right[P]        := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
@@ -339,6 +349,15 @@ begin
   Tex_Ball              := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Ball'),            TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
   Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricHelpBar'),    TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
 
+  Tex_SelectS_ArrowL    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Select_ArrowLeft'),    TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  Tex_SelectS_ArrowR    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Select_ArrowRight'),    TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  Tex_Cursor_Unpressed  := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  if (Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor_Pressed').IsSet) then
+    Tex_Cursor_Pressed    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor_Pressed'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0)
+  else
+    Tex_Cursor_Pressed.TexNum := 0;
 
   //TimeBar mod
   Tex_TimeProgress := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('TimeBar'));
@@ -384,14 +403,14 @@ begin
       End;
 
       Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
-      Tex_SingLineBonusBack[P] :=  Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LineBonusBack')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+      Tex_SingLineBonusBack[P] :=  Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LineBonusBack'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
     end;
 
 //## backgrounds for the scores ##
   for P := 0 to 5 do begin
     LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P+1) + 'Light');
     Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
-    Tex_ScoreBG[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreBG')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_ScoreBG[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreBG'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
   end;
 
 
@@ -406,23 +425,23 @@ begin
 //NoteBar ScoreBar
     LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Dark');
     Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
-    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
-    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
 //LineBonus ScoreBar
     LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light');
     Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
-    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
-    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
 //GoldenNotes ScoreBar
     LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Lightest');
     Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
-    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
-    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
   end;
 
 //## rating pictures that show a picture according to your rate ##
     for P := 0 to 7 do begin
-    Tex_Score_Ratings[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rating_'+IntToStr(P))), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+    Tex_Score_Ratings[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rating_'+IntToStr(P)), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
   end;
 
   Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - Done', 'LoadTextures');
@@ -459,9 +478,9 @@ begin
   end;
 
   // load icon image (must be 32x32 for win32)
-  Icon := LoadImage(ResourcesPath + WINDOW_ICON);
+  Icon := LoadImage(ResourcesPath.Append(WINDOW_ICON));
   if (Icon <> nil) then
-    SDL_WM_SetIcon(Icon, 0);
+    SDL_WM_SetIcon(Icon, nil);
 
   SDL_WM_SetCaption(PChar(Title), nil);
 
@@ -497,6 +516,7 @@ begin
 
   Log.LogStatus('TDisplay.Create', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
   Display := TDisplay.Create;
+  //Display.SetCursor;
 
   //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Creating Display', 2);
 
@@ -629,15 +649,15 @@ begin
   begin
     Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode...   Full Screen');
     screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, (Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN );
-    SDL_ShowCursor(0);
   end
   else
   begin
     Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode...   Windowed');
     screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, 0, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
-    SDL_ShowCursor(1);
   end;
 
+  SDL_ShowCursor(0);
+
   if (screen = nil) then
   begin
     Log.LogCritical('SDL_SetVideoMode Failed', 'Initialize3D');
@@ -661,7 +681,7 @@ end;
 procedure LoadLoadingScreen;
 begin
   ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create;
-  ScreenLoading.onShow;
+  ScreenLoading.OnShow;
   
   Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading;
 
@@ -676,7 +696,7 @@ end;
 procedure LoadScreens;
 begin
 {  ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create;
-  ScreenLoading.onShow;
+  ScreenLoading.OnShow;
   Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading;
   ScreenLoading.Draw;
   Display.Draw;
@@ -737,6 +757,8 @@ begin
   Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Check)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
   ScreenPopupError := TScreenPopupError.Create;
   Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Error)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPopupInfo := TScreenPopupInfo.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Info)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
   ScreenPartyNewRound :=    TScreenPartyNewRound.Create;
   Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyNewRound', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
   ScreenPartyScore :=       TScreenPartyScore.Create;
@@ -788,6 +810,7 @@ begin
   ScreenSongJumpto.Destroy;
   ScreenPopupCheck.Destroy;
   ScreenPopupError.Destroy;
+  ScreenPopupInfo.Destroy;
   ScreenPartyNewRound.Destroy;
   ScreenPartyScore.Destroy;
   ScreenPartyWin.Destroy;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas b/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas
index 3fbe262f..cdaa238e 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas
@@ -124,16 +124,16 @@ var
 implementation
 
 uses
-  sysutils,
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
   gl,
+  UCommon,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  UGraphic,
   UIni,
-  UMain,
-  UThemes,
+  UNote,
   USkins,
-  UGraphic,
-  UDrawTexture,
-  UCommon,
-  math;
+  UThemes;
 
 //TParticle
 constructor TParticle.Create(cX, cY         : real;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UHooks.pas b/Lua/src/base/UHooks.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index ab830090..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/UHooks.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,461 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL$
- * $Id$
- *}
-
-unit UHooks;
-
-{*********************
-  THookManager
-  Class for saving, managing and calling of hooks.
-  Saves all hookable events and their subscribers
-*********************}
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-
-uses
-  uPluginDefs,
-  SysUtils;
-
-type
-  //Record that saves info from Subscriber
-  PSubscriberInfo = ^TSubscriberInfo;
-  TSubscriberInfo = record
-    Self: THandle;  //ID of this Subscription (First word: ID of Subscription; 2nd word: ID of Hook)
-    Next: PSubscriberInfo; //Pointer to next Item in HookChain
-
-    Owner: integer; //For Error Handling and Plugin Unloading.
-
-    //Here is s/t tricky
-    //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to Hook an Event with a Class
-    //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class
-    case isClass: boolean of
-      False: (Proc: TUS_Hook); //Proc that will be called on Event
-      True:  (ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object);
-  end;
-
-  TEventInfo = record
-    Name: string[60];                  //Name of Event
-    FirstSubscriber:  PSubscriberInfo; //First subscriber in chain
-    LastSubscriber:   PSubscriberInfo; //Last " (for easier subscriber adding
-  end;
-
-  THookManager = class
-    private
-      Events: array of TEventInfo;
-      SpaceinEvents: word; //Number of empty Items in Events Array. (e.g. Deleted Items)
-
-      procedure FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);
-    public
-      constructor Create(const SpacetoAllocate: word);
-
-      function AddEvent (const EventName: Pchar): THandle;
-      function DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer;
-
-      function AddSubscriber (const EventName: Pchar; const Proc: TUS_Hook = nil; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object = nil): THandle;
-      function DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): integer;
-
-      function CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-      function EventExists (const EventName: Pchar): integer;
-
-      procedure DelbyOwner(const Owner: integer);
-  end;
-
-function HookTest(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
-
-var
-  HookManager: THookManager;
-
-implementation
-
-uses
-  ULog,
-  UCore;
-
-//------------
-// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values
-//------------
-constructor THookManager.Create(const SpacetoAllocate: word);
-var I: integer;
-begin
-  inherited Create();
-
-  //Get the Space and "Zero" it
-  SetLength (Events, SpacetoAllocate);
-  for I := 0 to SpacetoAllocate-1 do
-    Events[I].Name[1] := chr(0);
-
-  SpaceinEvents := SpacetoAllocate;
-
-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-    debugWriteLn('HookManager: Succesful Created.');
-  {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-//------------
-// AddEvent - Adds an Event and return the Events Handle or 0 on Failure
-//------------
-function THookManager.AddEvent (const EventName: Pchar): THandle;
-var I: integer;
-begin
-  Result := 0;
-
-  if (EventExists(EventName) = 0) then
-  begin
-    if (SpaceinEvents > 0) then
-    begin
-      //There is already Space available
-      //Go Search it!
-      for I := 0 to High(Events) do
-        if (Events[I].Name[1] = chr(0)) then
-        begin //Found Space
-          Result := I;
-          Dec(SpaceinEvents);
-          Break;
-        end;
-
-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-        debugWriteLn('HookManager: Found Space for Event at Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result+1) + '');
-      {$ENDIF}
-    end
-    else
-    begin //There is no Space => Go make some!
-      Result := Length(Events);
-      SetLength(Events, Result + 1);
-    end;
-
-    //Set Events Data
-    Events[Result].Name := EventName;
-    Events[Result].FirstSubscriber := nil;
-    Events[Result].LastSubscriber := nil;
-
-    //Handle is Index + 1
-    Inc(Result);
-
-    {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-    debugWriteLn('HookManager: Add Event succesful: ''' + EventName + '');
-    {$ENDIF}
-  end
-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-  else
-    debugWriteLn('HookManager: Trying to ReAdd Event: ''' + EventName + '');
-  {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-//------------
-// DelEvent - Deletes an Event by Handle Returns False on Failure
-//------------
-function THookManager.DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer;
-var
-  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
-begin
-  hEvent := hEvent - 1; //Arrayindex is Handle - 1
-  Result := -1;
-
-
-  if (Length(Events) > hEvent) and (Events[hEvent].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
-  begin //Event exists
-    //Free the Space for all Subscribers
-    Cur := Events[hEvent].FirstSubscriber;
-
-    while (Cur <> nil) do
-    begin
-      Last := Cur;
-      Cur  := Cur.Next;
-      FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
-    end;
-
-    {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-      debugWriteLn('HookManager: Removed Event succesful: ''' + Events[hEvent].Name + '');
-    {$ENDIF}
-
-    //Free the Event
-    Events[hEvent].Name[1] := chr(0);
-    Inc(SpaceinEvents); //There is one more space for new events
-  end
-
-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-  else
-    debugWriteLn('HookManager: Try to Remove not Existing Event. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hEvent) + '');
-  {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-//------------
-// AddSubscriber - Adds an Subscriber to the Event by Name
-// Returns Handle of the Subscribtion or 0 on Failure
-//------------
-function THookManager.AddSubscriber (const EventName: Pchar; const Proc: TUS_Hook; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object): THandle;
-var
-  EventHandle: THandle;
-  EventIndex:  Cardinal;
-  Cur:   PSubscriberInfo;
-begin
-  Result := 0;
-
-  if (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then
-  begin
-    EventHandle := EventExists(EventName);
-
-    if (EventHandle <> 0) then
-    begin
-      EventIndex := EventHandle - 1;
-      
-      //Get Memory
-      GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
-
-      //Fill it with Data
-      Cur.Next := nil;
-
-      //Add Owner
-      Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;
-
-      if (@Proc = nil) then
-      begin //Use the ProcofClass Method
-        Cur.isClass := True;
-        Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;
-      end
-      else //Use the normal Proc
-      begin
-        Cur.isClass := False;
-        Cur.Proc := Proc;
-      end;
-
-      //Create Handle (1st word: Handle of Event; 2nd word: unique ID
-      if (Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber = nil) then
-      begin
-        if (Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber = nil) then
-        begin
-          Result := (EventHandle SHL 16);
-          Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur;
-        end
-        else
-        begin
-          Result := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber.Self + 1;
-        end;
-      end
-      else
-      begin
-        Result := Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Self + 1;
-        Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Next := Cur;
-      end;
-
-      Cur.Self := Result;
-
-      //Add to Chain
-      Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Cur;
-
-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-          debugWriteLn('HookManager: Add Subscriber to Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + ''' Owner: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Owner));
-      {$ENDIF}
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//------------
-// FreeSubscriber - Helper for DelSubscriber. Prevents Loss of Chain Items. Frees Memory.
-//------------
-procedure THookManager.FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);
-begin
-  //Delete from Chain
-  if (Last <> nil) then
-  begin
-    Last.Next := Cur.Next;
-  end
-  else  //Was first Popup
-  begin
-    Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur.Next;
-  end;
-
-  //Was this Last subscription ?
-  if (Cur = Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber) then
-  begin //Change Last Subscriber
-    Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Last;
-  end;
-
-  //Free Space:
-  FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
-end;
-
-//------------
-// DelSubscriber - Deletes a Subscribtion by Handle, return non Zero on Failure
-//------------
-function THookManager.DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): integer;
-var
-  EventIndex: Cardinal;
-  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-  EventIndex := ((hSubscriber and (High(THandle) xor High(word))) SHR 16) - 1;
-
-  //Existing Event ?
-  if (EventIndex < Length(Events)) and (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
-  begin
-    Result := -2; //Return -1 on not existing Event, -2 on not existing Subscription
-
-    //Search for Subscription
-    Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;
-    Last := nil;
-
-    //go through the chain ...
-    while (Cur <> nil) do
-    begin
-      if (Cur.Self = hSubscriber) then
-      begin  //Found Subscription we searched for
-        FreeSubscriber(EventIndex, Last, Cur);
-
-        {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-          debugWriteLn('HookManager: Del Subscriber from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hSubscriber) + '');
-        {$ENDIF}
-
-        //Set Result and Break the Loop
-        Result := 0;
-        Break;
-      end;
-
-      Last := Cur;
-      Cur := Cur.Next;
-    end;
-
-  end;
-end;
-
-
-//------------
-// CallEventChain - Calls the Chain of a specified EventHandle
-// Returns: -1: Handle doesn't Exist, 0 Chain is called until the End
-//------------
-function THookManager.CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-var
-  EventIndex: Cardinal;
-  Cur: PSubscriberInfo;
-  CurExecutedBackup: integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-  EventIndex := hEvent - 1;
-
-  if ((EventIndex <= High(Events)) and (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0))) then
-  begin //Existing Event
-    //Backup CurExecuted
-    CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
-
-    //Start calling the Chain !!!11
-    Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;
-    Result := 0;
-    //Call Hooks until the Chain is at the End or breaked
-    while ((Cur <> nil) and (Result = 0)) do
-    begin
-      //Set CurExecuted
-      Core.CurExecuted := Cur.Owner;
-      if (Cur.isClass) then
-        Result := Cur.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)
-      else
-        Result := Cur.Proc(wParam, lParam);
-
-      Cur := Cur.Next;
-    end;
-
-    //Restore CurExecuted
-    Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
-  end;
-
-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-    debugWriteLn('HookManager: Called Chain from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Result: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + '');
-  {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-//------------
-// EventExists - Returns non Zero if an Event with the given Name exists
-//------------
-function THookManager.EventExists (const EventName: Pchar): integer;
-var
-  I: integer;
-  Name: string[60];
-begin
-  Result := 0;
-  //if (Length(EventName) <
-  Name := string(EventName);
-
-  //Sure not to search for empty space
-  if (Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
-  begin
-    //Search for Event
-    for I := 0 to High(Events) do
-      if (Events[I].Name = Name) then
-      begin //Event found
-        Result := I + 1;
-        Break;
-      end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//------------
-// DelbyOwner - Dels all Subscriptions by a specific Owner. (For Clean Plugin/Module unloading)
-//------------
-procedure THookManager.DelbyOwner(const Owner: integer);
-var
-  I: integer;
-  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
-begin
-  //Search for Owner in all Hooks Chains
-  for I := 0 to High(Events) do
-  begin
-    if (Events[I].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
-    begin
-      
-      Last := nil;
-      Cur  := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;
-      //Went Through Chain
-      while (Cur <> nil) do
-      begin
-        if (Cur.Owner = Owner) then
-        begin //Found Subscription by Owner -> Delete
-          FreeSubscriber(I, Last, Cur);
-          if (Last <> nil) then
-            Cur := Last.Next
-          else
-            Cur := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;
-        end
-        else
-        begin
-          //Next Item:
-          Last := Cur;
-          Cur := Cur.Next;
-        end;
-      end;
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-
-function HookTest(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := 0; //Don't break the chain
-  Core.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_INFO, Pchar(string(Pchar(Pointer(lParam))) + ': ' + string(Pchar(Pointer(wParam)))));
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas b/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas
index 18b0035c..1866316e 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  SDL;
+  SDL,
+  UPath;
 
 {$DEFINE HavePNG}
 {$DEFINE HaveBMP}
@@ -131,30 +132,29 @@ type
  *******************************************************)
 
 {$IFDEF HavePNG}
-function WritePNGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+function WritePNGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
 {$ENDIF}
 {$IFDEF HaveBMP}
-function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
 {$ENDIF}
 {$IFDEF HaveJPG}
-function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
+function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
 {$ENDIF}
 
 (*******************************************************
  * Image loading
  *******************************************************)
 
-function LoadImage(const Filename: string): PSDL_Surface;
+function LoadImage(const Filename: IPath): PSDL_Surface;
 
 (*******************************************************
  * Image manipulation
  *******************************************************)
 
 function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
-procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
-procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
-procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: Cardinal);
-
+procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
+procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
+procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: cardinal);
 
 implementation
 
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ uses
   zlib,
   sdl_image,
   sdlutils,
+  sdlstreams,
   UCommon,
   ULog;
 
-
 function IsRGBSurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
 begin
   Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 24) and
@@ -266,7 +266,6 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-
 (*******************************************************
  * Image saving
  *******************************************************)
@@ -285,26 +284,26 @@ end;
 
 procedure user_read_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl;
 var
-  inFile: TFileStream;
+  inFile: TStream;
 begin
-  inFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+  inFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
   inFile.Read(data^, length);
 end;
 
 procedure user_write_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl;
 var
-  outFile: TFileStream;
+  outFile: TStream;
 begin
-  outFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+  outFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
   outFile.Write(data^, length);
 end;
 
 procedure user_flush_data(png_ptr: png_structp); cdecl;
 //var
-//  outFile: TFileStream;
+//  outFile: TStream;
 begin
   // binary files are flushed automatically, Flush() works with Text-files only
-  //outFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+  //outFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
   //outFile.Flush();
 end;
 
@@ -314,23 +313,23 @@ var
   hour, minute, second, msecond: word;
 begin
   DecodeDate(time, year, month, day);
-  pngTime.year  := year;
-  pngTime.month := month;
-  pngTime.day   := day;
+  pngTime.year  := png_uint_16(year);
+  pngTime.month := png_byte(month);
+  pngTime.day   := png_byte(day);
   DecodeTime(time, hour, minute, second, msecond);
-  pngTime.hour   := hour;
-  pngTime.minute := minute;
-  pngTime.second := second;
+  pngTime.hour   := png_byte(hour);
+  pngTime.minute := png_byte(minute);
+  pngTime.second := png_byte(second);
 end;
 
 (*
  * ImageData must be in RGB-format
  *)
-function WritePNGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+function WritePNGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
 var
   png_ptr:   png_structp;
   info_ptr:  png_infop;
-  pngFile:   TFileStream;
+  pngFile:   TStream;
   row:       integer;
   rowData:   array of png_bytep;
 //  rowStride: integer;
@@ -342,9 +341,9 @@ begin
 
   // open file for writing
   try
-    pngFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+    pngFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
   except
-    Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WritePngImage');
+    Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WritePngImage');
     Exit;
   end;
 
@@ -503,9 +502,9 @@ type
 (*
  * ImageData must be in BGR-format
  *)
-function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
 var
-  bmpFile:    TFileStream;
+  bmpFile:    TStream;
   FileInfo:   BITMAPINFOHEADER;
   FileHeader: BITMAPFILEHEADER;
   Converted:  boolean;
@@ -516,9 +515,9 @@ begin
 
   // open file for writing
   try
-    bmpFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+    bmpFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
   except
-    Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
+    Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
     Exit;
   end;
 
@@ -582,7 +581,7 @@ begin
 
     Result := true;
   finally
-    Log.LogError('Could not write file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
+    Log.LogError('Could not write file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
   end;
 
   if (Converted) then
@@ -600,20 +599,21 @@ end;
 
 {$IFDEF HaveJPG}
 
-function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
+function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
 var
   {$IFDEF Delphi}
-  Bitmap:    TBitmap;
+  Bitmap:     TBitmap;
   BitmapInfo: TBitmapInfo;
-  Jpeg:      TJpegImage;
-  row:       integer;
+  Jpeg:       TJpegImage;
+  row:        integer;
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
   {$ELSE}
   cinfo:     jpeg_compress_struct;
   jerr :     jpeg_error_mgr;
-  jpgFile:   TFileStream;
+  jpgFile:   TBinaryFileStream;
   rowPtr:    array[0..0] of JSAMPROW;
   {$ENDIF}
-  converted: boolean;
+  converted:  boolean;
 begin
   Result := false;
 
@@ -672,19 +672,32 @@ begin
       SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
 
     // assign Bitmap to JPEG and store the latter
-    Jpeg := TJPEGImage.Create;
-    Jpeg.Assign(Bitmap);
-    Bitmap.Free;
-    Jpeg.CompressionQuality := Quality;
     try
-      // compress image (don't forget this line, otherwise it won't be compressed)
-      Jpeg.Compress();
-      Jpeg.SaveToFile(FileName);
+      // init with nil so Free() will not fail if an exception occurs
+      Jpeg := nil;
+      Bitmap := nil;
+      FileStream := nil;
+
+      try
+        Jpeg := TJPEGImage.Create;
+        Jpeg.Assign(Bitmap);
+
+        // compress image (don't forget this line, otherwise it won't be compressed)
+        Jpeg.CompressionQuality := Quality;
+        Jpeg.Compress();
+
+        // Note: FileStream needed for unicode filename support
+        FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmCreate);
+        Jpeg.SaveToStream(FileStream);
+      finally
+        FileStream.Free;
+        Bitmap.Free;
+        Jpeg.Free;
+      end;
     except
-      Log.LogError('Could not save file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
+      Log.LogError('Could not save file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
       Exit;
     end;
-    Jpeg.Free;
   {$ELSE}
     // based on example.pas in FPC's packages/base/pasjpeg directory
 
@@ -706,9 +719,9 @@ begin
 
     // open file for writing
     try
-      jpgFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+      jpgFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
     except
-      Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
+      Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
       Exit;
     end;
 
@@ -759,62 +772,56 @@ end;
 
 {$ENDIF}
 
-
 (*******************************************************
  * Image loading
  *******************************************************)
 
-
 (*
  * Loads an image from the given file
  *)
-function LoadImage(const Filename: string): PSDL_Surface;
+function LoadImage(const Filename: IPath): PSDL_Surface;
 var
-  FilenameFound: string;
+  FilenameCaseAdj: IPath;
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
+  SDLStream: PSDL_RWops;
 begin
-  Result   := nil;
-
-  // FileExistsInsensitive() requires a var-arg
-  FilenameFound := Filename;
+  Result := nil;
 
-  // try to find the file case insensitive
-  if (not FileExistsInsensitive(FilenameFound)) then
+  // try to adjust filename's case and check if it exists
+  FilenameCaseAdj := Filename.AdjustCase(false);
+  if (not FilenameCaseAdj.IsFile) then
   begin
-    Log.LogError('Image-File does not exist "'+FilenameFound+'"', 'LoadImage');
+    Log.LogError('Image-File does not exist "' + FilenameCaseAdj.ToNative + '"', 'LoadImage');
     Exit;
   end;
 
   // load from file
   try
-    Result := IMG_Load(PChar(FilenameFound));
+    SDLStream := SDLStreamSetup(TBinaryFileStream.Create(FilenameCaseAdj, fmOpenRead));
+    Result := IMG_Load_RW(SDLStream, 1);
+    // Note: TBinaryFileStream is freed by SDLStream. SDLStream by IMG_Load_RW().
   except
-    Log.LogError('Could not load from file "'+FilenameFound+'"', 'LoadImage');
+    Log.LogError('Could not load from file "' + FilenameCaseAdj.ToNative + '"', 'LoadImage');
     Exit;
   end;
 end;
 
-
 (*******************************************************
  * Image manipulation
  *******************************************************)
 
- 
 function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
 begin
-  if (fmt1^.BitsPerPixel = fmt2^.BitsPerPixel) and
-     (fmt1^.BytesPerPixel = fmt2^.BytesPerPixel) and
-     (fmt1^.Rloss = fmt2^.Rloss) and (fmt1^.Gloss = fmt2^.Gloss) and
-     (fmt1^.Bloss = fmt2^.Bloss) and (fmt1^.Rmask = fmt2^.Rmask) and
-     (fmt1^.Gmask = fmt2^.Gmask) and (fmt1^.Bmask = fmt2^.Bmask) and
-     (fmt1^.Rshift = fmt2^.Rshift) and (fmt1^.Gshift = fmt2^.Gshift) and
-     (fmt1^.Bshift = fmt2^.Bshift)
-  then
-    Result := true
-  else
-    Result := false;
+  Result := 
+    (fmt1^.BitsPerPixel  = fmt2^.BitsPerPixel)  and
+    (fmt1^.BytesPerPixel = fmt2^.BytesPerPixel) and
+    (fmt1^.Rloss = fmt2^.Rloss)   and (fmt1^.Gloss = fmt2^.Gloss)   and (fmt1^.Bloss = fmt2^.Bloss)   and
+    (fmt1^.Rmask = fmt2^.Rmask)   and (fmt1^.Gmask = fmt2^.Gmask)   and (fmt1^.Bmask = fmt2^.Bmask)   and
+    (fmt1^.Rshift = fmt2^.Rshift) and (fmt1^.Gshift = fmt2^.Gshift) and (fmt1^.Bshift = fmt2^.Bshift)
+  ;
 end;
 
-procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
+procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
 var
   TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
 begin
@@ -825,10 +832,10 @@ begin
   SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
 end;
 
-procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
+procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
 var
   TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
-  ImgFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; 
+  ImgFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat;
 begin
   TempSurface := ImgSurface;
 
@@ -849,12 +856,12 @@ end;
 (*
 // Old slow floating point version of ColorizeTexture.
 // For an easier understanding of the faster fixed point version below.
-procedure ColorizeTexture(TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Col: Cardinal);
+procedure ColorizeTexture(TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Col: cardinal);
 var
-  clr: array[0..2] of Double; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B]
-  hsv: array[0..2] of Double; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)]
-  delta, f, p, q, t: Double;
-  max: Double;
+  clr: array[0..2] of double; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B]
+  hsv: array[0..2] of double; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)]
+  delta, f, p, q, t: double;
+  max: double;
 begin
   clr[0] := PixelColors[0]/255;
   clr[1] := PixelColors[1]/255;
@@ -892,90 +899,230 @@ begin
 end;
 *)
 
-procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: Cardinal);
+procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: longword);
 
-  //returns hue within range [0.0-6.0)
-  function col2hue(Color:Cardinal): double;
+  // First, the rgb colors are converted to hsv, second hue is replaced by
+  // the NewColor, saturation and value remain unchanged, finally this
+  // hsv color is converted back to rgb space.
+  // For the conversion algorithms of colors from rgb to hsv space
+  // and back simply check the wikipedia.
+  // In order to speed up starting time of USDX the division of reals is 
+  // replaced by division of longints, shifted by 10 bits to keep 
+  // digits.
+
+  // The use of longwards leeds to some type size mismatch warnings
+  // whenever differences are formed.
+  // This should not be a problem, since the results should all be positive.
+  // replacing longword by longint would probably resolve this cosmetic fault :-)
+
+  function ColorToHue(const Color: longword): longword;
+  // returns hue within the range [0.0-6.0] but shl 10, ie. times 1024
   var
-    clr: array[0..2] of double;
-    hue, max, delta: double;
+    Red, Green, Blue: longint;
+    Min, Max, Delta:  longint;
+    Hue: double;
   begin
-    clr[0] := ((Color and $ff0000) shr 16)/255; // R
-    clr[1] := ((Color and   $ff00) shr  8)/255; // G
-    clr[2] :=  (Color and     $ff)        /255; // B
-    max := maxvalue(clr);
-    delta := max - minvalue(clr);
+    // extract the colors
+    // division by 255 is omitted, since it is implicitly done
+    // when deviding by delta
+    Red   := ((Color and $ff0000) shr 16); // R
+    Green := ((Color and   $ff00) shr  8); // G
+    Blue  :=  (Color and     $ff)        ; // B
+
+    Min := Red;
+    if Green < Min then Min := Green;
+    if Blue  < Min then Min := Blue;
+
+    Max := Red;
+    if Green > Max then Max := Green;
+    if Blue  > Max then Max := Blue;
+
     // calc hue
-    if (delta = 0.0) then       hue := 0
-    else if (clr[0] = max) then hue :=     (clr[1]-clr[2])/delta
-    else if (clr[1] = max) then hue := 2.0+(clr[2]-clr[0])/delta
-    else if (clr[2] = max) then hue := 4.0+(clr[0]-clr[1])/delta;
-    if (hue < 0.0) then
-      hue := hue + 6.0;
-    Result := hue;
+    Delta := Max - Min;     // This gives a type size mismatch warning, because Delta is longword, ie. >= 0
+                            // But the assignments above are easy enough to be sure, that Max - Min is >= 0.
+    if (Delta = 0) then
+      Result := 0
+    else
+    begin
+      // The division by Delta is done separately afterwards.
+      // Necessary because Delphi did not do the type conversion from
+      // longword to double as expected.
+      // After the change to longint, we may not need it, but left for now
+      // Something to check
+      if      (Max = Red  ) then Hue :=             Green - Blue
+      else if (Max = Green) then Hue := 2.0*Delta + Blue  - Red
+      else if (Max = Blue ) then Hue := 4.0*Delta + Red   - Green;
+      Hue := Hue / Delta;
+      if (Hue < 0.0) then
+        Hue := Hue + 6.0;
+      Result := trunc(Hue*1024);           // '*1024' is shl 10
+ //     if NewColor = $000000 then
+ //       Log.LogError ('Hue: ' +  FloatToStr(Hue), 'ColorToHue');
+    end;
   end;
 
 var
-  DestinationHue: Double;
-  PixelIndex: Cardinal;
+  PixelIndex: longword;
   Pixel: PByte;
   PixelColors: PByteArray;
-  clr: array[0..2] of UInt32; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B]
-  hsv: array[0..2] of UInt32; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)]
-  dhue: UInt32;
-  h_int: Cardinal;
-  delta, f, p, q, t: Longint;
-  max: Uint32;
+  Red, Green, Blue: longword;
+  Hue, Sat: longword;
+  Min, Max, Delta: longword;
+  HueInteger: longword;
+  f, p, q, t: longword;
+  GreyReal: real;
+  Grey: byte;
 begin
-  DestinationHue := col2hue(NewColor);
-
-  dhue := Trunc(DestinationHue*1024);
 
   Pixel := ImgSurface^.Pixels;
 
+  // check of the size of a pixel in bytes.
+  // It should be always 4, but this
+  // additional safeguard will show,
+  // whether something went wrong up to here.
+
+  if ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel <> 4 then
+    Log.LogError ('ColorizeImage: The pixel size should be 4, but it is '
+                   + IntToStr(ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel));
+
+  // Check whether the new color is white, grey or black, 
+  // because a greyscale must be created in a different
+  // way.
+  
+  Red   := ((NewColor and $ff0000) shr 16); // R
+  Green := ((NewColor and   $ff00) shr  8); // G
+  Blue  :=  (NewColor and     $ff)        ; // B
+  
+  if (Red = Green) and (Green = Blue) then // greyscale image
+  begin
+    // According to these recommendations (ITU-R BT.709-5)
+    // the conversion parameters for rgb to greyscale are
+    // 0.299, 0.587, 0.114
+    for PixelIndex := 0 to (ImgSurface^.W * ImgSurface^.H)-1 do
+    begin
+      PixelColors := PByteArray(Pixel);
+      {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+      GreyReal := 0.299*PixelColors[3] + 0.587*PixelColors[2] + 0.114*PixelColors[1];
+      //       PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ELSE}
+      GreyReal := 0.299*PixelColors[0] + 0.587*PixelColors[1] + 0.114*PixelColors[2];
+      //       PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ENDIF}
+      Grey := round(GreyReal);
+      {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+      PixelColors[3] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[2] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[1] := Grey;
+      //       PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ELSE}
+      PixelColors[0] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[1] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[2] := Grey;
+      //       PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ENDIF}
+      Inc(Pixel, ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel);
+    end;
+    exit; // we are done with a greyscale image.
+  end;
+
+  Hue := ColorToHue(NewColor);   // Hue is shl 10
+  f   := Hue and $3ff;           // f is the dezimal part of hue
+  HueInteger := Hue shr 10;
+
   for PixelIndex := 0 to (ImgSurface^.W * ImgSurface^.H)-1 do
   begin
     PixelColors := PByteArray(Pixel);
     // inlined colorize per pixel
 
     // uses fixed point math
+    // shl 10 is used for divisions
+
     // get color values
-    clr[0] := PixelColors[0] shl 10;
-    clr[1] := PixelColors[1] shl 10;
-    clr[2] := PixelColors[2] shl 10;
+
+    {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+    Red   := PixelColors[3];
+    Green := PixelColors[2];
+    Blue  := PixelColors[1];
+    //       PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched
+    {$ELSE}
+    Red   := PixelColors[0];
+    Green := PixelColors[1];
+    Blue  := PixelColors[2];
+    //       PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched
+    {$ENDIF}
+
     //calculate luminance and saturation from rgb
 
-    max := clr[0];
-    if clr[1] > max then max := clr[1];
-    if clr[2] > max then max := clr[2];
-    delta := clr[0];
-    if clr[1] < delta then delta := clr[1];
-    if clr[2] < delta then delta := clr[2];
-    delta := max-delta;
-    hsv[0] := dhue;  // shl 8
-    hsv[2] := max;  // shl 8
-    if (max = 0) then
-      hsv[1] := 0
+    Max := Red;
+    if Green > Max then Max := Green;
+    if Blue  > Max then Max := Blue ;
+
+    if (Max = 0) then               // the color is black
+    begin
+      {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+      PixelColors[3] := 0;
+      PixelColors[2] := 0;
+      PixelColors[1] := 0;
+      {$ELSE}
+      PixelColors[0] := 0;
+      PixelColors[1] := 0;
+      PixelColors[2] := 0;
+      {$ENDIF}
+    end
     else
-      hsv[1] := (delta shl 10) div max; // shl 8
-    h_int := hsv[0] and $fffffC00;
-    f := hsv[0]-h_int; //shl 10
-    p := (hsv[2]*(1024-hsv[1])) shr 10;
-    q := (hsv[2]*(1024-(hsv[1]*f) shr 10)) shr 10;
-    t := (hsv[2]*(1024-(hsv[1]*(1024-f)) shr 10)) shr 10;
-    h_int := h_int shr 10;
-    case h_int of
-      0: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := t;      clr[2] := p;      end; // (v,t,p)
-      1: begin clr[0] := q;      clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := p;      end; // (q,v,p)
-      2: begin clr[0] := p;      clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := t;      end; // (p,v,t)
-      3: begin clr[0] := p;      clr[1] := q;      clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (p,q,v)
-      4: begin clr[0] := t;      clr[1] := p;      clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (t,p,v)
-      5: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := p;      clr[2] := q;      end; // (v,p,q)
-    end;
+    begin
+      Min := Red;
+      if Green < Min then Min := Green;
+      if Blue  < Min then Min := Blue ;
 
-    PixelColors[0] := clr[0] shr 10;
-    PixelColors[1] := clr[1] shr 10;
-    PixelColors[2] := clr[2] shr 10;
+      if (Min = 255) then           // the color is white
+      begin
+        {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+        PixelColors[3] := 255;
+        PixelColors[2] := 255;
+        PixelColors[1] := 255;
+        {$ELSE}
+        PixelColors[0] := 255;
+        PixelColors[1] := 255;
+        PixelColors[2] := 255;
+        {$ENDIF}
+      end
+      else                          // all colors except black and white
+      begin
+        Delta := Max - Min;         // This gives a type size mismatch warning, because Delta is longword, ie. >= 0
+                                    // But the assignments above are easy enough to be sure, that Max - Min is >= 0.
+        Sat := (Delta shl 10) div Max;  // shl 10
+
+        // shr 10 corrects that Sat and f are shl 10
+        // the resulting p, q and t are unshifted
+
+        p := (Max * (1024 -  Sat                     )) shr 10;
+        q := (Max * (1024 - (Sat *  f        ) shr 10)) shr 10;
+        t := (Max * (1024 - (Sat * (1024 - f)) shr 10)) shr 10;
+
+        // The above 3 lines give type size mismatch warning, but all variables are longword and the ranges should be ok.
+
+        case HueInteger of
+          0: begin Red := Max; Green := t;   Blue := p;   end; // (v,t,p)
+          1: begin Red := q;   Green := Max; Blue := p;   end; // (q,v,p)
+          2: begin Red := p;   Green := Max; Blue := t;   end; // (p,v,t)
+          3: begin Red := p;   Green := q;   Blue := Max; end; // (p,q,v)
+          4: begin Red := t;   Green := p;   Blue := Max; end; // (t,p,v)
+          5: begin Red := Max; Green := p;   Blue := q;   end; // (v,p,q)
+        end;
+
+        {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+        PixelColors[3] := byte(Red);
+        PixelColors[2] := byte(Green);
+        PixelColors[1] := byte(Blue);
+        {$ELSE}
+        PixelColors[0] := byte(Red);
+        PixelColors[1] := byte(Green);
+        PixelColors[2] := byte(Blue);
+        {$ENDIF}
+
+      end;
+    end;
 
     Inc(Pixel, ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel);
   end;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas b/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas
index 3a4d6129..998d19fb 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas
@@ -36,8 +36,11 @@ interface
 uses
   Classes,
   IniFiles,
+  SysUtils,
   ULog,
-  SysUtils;
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   // TInputDeviceConfig stores the configuration for an input device.
@@ -70,13 +73,13 @@ type
   TBackgroundMusicOption = (bmoOff, bmoOn);
   TIni = class
     private
-      function RemoveFileExt(FullName: string): string;
       function ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
       function GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
-      function GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; Value: string; CaseInsensitiv: Boolean = False): integer;
-      function ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
+      function GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; Value: string; CaseInsensitiv: boolean = false): integer;
+      function ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
           IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer;
 
+      procedure TranslateOptionValues;
       procedure LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile);
       procedure SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile);
       procedure LoadThemes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
@@ -84,21 +87,21 @@ type
       procedure LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
 
     public
-      Name:           array[0..11] of string;
+      Name:           array[0..11] of UTF8String;
 
       // Templates for Names Mod
-      NameTeam:       array[0..2] of string;
-      NameTemplate:   array[0..11] of string;
+      NameTeam:       array[0..2] of UTF8String;
+      NameTemplate:   array[0..11] of UTF8String;
 
       //Filename of the opened iniFile
-      Filename:       string;
+      Filename:       IPath;
 
       // Game
       Players:        integer;
       Difficulty:     integer;
       Language:       integer;
       Tabs:           integer;
-      Tabs_at_startup:integer; //Tabs at Startup fix
+      TabsAtStartup:  integer; //Tabs at Startup fix
       Sorting:        integer;
       Debug:          integer;
 
@@ -106,7 +109,7 @@ type
       Screens:        integer;
       Resolution:     integer;
       Depth:          integer;
-      VisualizerOption:integer; 
+      VisualizerOption: integer;
       FullScreen:     integer;
       TextureSize:    integer;
       SingWindow:     integer;
@@ -121,8 +124,8 @@ type
       BeatClick:      integer;
       SavePlayback:   integer;
       ThresholdIndex: integer;
-      AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex:integer;
-      VoicePassthrough:integer;
+      AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex: integer;
+      VoicePassthrough: integer;
 
       //Song Preview
       PreviewVolume:  integer;
@@ -138,8 +141,8 @@ type
       Theme:          integer;
       SkinNo:         integer;
       Color:          integer;
-      BackgroundMusicOption:integer;
-      
+      BackgroundMusicOption: integer;
+
       // Record
       InputDeviceConfig: array of TInputDeviceConfig;
 
@@ -154,6 +157,7 @@ type
 
       // Controller
       Joypad:         integer;
+      Mouse:          integer;
 
       procedure Load();
       procedure Save();
@@ -162,117 +166,366 @@ type
   end;
 
 var
-  Ini:            TIni;
-  IResolution:    array of string;
-  ILanguage:      array of string;
-  ITheme:         array of string;
-  ISkin:          array of string;
-
-
+  Ini:         TIni;
+  IResolution: array of UTF8String;
+  ILanguage:   array of UTF8String;
+  ITheme:      array of UTF8String;
+  ISkin:       array of UTF8String;
 
 const
-  IPlayers:       array[0..4] of string  = ('1', '2', '3', '4', '6');
-  IPlayersVals:   array[0..4] of integer = ( 1 ,  2 ,  3 ,  4 ,  6 );
+  IPlayers:     array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('1', '2', '3', '4', '6');
+  IPlayersVals: array[0..4] of integer    = ( 1 ,  2 ,  3 ,  4 ,  6 );
 
-  IDifficulty:    array[0..2] of string = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard');
-  ITabs:          array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  IDifficulty:  array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard');
+  ITabs:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  ISorting:       array[0..7] of string = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Title2', 'Artist2');
+  ISorting:     array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Artist2');
   sEdition  = 0;
   sGenre    = 1;
   sLanguage = 2;
   sFolder   = 3;
   sTitle    = 4;
   sArtist   = 5;
-  sTitle2   = 6;
-  sArtist2  = 7;
-
-  IDebug:         array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  sArtist2  = 6;
 
-  IScreens:       array[0..1] of string = ('1', '2');
-  IFullScreen:    array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  IDepth:         array[0..1] of string = ('16 bit', '32 bit');
-  IVisualizer:    array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On');
+  IDebug:            array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  IBackgroundMusic: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  IScreens:          array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('1', '2');
+  IFullScreen:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IDepth:            array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('16 bit', '32 bit');
+  IVisualizer:       array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On');
 
+  IBackgroundMusic:  array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  ITextureSize:     array[0..2] of string  = ('128', '256', '512');
-  ITextureSizeVals: array[0..2] of integer = ( 128,   256,   512);
+  ITextureSize:      array[0..3] of UTF8String  = ('64', '128', '256', '512');
+  ITextureSizeVals:  array[0..3] of integer     = ( 64,   128,   256,   512);
 
-  ISingWindow:    array[0..1] of string = ('Small', 'Big');
+  ISingWindow:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Small', 'Big');
 
   //SingBar Mod
-  IOscilloscope:  array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'Osci', 'Bar');
-//IOscilloscope:  array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  IOscilloscope:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  ISpectrum:         array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISpectrograph:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMovieSize:        array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]');
+
+  IClickAssist:      array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IBeatClick:        array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISavePlayback:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IThreshold:        array[0..3] of UTF8String  = ('5%', '10%', '15%', '20%');
+  IThresholdVals:    array[0..3] of single  = (0.05, 0.10,  0.15,  0.20);
+
+  IVoicePassthrough: array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IAudioOutputBufferSize:     array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer     = ( 0,      256,   512 ,  1024 ,  2048 ,  4096 ,  8192 ,  16384 ,  32768 ,  65536 );
+
+  IAudioInputBufferSize:      array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeVals:  array[0..9] of integer     = ( 0,      256,   512 ,  1024 ,  2048 ,  4096 ,  8192 ,  16384 ,  32768 ,  65536 );
+
+  //Song Preview
+  IPreviewVolume:             array[0..10] of UTF8String = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%');
+  IPreviewVolumeVals:         array[0..10] of single     = ( 0,   0.10,  0.20,  0.30,  0.40,  0.50,  0.60,  0.70,  0.80,  0.90,   1.00  );
+
+  IPreviewFading:             array[0..5] of UTF8String  = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs');
+  IPreviewFadingVals:         array[0..5] of integer     = ( 0,     1,       2,        3,        4,        5      );
+
+  ILyricsFont:    array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2');
+  ILyricsEffect:  array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift');
+  ISolmization:   array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Euro', 'Jap', 'American');
+  INoteLines:     array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  ISpectrum:      array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  ISpectrograph:  array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  IMovieSize:     array[0..2] of string = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]');
+  IColor:         array[0..8] of UTF8String = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black');
 
-  IClickAssist:   array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  IBeatClick:     array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  ISavePlayback:  array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  // Advanced
+  ILoadAnimation: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IEffectSing:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IScreenFade:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IAskbeforeDel:  array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IOnSongClick:   array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu');
+  sStartSing = 0;
+  sSelectPlayer = 1;
+  sOpenMenu = 2;
+
+  ILineBonus:     array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IPartyPopup:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IJoypad:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMouse:         array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Hardware Cursor', 'Software Cursor');
+
+  // Recording options
+  IChannelPlayer: array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6');
+  IMicBoost:      array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB');
+
+var
+  ILanguageTranslated:         array of UTF8String;
 
-  IThreshold:     array[0..3] of string = ('5%', '10%', '15%', '20%');
-  IThresholdVals: array[0..3] of single = (0.05, 0.10,  0.15,  0.20);
+  IDifficultyTranslated:       array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard');
+  ITabsTranslated:             array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  IVoicePassthrough:  array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISortingTranslated:          array[0..6] of UTF8String  = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Artist2');
 
-  IAudioOutputBufferSize:     array[0..9] of string  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
-  IAudioOutputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0,      256,   512 ,  1024 ,  2048 ,  4096 ,  8192 ,  16384 ,  32768 ,  65536 );
+  IDebugTranslated:            array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  IAudioInputBufferSize:     array[0..9] of string  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
-  IAudioInputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0,      256,   512 ,  1024 ,  2048 ,  4096 ,  8192 ,  16384 ,  32768 ,  65536 );
+  IFullScreenTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IVisualizerTranslated:       array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On');
+
+  IBackgroundMusicTranslated:  array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISingWindowTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Small', 'Big');
+
+  //SingBar Mod
+  IOscilloscopeTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  ISpectrumTranslated:         array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISpectrographTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMovieSizeTranslated:        array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]');
+
+  IClickAssistTranslated:      array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IBeatClickTranslated:        array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISavePlaybackTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IVoicePassthroughTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
 
   //Song Preview
-  IPreviewVolume:     array[0..10] of string = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%');
-  IPreviewVolumeVals: array[0..10] of single = ( 0,   0.10,  0.20,  0.30,  0.40,  0.50,  0.60,  0.70,  0.80,  0.90,   1.00  );
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated:    array[0..10] of UTF8String = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%');
+
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated: array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
 
-  IPreviewFading:     array[0..5] of string  = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs');
-  IPreviewFadingVals: array[0..5] of integer = ( 0,     1,       2,        3,        4,        5      );
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated:  array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
 
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated:    array[0..5] of UTF8String  = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs');
 
-  ILyricsFont:    array[0..2] of string = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2');
-  ILyricsEffect:  array[0..4] of string = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift');
-  ISolmization:   array[0..3] of string = ('Off', 'Euro', 'Jap', 'American');
-  INoteLines:     array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  ILyricsFontTranslated:       array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated:     array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift');
+  ISolmizationTranslated:      array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Euro', 'Jap', 'American');
+  INoteLinesTranslated:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  IColor:         array[0..8] of string = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black');
+  IColorTranslated:            array[0..8] of UTF8String = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black');
 
   // Advanced
-  ILoadAnimation: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  IEffectSing:    array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  IScreenFade:    array[0..1] of string =('Off', 'On');
-  IAskbeforeDel:  array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
-  IOnSongClick:   array[0..2] of string = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu');
-  ILineBonus:     array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'At Score', 'At Notes');
-  IPartyPopup:    array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  ILoadAnimationTranslated:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IEffectSingTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IScreenFadeTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IAskbeforeDelTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IOnSongClickTranslated:      array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu');
+  ILineBonusTranslated:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IPartyPopupTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
 
-  IJoypad:        array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+  IJoypadTranslated:           array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMouseTranslated:            array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Hardware Cursor', 'Software Cursor');
 
   // Recording options
-  IChannelPlayer: array[0..6] of string = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6');
-  IMicBoost:      array[0..3] of string = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB');
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated:    array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6');
+  IMicBoostTranslated:         array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB');
 
 implementation
 
 uses
   StrUtils,
-  UMain,
   SDL,
+  UCommandLine,
   ULanguage,
   UPlatform,
-  USkins,
+  UMain,
   URecord,
-  UCommandLine;
+  USkins,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
 
 (**
- * Returns the filename without its fileextension
+ * Translate and set the values of options, which need translation. 
  *)
-function TIni.RemoveFileExt(FullName: string): string;
+procedure TIni.TranslateOptionValues;
+var
+  I: integer;
 begin
-  Result := ChangeFileExt(FullName, '');
+  // Load Languagefile
+  if (Params.Language <> -1) then
+    ULanguage.Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Params.Language])
+  else
+    ULanguage.Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Ini.Language]);
+
+  SetLength(ILanguageTranslated, Length(ILanguage));
+  for I := 0 to High(ILanguage) do
+  begin
+    ILanguageTranslated[I] := ULanguage.Language.Translate(
+      'OPTION_VALUE_' + UpperCase(ILanguage[I])
+    );
+  end;
+
+  IDifficultyTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EASY');
+  IDifficultyTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_MEDIUM');
+  IDifficultyTranslated[2]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HARD');
+
+  ITabsTranslated[0]                  := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ITabsTranslated[1]                  := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+  
+  ISortingTranslated[0]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EDITION');
+  ISortingTranslated[1]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_GENRE');
+  ISortingTranslated[2]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_LANGUAGE');
+  ISortingTranslated[3]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FOLDER');
+  ISortingTranslated[4]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_TITLE');
+  ISortingTranslated[5]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ARTIST');
+  ISortingTranslated[6]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ARTIST2');
+
+  IDebugTranslated[0]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IDebugTranslated[1]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IFullScreenTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IFullScreenTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IVisualizerTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IVisualizerTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_WHENNOVIDEO');
+  IVisualizerTranslated[2]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IBackgroundMusicTranslated[0]       := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IBackgroundMusicTranslated[1]       := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISingWindowTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SMALL');
+  ISingWindowTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BIG');
+
+  IOscilloscopeTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IOscilloscopeTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISpectrumTranslated[0]              := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ISpectrumTranslated[1]              := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISpectrographTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ISpectrographTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IMovieSizeTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HALF');
+  IMovieSizeTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FULL_VID');
+  IMovieSizeTranslated[2]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FULL_VID_BG');
+
+  IClickAssistTranslated[0]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IClickAssistTranslated[1]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IBeatClickTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IBeatClickTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISavePlaybackTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ISavePlaybackTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IVoicePassthroughTranslated[0]      := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IVoicePassthroughTranslated[1]      := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ILyricsFontTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_PLAIN');
+  ILyricsFontTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OLINE1');
+  ILyricsFontTranslated[2]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OLINE2');
+
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SIMPLE');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ZOOM');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[2]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SLIDE');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[3]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BALL');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[4]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SHIFT');
+
+  ISolmizationTranslated[0]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ISolmizationTranslated[1]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EURO');
+  ISolmizationTranslated[2]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_JAPAN');
+  ISolmizationTranslated[3]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AMERICAN');
+
+  INoteLinesTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  INoteLinesTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IColorTranslated[0]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BLUE');
+  IColorTranslated[1]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_GREEN');
+  IColorTranslated[2]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_PINK');
+  IColorTranslated[3]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_RED');
+  IColorTranslated[4]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_VIOLET');
+  IColorTranslated[5]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ORANGE');
+  IColorTranslated[6]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_YELLOW');
+  IColorTranslated[7]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BROWN');
+  IColorTranslated[8]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BLACK');
+
+  // Advanced
+  ILoadAnimationTranslated[0]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ILoadAnimationTranslated[1]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IEffectSingTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IEffectSingTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IScreenFadeTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IScreenFadeTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IAskbeforeDelTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IAskbeforeDelTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IOnSongClickTranslated[0]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SING');
+  IOnSongClickTranslated[1]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SELECT_PLAYERS');
+  IOnSongClickTranslated[2]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OPEN_MENU');
+
+  ILineBonusTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ILineBonusTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+ 
+  IPartyPopupTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IPartyPopupTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IJoypadTranslated[0]                := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IJoypadTranslated[1]                := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IMouseTranslated[0]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IMouseTranslated[1]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HARDWARE_CURSOR');
+  IMouseTranslated[2]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SOFTWARE_CURSOR');
+
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AUTO');
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[1] := '256';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[2] := '512';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[3] := '1024';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[4] := '2048';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[5] := '4096';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[6] := '8192';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[7] := '16384';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[8] := '32768';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[9] := '65536';
+
+
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[0]  := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AUTO');
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[1]  := '256';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[2]  := '512';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[3]  := '1024';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[4]  := '2048';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[5]  := '4096';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[6]  := '8192';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[7]  := '16384';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[8]  := '32768';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[9]  := '65536';
+
+  //Song Preview
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[0]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[1]         := '10%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[2]         := '20%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[3]         := '30%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[4]         := '40%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[5]         := '50%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[6]         := '60%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[7]         := '70%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[8]         := '80%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[9]         := '90%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[10]        := '100%';
+
+
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[0]         :=        ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[1]         := '1 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SEC');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[2]         := '2 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[3]         := '3 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[4]         := '4 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[5]         := '5 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+
+  // Recording options
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[0]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[1]         := '1';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[2]         := '2';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[3]         := '3';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[4]         := '4';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[5]         := '5';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[6]         := '6';
+
+  IMicBoostTranslated[0]              := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IMicBoostTranslated[1]              := '+6dB';
+  IMicBoostTranslated[2]              := '+12dB';
+  IMicBoostTranslated[3]              := '+18dB';
+
 end;
 
 (**
@@ -283,17 +536,22 @@ function TIni.ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
 var
   Value: string;
   Start: integer;
+  PrefixPos, SuffixPos: integer;
 begin
   Result := -1;
 
-  if Pos(Prefix, Key) > -1 then
-  begin
-    Start  := Pos(Prefix, Key) + Length(Prefix);
+  PrefixPos := Pos(Prefix, Key);
+  if (PrefixPos <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+  SuffixPos := Pos(Suffix, Key);
+  if (SuffixPos <= 0) then
+    Exit;
 
-    // copy all between prefix and suffix
-    Value  := Copy(Key, Start, Pos(Suffix, Key)-1 - Start);
-    Result := StrToIntDef(Value, -1);
-  end;
+  Start := PrefixPos + Length(Prefix);
+
+  // copy all between prefix and suffix
+  Value  := Copy(Key, Start, SuffixPos - Start);
+  Result := StrToIntDef(Value, -1);
 end;
 
 (**
@@ -303,7 +561,7 @@ end;
  *)
 function TIni.GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
 var
-  i: integer;
+  i:        integer;
   KeyIndex: integer;
 begin
   Result := -1;
@@ -320,8 +578,8 @@ end;
  * Returns the index of Value in SearchArray
  * or -1 if Value is not in SearchArray.
  *)
-function TIni.GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; Value: string;
-    CaseInsensitiv: Boolean = False): integer;
+function TIni.GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; Value: string;
+    CaseInsensitiv: boolean = false): integer;
 var
   i: integer;
 begin
@@ -344,7 +602,7 @@ end;
  * If SearchArray does not contain the property value, the default value is
  * returned.
  *)
-function TIni.ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
+function TIni.ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
     IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer;
 var
   StrValue: string;
@@ -357,15 +615,14 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-
 procedure TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile);
 var
-  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
-  DeviceIndex: integer;
+  DeviceCfg:    PInputDeviceConfig;
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
   ChannelCount: integer;
   ChannelIndex: integer;
-  RecordKeys: TStringList;
-  i: integer;
+  RecordKeys:   TStringList;
+  i:            integer;
 begin
   RecordKeys := TStringList.Create();
 
@@ -414,15 +671,15 @@ begin
   RecordKeys.Free();
 
   // MicBoost
-  //MicBoost := GetArrayIndex(IMicBoost, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'MicBoost', 'Off'));
+  MicBoost := GetArrayIndex(IMicBoost, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'MicBoost', 'Off'));
   // Threshold
-  //  ThresholdIndex := GetArrayIndex(IThreshold, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[1]));
+  ThresholdIndex := GetArrayIndex(IThreshold, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[1]));
 end;
 
 procedure TIni.SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile);
 var
-  DeviceIndex:    integer;
-  ChannelIndex:   integer;
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
 begin
   for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig) do
   begin
@@ -431,7 +688,7 @@ begin
                         InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Name);
     IniFile.WriteInteger('Record', Format('Input[%d]', [DeviceIndex+1]),
                         InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Input);
-                        
+
     // Channel-to-Player Mapping
     for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].ChannelToPlayerMap) do
     begin
@@ -442,15 +699,15 @@ begin
   end;
 
   // MicBoost
-  //IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'MicBoost', IMicBoost[MicBoost]);
+  IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'MicBoost', IMicBoost[MicBoost]);
   // Threshold
-  //IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[ThresholdIndex]);
+  IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[ThresholdIndex]);
 end;
 
 procedure TIni.LoadPaths(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
 var
   PathStrings: TStringList;
-  I: integer;
+  I:           integer;
 begin
   PathStrings := TStringList.Create;
   IniFile.ReadSection('Directories', PathStrings);
@@ -458,9 +715,9 @@ begin
   // Load song-paths
   for I := 0 to PathStrings.Count-1 do
   begin
-    if (AnsiStartsText('SongDir', PathStrings[I])) then
+    if (Pos('SONGDIR', UpperCase(PathStrings[I])) = 1) then
     begin
-      AddSongPath(IniFile.ReadString('Directories', PathStrings[I], ''));
+      AddSongPath(Path(IniFile.ReadString('Directories', PathStrings[I], '')));
     end;
   end;
 
@@ -473,18 +730,23 @@ var
   ThemeIni:     TMemIniFile;
   ThemeName:    string;
   I: integer;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
 begin
   // Theme
   SetLength(ITheme, 0);
-  Log.LogStatus('Searching for Theme : ' + ThemePath + '*.ini', 'Theme');
+  Log.LogStatus('Searching for Theme : ' + ThemePath.ToNative + '*.ini', 'Theme');
 
-  FindFirst(ThemePath + '*.ini',faAnyFile, SearchResult);
-  Repeat
-    Log.LogStatus('Found Theme: ' + SearchResult.Name, 'Theme');
+
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(ThemePath.Append('*.ini'), 0);
+  while (Iter.HasNext) do
+  begin
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+    Log.LogStatus('Found Theme: ' + FileInfo.Name.ToNative, 'Theme');
 
     //Read Themename from Theme
-    ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(SearchResult.Name);
-    ThemeName := UpperCase(ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme','Name', RemoveFileExt(SearchResult.Name)));
+    ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileInfo.Name.ToNative);
+    ThemeName := UpperCase(ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme','Name', FileInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToNative));
     ThemeIni.Free;
 
     //Search for Skins for this Theme
@@ -493,12 +755,11 @@ begin
       if UpperCase(Skin.Skin[I].Theme) = ThemeName then
       begin
         SetLength(ITheme, Length(ITheme)+1);
-        ITheme[High(ITheme)] := RemoveFileExt(SearchResult.Name);
+        ITheme[High(ITheme)] := FileInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToNative;
         break;
       end;
     end;
-  until FindNext(SearchResult) <> 0;
-  FindClose(SearchResult);
+  end;
 
   // No Theme Found
   if (Length(ITheme) = 0) then
@@ -508,7 +769,7 @@ begin
 
   Theme := GetArrayIndex(ITheme, IniFile.ReadString('Themes', 'Theme', 'DELUXE'), true);
   if (Theme = -1) then
-       Theme := 0;
+    Theme := 0;
 
   // Skin
   Skin.onThemeChange;
@@ -519,7 +780,7 @@ end;
 procedure TIni.LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
 
   // swap two strings
-  procedure swap(var s1, s2: string);
+  procedure swap(var s1, s2: UTF8String);
   var
     s3: string;
   begin
@@ -530,25 +791,25 @@ procedure TIni.LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
 
 var
   Modes: PPSDL_Rect;
-  I: integer;
+  I:     integer;
 begin
   // Screens
   Screens := GetArrayIndex(IScreens, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Screens', IScreens[0]));
-  
+
   // FullScreen
   FullScreen := GetArrayIndex(IFullScreen, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'FullScreen', 'On'));
 
   // Resolution
   SetLength(IResolution, 0);
-  
+
   // Check if there are any modes available
   // TODO: we should seperate windowed and fullscreen modes. Otherwise it is not
   // possible to select a reasonable fullscreen mode when in windowed mode
   if IFullScreen[FullScreen] = 'On' then
     Modes  := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN)
-  else 
+  else
     Modes  := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE) ;
-  
+
   if (Modes = nil) then
   begin
     Log.LogStatus( 'No resolutions Found' , 'Video');
@@ -567,7 +828,7 @@ begin
     IResolution[7] := '1440x900';
     IResolution[8] := '1600x1200';
     IResolution[9] := '1680x1050';
-      
+
     Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600'));
     if Resolution = -1 then
     begin
@@ -587,6 +848,7 @@ begin
     end;
 
     // reverse order
+    Log.LogStatus( 'Log size of resolution: ' + IntToStr(Length(IResolution)), 'Video');
     for I := 0 to (Length(IResolution) div 2) - 1 do
     begin
       swap(IResolution[I], IResolution[High(IResolution)-I]);
@@ -623,23 +885,19 @@ end;
 procedure TIni.Load();
 var
   IniFile: TMemIniFile;
-  I: integer;
+  I:       integer;
 begin
   GamePath := Platform.GetGameUserPath;
 
-  Log.LogStatus( 'GamePath : ' +GamePath , '' );
+  Log.LogStatus( 'GamePath : ' +GamePath.ToNative , '' );
 
-  if (Params.ConfigFile <> '') then
-    try
-      FileName := Params.ConfigFile;
-    except
-      FileName := GamePath + 'config.ini';
-    end
+  if (Params.ConfigFile.IsSet) then
+    FileName := Params.ConfigFile
   else
-    FileName := GamePath + 'config.ini';
+    FileName := GamePath.Append('config.ini');
 
-  Log.LogStatus( 'Using config : ' + FileName , 'Ini');
-  IniFile := TMemIniFile.Create( FileName );
+  Log.LogStatus('Using config : ' + FileName.ToNative, 'Ini');
+  IniFile := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative);
 
   // Name
   for I := 0 to 11 do
@@ -650,24 +908,23 @@ begin
     NameTeam[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTeam', 'T'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Team'+IntToStr(I+1));
   for I := 0 to 11 do
     NameTemplate[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTemplate', 'Name'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Template'+IntToStr(I+1));
-  
+
   // Players
   Players := GetArrayIndex(IPlayers, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[0]));
-  
+
   // Difficulty
   Difficulty := GetArrayIndex(IDifficulty, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Difficulty', 'Easy'));
-  
+
   // Language
   Language := GetArrayIndex(ILanguage, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Language', 'English'));
-  //Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Language]);
-  
+
   // Tabs
   Tabs := GetArrayIndex(ITabs, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Tabs', ITabs[0]));
-  Tabs_at_startup := Tabs;	//Tabs at Startup fix
-  
+  TabsAtStartup := Tabs;	//Tabs at Startup fix
+
   // Song Sorting
   Sorting := GetArrayIndex(ISorting, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Sorting', ISorting[0]));
-  
+
   // Debug
   Debug := GetArrayIndex(IDebug, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Debug', IDebug[0]));
 
@@ -680,7 +937,7 @@ begin
   SingWindow := GetArrayIndex(ISingWindow, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'SingWindow', 'Big'));
 
   // Oscilloscope
-  Oscilloscope := GetArrayIndex(IOscilloscope, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', 'Bar'));
+  Oscilloscope := GetArrayIndex(IOscilloscope, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', IOscilloscope[0]));
 
   // Spectrum
   Spectrum := GetArrayIndex(ISpectrum, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Spectrum', 'Off'));
@@ -705,18 +962,18 @@ begin
 
   //Preview Volume
   PreviewVolume := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewVolume, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[7]));
-  
+
   //Preview Fading
-  PreviewFading := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewFading, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[1]));
+  PreviewFading := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewFading, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[3]));
 
   //AudioRepeat aka VoicePassthrough
   VoicePassthrough := GetArrayIndex(IVoicePassthrough, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'VoicePassthrough', IVoicePassthrough[0]));
 
   // Lyrics Font
-  LyricsFont := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsFont, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[1]));
+  LyricsFont := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsFont, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[0]));
 
   // Lyrics Effect
-  LyricsEffect := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsEffect, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[1]));
+  LyricsEffect := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsEffect, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[2]));
 
   // Solmization
   Solmization := GetArrayIndex(ISolmization, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'Solmization', ISolmization[0]));
@@ -760,7 +1017,7 @@ begin
   OnSongClick := GetArrayIndex(IOnSongClick, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'OnSongClick', 'Sing'));
 
   // Linebonus
-  LineBonus := GetArrayIndex(ILineBonus, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', 'At Score'));
+  LineBonus := GetArrayIndex(ILineBonus, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', ILineBonus[1]));
 
   // PartyPopup
   PartyPopup := GetArrayIndex(IPartyPopup, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'PartyPopup', 'On'));
@@ -768,22 +1025,27 @@ begin
   // Joypad
   Joypad := GetArrayIndex(IJoypad, IniFile.ReadString('Controller',    'Joypad',   IJoypad[0]));
 
+  // Mouse
+  Mouse := GetArrayIndex(IMouse, IniFile.ReadString('Controller',    'Mouse',   IMouse[2]));
+
   LoadPaths(IniFile);
-  
+
+  TranslateOptionValues;
+
   IniFile.Free;
 end;
 
 procedure TIni.Save;
 var
-  IniFile:    TIniFile;
+  IniFile: TIniFile;
 begin
-  if (FileExists(Filename) and FileIsReadOnly(Filename)) then
+  if (Filename.IsFile and Filename.IsReadOnly) then
   begin
     Log.LogError('Config-file is read-only', 'TIni.Save');
     Exit;
   end;
 
-  IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename);
+  IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative);
 
   // Players
   IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[Players]);
@@ -850,7 +1112,7 @@ begin
 
   // Song Preview
   IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[PreviewVolume]);
-    
+
   // PreviewFading
   IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[PreviewFading]);
 
@@ -907,6 +1169,9 @@ begin
   // Joypad
   IniFile.WriteString('Controller', 'Joypad', IJoypad[Joypad]);
 
+  // Mouse
+  IniFile.WriteString('Controller', 'Mouse', IMouse[Mouse]);
+
   // Directories (add a template if section is missing)
   // Note: Value must be ' ' and not '', otherwise no key is generated on Linux
   if (not IniFile.SectionExists('Directories')) then
@@ -920,17 +1185,17 @@ var
   IniFile: TIniFile;
   I:       integer;
 begin
-  if not FileIsReadOnly(Filename) then
+  if not Filename.IsReadOnly() then
   begin
-    IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename);
+    IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative);
 
     //Name Templates for Names Mod
-    for I := 1 to 12 do
-      IniFile.WriteString('Name', 'P' + IntToStr(I), Name[I-1]);
-    for I := 1 to 3 do
-      IniFile.WriteString('NameTeam', 'T' + IntToStr(I), NameTeam[I-1]);
-    for I := 1 to 12 do
-      IniFile.WriteString('NameTemplate', 'Name' + IntToStr(I), NameTemplate[I-1]);
+    for I := 0 to High(Name) do
+      IniFile.WriteString('Name', 'P' + IntToStr(I+1), Name[I]);
+    for I := 0 to High(NameTeam) do
+      IniFile.WriteString('NameTeam', 'T' + IntToStr(I+1), NameTeam[I]);
+    for I := 0 to High(NameTemplate) do
+      IniFile.WriteString('NameTemplate', 'Name' + IntToStr(I+1), NameTemplate[I]);
 
     IniFile.Free;
   end;
@@ -940,9 +1205,9 @@ procedure TIni.SaveLevel;
 var
   IniFile: TIniFile;
 begin
-  if not FileIsReadOnly(Filename) then
+  if not Filename.IsReadOnly() then
   begin
-    IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename);
+    IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative);
 
     // Difficulty
     IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Difficulty', IDifficulty[Difficulty]);
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas b/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas
index 31840f5f..5f8a2692 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas
@@ -33,33 +33,41 @@ interface
 
 {$I switches.inc}
 
+uses
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
 type
   TLanguageEntry = record
-    ID:     string;
-    Text:   string;
+    ID:     AnsiString;  //**< identifier (ASCII)
+    Text:   UTF8String;  //**< translation (UTF-8)
   end;
 
   TLanguageList = record
-    Name:     string;
-    {FileName: string; }
+    Name:     AnsiString;  //**< language name (ASCII)
   end;
 
+  TLanguageEntryArray = array of TLanguageEntry;
+
   TLanguage = class
-    public
-      Entry:  array of TLanguageEntry; //Entrys of Chosen Language
-      SEntry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Entrys of Standard Language
-      CEntry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Constant Entrys e.g. Version
-      Implode_Glue1, Implode_Glue2: String;
-    public
+    private
       List:   array of TLanguageList;
 
-      constructor Create;
+      Entry:        TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Entrys of Chosen Language
+      EntryDefault: TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Entrys of Standard Language
+      EntryConst:   TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Constant Entrys e.g. Version
+
+      Implode_Glue1, Implode_Glue2: UTF8String;
+
       procedure LoadList;
-      function Translate(Text: String): String;
-      procedure ChangeLanguage(Language: String);
-      procedure AddConst(ID, Text: String);
-      procedure ChangeConst(ID, Text: String);
-      function Implode(Pieces: Array of String): String;
+      function FindID(const ID: AnsiString; const EntryList: TLanguageEntryArray): integer;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+      function Translate(const Text: RawByteString): UTF8String;
+      procedure ChangeLanguage(const Language: AnsiString);
+      procedure AddConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
+      procedure ChangeConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
+      function Implode(const Pieces: array of UTF8String): UTF8String;
   end;
 
 var
@@ -69,19 +77,18 @@ implementation
 
 uses
   UMain,
-  // UFiles,
   UIni,
   IniFiles,
   Classes,
   SysUtils,
-  {$IFDEF win32}
-    windows,
-  {$ENDIF}
-  ULog;
-
-//----------
-//Create - Construct Class then LoadList + Standard Language + Set Standard Implode Glues
-//----------
+  ULog,
+  UPath,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+{**
+ * LoadList, set default language, set standard implode glues
+ *}
 constructor TLanguage.Create;
 var
   I, J: Integer;
@@ -106,9 +113,9 @@ begin
     begin
       ChangeLanguage('English');
 
-      SetLength(SEntry, Length(Entry));
-      for J := low(Entry) to high(Entry) do
-        SEntry[J] := Entry[J];
+      SetLength(EntryDefault, Length(Entry));
+      for J := 0 to high(Entry) do
+        EntryDefault[J] := Entry[J];
 
       SetLength(Entry, 0);
       
@@ -122,41 +129,44 @@ begin
   
 end;
 
-//----------
-//LoadList - Parse the Language Dir searching Translations
-//----------
+{**
+ * Parse the Language Dir searching Translations
+ *}
 procedure TLanguage.LoadList;
 var
-  SR:     TSearchRec;   // for parsing directory
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  IniInfo: TFileInfo;
+  LangName: string;
 begin
   SetLength(List, 0);
   SetLength(ILanguage, 0);
 
-  if FindFirst(LanguagesPath + '*.ini', 0, SR) = 0 then begin
-    repeat
-      SetLength(List, Length(List)+1);
-      SetLength(ILanguage, Length(ILanguage)+1);
-      SR.Name := ChangeFileExt(SR.Name, '');
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(LanguagesPath.Append('*.ini'), 0);
+  while(Iter.HasNext) do
+  begin
+    IniInfo := Iter.Next;
+
+    LangName := IniInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToUTF8;
 
-      List[High(List)].Name := SR.Name;
-      ILanguage[High(ILanguage)] := SR.Name;
+    SetLength(List, Length(List)+1);
+    List[High(List)].Name := LangName;
 
-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
-  SysUtils.FindClose(SR);
-  end; // if FindFirst
+    SetLength(ILanguage, Length(ILanguage)+1);
+    ILanguage[High(ILanguage)] := LangName;
+  end;
 end;
 
-//----------
-//ChangeLanguage - Load the specified LanguageFile
-//----------
-procedure TLanguage.ChangeLanguage(Language: String);
+{**
+ * Load the specified LanguageFile
+ *}
+procedure TLanguage.ChangeLanguage(const Language: AnsiString);
 var
-  IniFile:    TIniFile;
+  IniFile:    TUnicodeMemIniFile;
   E:          integer; // entry
   S:          TStringList;
 begin
   SetLength(Entry, 0);
-  IniFile := TIniFile.Create(LanguagesPath + Language + '.ini');
+  IniFile := TUnicodeMemIniFile.Create(LanguagesPath.Append(Language + '.ini'));
   S := TStringList.Create;
 
   IniFile.ReadSectionValues('Text', S);
@@ -176,80 +186,107 @@ begin
   IniFile.Free;
 end;
 
-//----------
-//Translate - Translate the Text
-//----------
-Function TLanguage.Translate(Text: String): String;
+{**
+ * Find the index of ID an array of language entries.
+ * @returns the index on success, -1 otherwise.
+ *}
+function TLanguage.FindID(const ID: AnsiString; const EntryList: TLanguageEntryArray): integer;
 var
-  E:    integer; // entry
+  Index: integer;
 begin
+  for Index := 0 to High(EntryList) do
+  begin
+    if ID = EntryList[Index].ID then
+    begin
+      Result := Index;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Translate the Text.
+ * If Text is an ID, text will be translated according to the current language
+ * setting. If Text is not a known ID, it will be returned as is. 
+ * @param Text either an ID or an UTF-8 encoded string 
+ *}
+function TLanguage.Translate(const Text: RawByteString): UTF8String;
+var
+  E:  integer; // entry
+  ID: AnsiString;
+  EntryIndex: integer;
+begin
+  // fallback result in case Text is not a known ID
   Result := Text;
-  Text := Uppercase(Result);
+
+  // normalize ID case
+  ID := UpperCase(Text);
+
+  // Check if ID exists
 
   //Const Mod
-  for E := 0 to high(CEntry) do
-    if Text = CEntry[E].ID then
-    begin
-     Result := CEntry[E].Text;
-     exit;
-    end;
-  //Const Mod End
+  EntryIndex := FindID(ID, EntryConst);
+  if (EntryIndex >= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := EntryConst[EntryIndex].Text;
+    Exit;
+  end;
 
-  for E := 0 to high(Entry) do
-    if Text = Entry[E].ID then
-    begin
-     Result := Entry[E].Text;
-     exit;
-    end;
+  EntryIndex := FindID(ID, Entry);
+  if (EntryIndex >= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := Entry[EntryIndex].Text;
+    Exit;
+  end;
 
   //Standard Language (If a Language File is Incomplete)
   //Then use Standard Language
-    for E := low(SEntry) to high(SEntry) do
-      if Text = SEntry[E].ID then
-      begin
-        Result := SEntry[E].Text;
-        Break;
-      end;
-  //Standard Language END
+  EntryIndex := FindID(ID, EntryDefault);
+  if (EntryIndex >= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := EntryDefault[EntryIndex].Text;
+    Exit;
+  end;
 end;
 
-//----------
-//AddConst - Add a Constant ID that will be Translated but not Loaded from the LanguageFile
-//----------
-procedure TLanguage.AddConst (ID, Text: String);
+{**
+ * Add a Constant ID that will be Translated but not Loaded from the LanguageFile
+ *}
+procedure TLanguage.AddConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
 begin
-  SetLength (CEntry, Length(CEntry) + 1);
-  CEntry[high(CEntry)].ID := ID;
-  CEntry[high(CEntry)].Text := Text;
+  SetLength (EntryConst, Length(EntryConst) + 1);
+  EntryConst[high(EntryConst)].ID := ID;
+  EntryConst[high(EntryConst)].Text := Text;
 end;
 
-//----------
-//ChangeConst - Change a Constant Value by ID
-//----------
-procedure TLanguage.ChangeConst(ID, Text: String);
+{**
+ * Change a Constant Value by ID
+ *}
+procedure TLanguage.ChangeConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
 var
   I: Integer;
 begin
-  for I := 0 to high(CEntry) do
+  for I := 0 to high(EntryConst) do
   begin
-    if CEntry[I].ID = ID then
+    if EntryConst[I].ID = ID then
     begin
-     CEntry[I].Text := Text;
+     EntryConst[I].Text := Text;
      Break;
     end;
   end;
 end;
 
-//----------
-//Implode - Connect an Array of Strings with ' and ' or ', ' to one String
-//----------
-function TLanguage.Implode(Pieces: Array of String): String;
+{**
+ * Connect an array of strings with ' and ' or ', ' to one string
+ *}
+function TLanguage.Implode(const Pieces: array of UTF8String): UTF8String;
 var
   I: Integer;
 begin
   Result := '';
   //Go through Pieces
-  for I := low(Pieces) to high(Pieces) do
+  for I := 0 to high(Pieces) do
   begin
     //Add Value
     Result := Result + Pieces[I];
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas b/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas
index 582120bc..e4ff4862 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  Classes;
+  Classes,
+  UPath;
 
 (*
  * LOG_LEVEL_[TYPE] defines the "minimum" index for logs of type TYPE. Each
@@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ type
     // voice
     procedure LogVoice(SoundNr: integer);
     // buffer
-    procedure LogBuffer(const buf : Pointer; const bufLength : Integer; const filename : string);
+    procedure LogBuffer(const buf : Pointer; const bufLength : Integer; const filename : IPath);
   end;
 
 procedure DebugWriteln(const aString: String);
@@ -132,7 +133,8 @@ uses
   UMain,  
   UTime,
   UCommon,
-  UCommandLine;
+  UCommandLine,
+  UPathUtils;
 
 (*
  * Write to console if in debug mode (Thread-safe).
@@ -197,7 +199,7 @@ begin
     if not BenchmarkFileOpened then
     begin
       BenchmarkFileOpened := true;
-      AssignFile(BenchmarkFile, LogPath + 'Benchmark.log');
+      AssignFile(BenchmarkFile, LogPath.Append('Benchmark.log').ToNative);
       {$I-}
       Rewrite(BenchmarkFile);
       if IOResult = 0 then
@@ -269,7 +271,7 @@ procedure TLog.LogToFile(const Text: string);
 begin
   if (FileOutputEnabled and not LogFileOpened) then
   begin
-    AssignFile(LogFile, LogPath + 'Error.log');
+    AssignFile(LogFile, LogPath.Append('Error.log').ToNative);
     {$I-}
     Rewrite(LogFile);
     if IOResult = 0 then
@@ -398,20 +400,19 @@ end;
 
 procedure TLog.LogVoice(SoundNr: integer);
 var
-  FS:           TFileStream;
-  FileName:     string;
+  FS:           TBinaryFileStream;
+  Prefix:       string;
+  FileName:     IPath;
   Num:          integer;
 begin
   for Num := 1 to 9999 do begin
-    FileName := IntToStr(Num);
-    while Length(FileName) < 4 do
-      FileName := '0' + FileName;
-    FileName := LogPath + 'Voice' + FileName + '.raw';
-    if not FileExists(FileName) then
+    Prefix := Format('Voice%.4d', [Num]);
+    FileName := LogPath.Append(Prefix + '.raw');
+    if not FileName.Exists() then
       break
   end;
 
-  FS := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+  FS := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
 
   AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Seek(0, soBeginning);
   FS.CopyFrom(AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer, AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Size);
@@ -419,21 +420,19 @@ begin
   FS.Free;
 end;
 
-procedure TLog.LogBuffer(const buf: Pointer; const bufLength: Integer; const filename: string);
+procedure TLog.LogBuffer(const buf: Pointer; const bufLength: Integer; const filename: IPath);
 var
-  f : TFileStream;
+  f : TBinaryFileStream;
 begin
-  f := nil;
-
   try
-    f := TFileStream.Create( filename, fmCreate);
-    f.Write( buf^, bufLength);
-    f.Free;
-  except
-    on e : Exception do begin
-      Log.LogError('TLog.LogBuffer: Failed to log buffer into file "' + filename + '". ErrMsg: ' + e.Message);
+    f := TBinaryFileStream.Create( filename, fmCreate);
+    try
+      f.Write( buf^, bufLength);
+    finally
       f.Free;
     end;
+  except on e : Exception do
+    Log.LogError('TLog.LogBuffer: Failed to log buffer into file "' + filename.ToNative + '". ErrMsg: ' + e.Message);
   end;
 end;
 
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas b/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas
index 82982981..3f62db9c 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas
@@ -52,14 +52,14 @@ type
     Width:      real;     // width
     Start:      cardinal; // start of the word in quarters (beats)
     Length:     cardinal; // length of the word in quarters
-    Text:       string;   // text
+    Text:       UTF8String; // text
     Freestyle:  boolean;  // is freestyle?
   end;
   TLyricWordArray = array of TLyricWord;
 
   TLyricLine = class
     public
-      Text:           string;       // text
+      Text:           UTF8String;   // text
       Width:          real;         // width
       Height:         real;         // height
       Words:          TLyricWordArray;   // words in this line
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas b/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas
index cb3851d1..7b082c57 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas
@@ -35,112 +35,16 @@ interface
 
 uses
   SysUtils,
-  Classes,
-  SDL,
-  UMusic,
-  URecord,
-  UTime,
-  UDisplay,
-  UIni,
-  ULog,
-  ULyrics,
-  UScreenSing,
-  USong,
-  ULua,
-  gl;
-
-type
-  PPLayerNote = ^TPlayerNote;
-  TPlayerNote = record
-    Start:     integer;
-    Length:    integer;
-    Detect:    real;    // accurate place, detected in the note
-    Tone:      real;
-    Perfect:   boolean; // true if the note matches the original one, lit the star
-    Hit:       boolean; // true if the note Hits the Line
-  end;
-
-  PPLayer = ^TPlayer;
-  TPlayer = record
-    Name:         string;
-
-    // Index in Teaminfo record
-    TeamID:       byte;
-    PlayerID:     byte;
-
-    // Scores
-    Score:        real;
-    ScoreLine:    real;
-    ScoreGolden:  real;
-
-    ScoreInt:       integer;
-    ScoreLineInt:   integer;
-    ScoreGoldenInt: integer;
-    ScoreTotalInt:  integer;
-
-    // LineBonus
-    ScoreLast:    real;//Last Line Score
-
-    // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect)
-    LastSentencePerfect: boolean;
-
-    HighNote:   integer; // index of last note (= High(Note)?)
-    LengthNote: integer; // number of notes (= Length(Note)?).
-    Note:       array of TPlayerNote;
-  end;
 
+  SDL;
 
 var
-  // Absolute Paths
-  GamePath:         string;
-  SoundPath:        string;
-  SongPaths:        TStringList;
-  LogPath:          string;
-  ThemePath:        string;
-  SkinsPath:        string;
-  ScreenshotsPath:  string;
-  CoverPaths:       TStringList;
-  LanguagesPath:    string;
-  PluginPath:       string;
-  VisualsPath:      string;
-  FontPath:         string;
-  ResourcesPath:    string;
-  PlayListPath:     string;
-  ScriptPath:       string;
-
-  Done:     boolean;
-  // FIXME: ConversionFileName should not be global
-  ConversionFileName: string;
-  Restart:  boolean;
-
-  // player and music info
-  Player:       array of TPlayer;
-  PlayersPlay:  integer;
-
-  CurrentSong : TSong;
-  //Lua : Plua_State;
-
-const
-  MAX_SONG_SCORE = 10000;     // max. achievable points per song
-  MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS = 1000; // max. achievable line bonus per song
-
-
-function FindPath(out PathResult: string; const RequestedPath: string; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
-procedure InitializePaths;
-procedure AddSongPath(const Path: string);
+  Done:    boolean;
+  Restart: boolean;
 
 procedure Main;
 procedure MainLoop;
 procedure CheckEvents;
-procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
-procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
-procedure NewBeatClick(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for click
-procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for detection
-procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing); // detect note
-function  GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
-function  GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
-procedure ClearScores(PlayerNum: integer);
-
 
 type
   TMainThreadExecProc = procedure(Data: Pointer);
@@ -158,31 +62,34 @@ const
  *}
 procedure MainThreadExec(Proc: TMainThreadExecProc; Data: Pointer);
 
-
 implementation
 
 uses
   Math,
-  StrUtils,
-  USongs,
-  UJoystick,
+  gl,
+  UCatCovers,
   UCommandLine,
-  ULanguage,
-  //SDL_ttf,
-  USkins,
+  UCommon,
+  UConfig,
   UCovers,
-  UCatCovers,
   UDataBase,
-  UPlaylist,
+  UDisplay,
   UDLLManager,
-  UParty,
-  UConfig,
-  UCore,
-  UCommon,
   UGraphic,
   UGraphicClasses,
-  UPluginDefs,
+  UIni,
+  UJoystick,
+  ULanguage,
+  ULog,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UMusic,
+  UBeatTimer,
   UPlatform,
+  USkins,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes,
+  UParty,
   ULuaCore,
   UHookableEvent,
   ULuaGl,
@@ -191,23 +98,20 @@ uses
   ULuaTextGL,
   ULuaParty,
   ULuaScreenSing,
-  UThemes;
-
-
-
+  UTime;
 
 procedure Main;
 var
-  WndTitle: string;
+  WindowTitle: string;
 begin
   {$IFNDEF Debug}
   try
   {$ENDIF}
-    WndTitle := USDXVersionStr;
+    WindowTitle := USDXVersionStr;
 
     Platform.Init;
 
-    if Platform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(WndTitle) then
+    if Platform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(WindowTitle) then
       Exit;
 
     // fix floating-point exceptions (FPE)
@@ -221,17 +125,18 @@ begin
     DecimalSeparator := '.';
 
     //------------------------------
-    //StartUp - Create Classes and Load Files
+    // StartUp - create classes and load files
     //------------------------------
 
-    // Initialize SDL
-    // Without SDL_INIT_TIMER SDL_GetTicks() might return strange values
+    // initialize SDL
+    // without SDL_INIT_TIMER SDL_GetTicks() might return strange values
     SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO or SDL_INIT_TIMER);
     SDL_EnableUnicode(1);
 
     // create luacore first so other classes can register their events
     LuaCore := TLuaCore.Create;
 
+
     USTime := TTime.Create;
     VideoBGTimer := TRelativeTimer.Create;
 
@@ -240,7 +145,7 @@ begin
 
     // Log + Benchmark
     Log := TLog.Create;
-    Log.Title := WndTitle;
+    Log.Title := WindowTitle;
     Log.FileOutputEnabled := not Params.NoLog;
     Log.BenchmarkStart(0);
 
@@ -251,19 +156,19 @@ begin
     Log.LogStatus('Load Language', 'Initialization');
     Language := TLanguage.Create;
 
-    // Add Const Values:
+    // add const values:
     Language.AddConst('US_VERSION', USDXVersionStr);
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Language', 1);
 
-    {
+{
     // SDL_ttf (Not used yet, maybe in version 1.5)
     Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
     Log.LogStatus('Initialize SDL_ttf', 'Initialization');
     TTF_Init();
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing SDL_ttf', 1);
-    }
+}
 
     // Skin
     Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
@@ -278,16 +183,10 @@ begin
     Ini := TIni.Create;
     Ini.Load;
 
-    //it's possible that this is the first run, create a .ini file if neccessary
+    // it is possible that this is the first run, create a .ini file if neccessary
     Log.LogStatus('Write Ini', 'Initialization');
     Ini.Save;
 
-    // Load Languagefile
-    if (Params.Language <> -1) then
-      Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Params.Language])
-    else
-      Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Ini.Language]);
-
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Ini', 1);
 
@@ -304,7 +203,7 @@ begin
     // Theme
     Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
     Log.LogStatus('Load Themes', 'Initialization');
-    Theme := TTheme.Create(ThemePath + ITheme[Ini.Theme] + '.ini', Ini.Color);
+    Theme := TTheme.Create(ThemePath.Append(ITheme[Ini.Theme] + '.ini'), Ini.Color);
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Themes', 1);
 
@@ -341,18 +240,10 @@ begin
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PluginManager', 1);
 
-    {// Party Mode Manager
-    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-    Log.LogStatus('PartySession Manager', 'Initialization');
-    PartySession := TPartySession.Create;   //Load PartySession
-
-    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PartySession Manager', 1);      }
-
     // Graphics
     Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
     Log.LogStatus('Initialize 3D', 'Initialization');
-    Initialize3D(WndTitle);
+    Initialize3D(WindowTitle);
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing 3D', 1);
 
@@ -361,10 +252,10 @@ begin
     Log.LogStatus('DataBase System', 'Initialization');
     DataBase := TDataBaseSystem.Create;
 
-    if (Params.ScoreFile = '') then
-      DataBase.Init (Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'Ultrastar.db')
+    if (Params.ScoreFile.IsUnset) then
+      DataBase.Init(Platform.GetGameUserPath.Append('Ultrastar.db'))
     else
-      DataBase.Init (Params.ScoreFile);
+      DataBase.Init(Params.ScoreFile);
 
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Loading DataBase System', 1);
@@ -384,7 +275,7 @@ begin
     Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Particle System', 1);
 
     // Joypad
-    if (Ini.Joypad = 1) OR (Params.Joypad) then
+    if (Ini.Joypad = 1) or (Params.Joypad) then
     begin
       Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
       Log.LogStatus('Initialize Joystick', 'Initialization');
@@ -394,25 +285,6 @@ begin
     end;
 
     // Lua
-    {Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-    Lua := luaL_newstate;
-    if Lua = nil then
-      Log.LogError('Lua init failed','Lua');
-    luaL_openlibs(Lua);
-
-    luaopen_gl(Lua);      // gl (Lua)
-    lua_pop(Lua, 1);      // remove table from stack
-    luaopen_Log(Lua);     // Log + Benchmark (Lua)
-    lua_pop(Lua, 1);      // remove table from stack
-    luaopen_TextGL(Lua);  // TextGL (Lua)
-    lua_pop(Lua, 1);      // remove table from stack
-    luaopen_Texture(Lua); // Texture (Lua)
-    lua_pop(Lua, 1);      // remove table from stack
-
-    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-    Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Lua', 1);        }
-
-
     Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
     Party := TPartyGame.Create;
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
@@ -435,13 +307,25 @@ begin
 
     LuaCore.DumpPlugins;
 
-
     Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);
     Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Time', 0);
 
+    Log.LogStatus('Creating Core', 'Initialization');
+{
+    Core := TCore.Create(
+      USDXShortVersionStr,
+      MakeVersion(USDX_VERSION_MAJOR,
+                  USDX_VERSION_MINOR,
+                  USDX_VERSION_RELEASE,
+                  chr(0))
+    );
+}
+
+    Log.LogStatus('Running Core', 'Initialization');
+    //Core.Run;
 
     //------------------------------
-    //Start- Mainloop
+    // Start Mainloop
     //------------------------------
     Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Initialization');
     MainLoop;
@@ -450,20 +334,18 @@ begin
   finally
   {$ENDIF}
     //------------------------------
-    //Finish Application
+    // Finish Application
     //------------------------------
 
     // TODO:
     // call an uninitialize routine for every initialize step
-    // or at least use the corresponding Free-Methods
+    // or at least use the corresponding Free methods
 
     FinalizeMedia();
 
     //TTF_Quit();
     SDL_Quit();
 
-    //lua_close(Lua);
-
     if assigned(Log) then
     begin
       Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Finished');
@@ -476,7 +358,7 @@ end;
 
 procedure MainLoop;
 var
-  Delay:    integer;
+  Delay: integer;
 const
   MAX_FPS = 100;
 begin
@@ -493,17 +375,7 @@ begin
     CheckEvents;
 
     // display
-    done := not Display.Draw;
-
-    {// FIXME remove this when the Partymode works
-    if FileExists(ScriptPath + 'main.lua') then
-    begin
-      if 0 <> luaL_dofile(Lua, PAnsiChar(ScriptPath + 'main.lua')) then
-      begin
-        Log.LogError(lua_tostring(Lua,-1));
-      end;
-    end;      }
-
+    Done := not Display.Draw;
     SwapBuffers;
 
     // delay
@@ -526,13 +398,27 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
+procedure DoQuit;
+begin
+  // if question option is enabled then show exit popup
+  if (Ini.AskbeforeDel = 1) then
+  begin
+    Display.CurrentScreen^.CheckFadeTo(nil,'MSG_QUIT_USDX');
+  end
+  else // if ask-for-exit is disabled then simply exit
+  begin
+    Display.Fade := 0;
+    Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+    Display.CheckOK := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
 procedure CheckEvents;
 var
-  Event: TSDL_event;
+  Event:     TSDL_event;
+  mouseDown: boolean;
+  mouseBtn:  integer;
 begin
-  if Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then
-    Exit;
-    
   while (SDL_PollEvent(@Event) <> 0) do
   begin
     case Event.type_ of
@@ -542,17 +428,56 @@ begin
         Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
         Display.CheckOK := true;
       end;
-      SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
+
+      SDL_MOUSEMOTION, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
       begin
-      {
-        with Event.button do
+        if (Ini.Mouse > 0) then
         begin
-          if State = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT Then
-          begin
-            //
+          case Event.type_ of
+            SDL_MOUSEMOTION:
+            begin
+              mouseDown := false;
+              mouseBtn  := 0;
+            end;
+            SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
+            begin
+              mouseDown := true;
+              mouseBtn  := Event.button.button;
+              
+              if (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) or (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then
+                Display.OnMouseButton(true);
+            end;
+            SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
+            begin
+              mouseDown := false;
+              mouseBtn  := Event.button.button;
+
+              if (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) or (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then
+                Display.OnMouseButton(false);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          Display.MoveCursor(Event.button.X * 800 / Screen.w,
+                             Event.button.Y * 600 / Screen.h);
+
+          if not Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then
+          begin //drop input when changing screens
+            if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then
+              done := not ScreenPopupError.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y)
+            else if (ScreenPopupInfo <> nil) and (ScreenPopupInfo.Visible) then
+              done := not ScreenPopupInfo.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y)
+            else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then
+              done := not ScreenPopupCheck.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y)
+            else
+            begin
+              done := not Display.CurrentScreen^.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y);
+
+              // if screen wants to exit
+              if done then
+                DoQuit;
+            end;
           end;
         end;
-      }
       end;
       SDL_VIDEORESIZE:
       begin
@@ -561,7 +486,7 @@ begin
         // Note: do NOT call SDL_SetVideoMode on Windows and MacOSX here.
         // This would create a new OpenGL render-context and all texture data
         // would be invalidated.
-        // On Linux the mode MUST be resetted, otherwise graphics will be corrupted.
+        // On Linux the mode MUST be reset, otherwise graphics will be corrupted.
         {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
         if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then
           SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN)
@@ -571,64 +496,72 @@ begin
       end;
       SDL_KEYDOWN:
         begin
+          // translate CTRL-A (ASCII 1) - CTRL-Z (ASCII 26) to correct charcodes.
+          // keysyms (SDLK_A, ...) could be used instead but they ignore the
+          // current key mapping (if 'a' is pressed on a French keyboard the
+          // .unicode field will be 'a' and .sym SDLK_Q).
+          // IMPORTANT: if CTRL is pressed with a key different than 'A'-'Z' SDL
+          // will set .unicode to 0. There is no possibility to obtain a
+          // translated charcode. Use keysyms instead.
+          //if (Event.key.keysym.unicode in [1 .. 26]) then
+          //  Event.key.keysym.unicode := Ord('A') + Event.key.keysym.unicode - 1;
+
           // remap the "keypad enter" key to the "standard enter" key
           if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_KP_ENTER) then
             Event.key.keysym.sym := SDLK_RETURN;
 
-          if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_F11) or
-             ((Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_RETURN) and
-              ((Event.key.keysym.modifier and KMOD_ALT) <> 0)) then // toggle full screen
-          begin
-            Ini.FullScreen := integer( not boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) );
-
-            // FIXME: SDL_SetVideoMode creates a new OpenGL RC so we have to
-            // reload all texture data (-> whitescreen bug).
-            // Only Linux (and FreeBSD) is able to handle screen-switching this way.
-            {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
-            if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then
+          if not Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then
+          begin //drop input when changing screens
+            { to-do : F11 was used for fullscreen toggle, too here
+                      but we also use the key in screenname and some other
+                      screens. It is droped although fullscreen toggle doesn't
+                      even work on windows.
+                      should we add (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_F11) here
+                      anyway? }
+            if ((Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_RETURN) and
+               ((Event.key.keysym.modifier and KMOD_ALT) <> 0)) then // toggle full screen
             begin
-              SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN);
-              SDL_ShowCursor(0);
-            end
-            else
-            begin
-              SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
-              SDL_ShowCursor(1);
-            end;
+              Ini.FullScreen := integer( not boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) );
 
-            glViewPort(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH);
-            {$IFEND}
-          end
-          // if print is pressed -> make screenshot and save to screenshot path
-          else if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_SYSREQ) or (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_PRINT) then
-            Display.SaveScreenShot
-          // if there is a visible popup then let it handle input instead of underlying screen
-          // shoud be done in a way to be sure the topmost popup has preference (maybe error, then check)
-          else if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then
-            done := not ScreenPopupError.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), true)
-          else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then
-            done := not ScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), true)
-          else
-          begin
-            // check if screen wants to exit
-            done := not Display.CurrentScreen^.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), true);
-
-            // if screen wants to exit
-            if done then
-            begin
-              // if question option is enabled then show exit popup
-              if (Ini.AskbeforeDel = 1) then
+              // FIXME: SDL_SetVideoMode creates a new OpenGL RC so we have to
+              // reload all texture data (-> whitescreen bug).
+              // Only Linux and FreeBSD are able to handle screen-switching this way.
+              {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+              if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then
               begin
-                Display.CurrentScreen^.CheckFadeTo(nil,'MSG_QUIT_USDX');
+                SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN);
               end
-              else // if ask-for-exit is disabled then simply exit
+              else
               begin
-                Display.Fade := 0;
-                Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
-                Display.CheckOK := true;
+                SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
               end;
-            end;
 
+              Display.SetCursor;
+
+              glViewPort(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH);
+              {$IFEND}
+            end
+            // if print is pressed -> make screenshot and save to screenshot path
+            else if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_SYSREQ) or (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_PRINT) then
+              Display.SaveScreenShot
+            // if there is a visible popup then let it handle input instead of underlying screen
+            // shoud be done in a way to be sure the topmost popup has preference (maybe error, then check)
+            else if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then
+              Done := not ScreenPopupError.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true)
+            else if (ScreenPopupInfo <> nil) and (ScreenPopupInfo.Visible) then
+              Done := not ScreenPopupInfo.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true)
+            else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then
+              Done := not ScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true)
+            else
+            begin
+              // check if screen wants to exit
+              Done := not Display.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true);
+
+              // if screen wants to exit
+              if Done then
+                DoQuit;
+
+            end;
           end;
         end;
       SDL_JOYAXISMOTION:
@@ -662,574 +595,4 @@ begin
   SDL_PushEvent(@Event);
 end;
 
-function GetTimeForBeats(BPM, Beats: real): real;
-begin
-  Result := 60 / BPM * Beats;
-end;
-
-function GetBeats(BPM, msTime: real): real;
-begin
-  Result := BPM * msTime / 60;
-end;
-
-procedure GetMidBeatSub(BPMNum: integer; var Time: real; var CurBeat: real);
-var
-  NewTime:  real;
-begin
-  if High(CurrentSong.BPM) = BPMNum then
-  begin
-    // last BPM
-    CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
-    Time := 0;
-  end
-  else
-  begin
-    // not last BPM
-    // count how much time is it for start of the new BPM and store it in NewTime
-    NewTime := GetTimeForBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat);
-
-    // compare it to remaining time
-    if (Time - NewTime) > 0 then
-    begin
-      // there is still remaining time
-      CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat;
-      Time := Time - NewTime;
-    end
-    else
-    begin
-      // there is no remaining time
-      CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
-      Time := 0;
-    end; // if
-  end; // if
-end;
-
-function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
-var
-  CurBeat:  real;
-  CurBPM:   integer;
-begin
-  // static BPM
-  if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
-  begin
-    Result := Time * CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 60;
-  end
-  // variable BPM
-  else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
-  begin
-    CurBeat := 0;
-    CurBPM := 0;
-    while (Time > 0) do
-    begin
-      GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
-      Inc(CurBPM);
-    end;
-
-    Result := CurBeat;
-  end
-  // invalid BPM
-  else
-  begin
-    Result := 0;
-  end;
-end;
-
-function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
-var
-  CurBPM:   integer;
-begin
-  // static BPM
-  if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
-  begin
-    Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000 + Beat * 60 / CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM;
-  end
-  // variable BPM
-  else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
-  begin
-    Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000;
-    CurBPM := 0;
-    while (CurBPM <= High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
-          (Beat > CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat) do
-    begin
-      if (CurBPM < High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
-         (Beat >= CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
-      begin
-        // full range
-        Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
-                           (CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
-      end;
-
-      if (CurBPM = High(CurrentSong.BPM)) or
-         (Beat < CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
-      begin
-        // in the middle
-        Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
-                           (Beat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
-      end;
-      Inc(CurBPM);
-    end;
-
-    {
-    while (Time > 0) do
-    begin
-      GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
-      Inc(CurBPM);
-    end;
-    }
-  end
-  // invalid BPM
-  else
-  begin
-    Result := 0;
-  end;
-end;
-
-procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
-var
-  Count:    integer;
-  CountGr:  integer;
-  CP:       integer;
-  N:        integer;
-begin
-  LyricsState.UpdateBeats();
-
-  // sentences routines
-  for CountGr := 0 to 0 do //High(Lines)
-  begin;
-    CP := CountGr;
-    // old parts
-    LyricsState.OldLine := Lines[CP].Current;
-
-    // choose current parts
-    for Count := 0 to Lines[CP].High do
-    begin
-      if LyricsState.CurrentBeat >= Lines[CP].Line[Count].Start then
-        Lines[CP].Current := Count;
-    end;
-
-    // clean player note if there is a new line 
-    // (optimization on halfbeat time)
-    if Lines[CP].Current <> LyricsState.OldLine then
-      NewSentence(Screen);
-
-  end; // for CountGr
-
-  // make some operations on clicks
-  if {(LyricsState.CurrentBeatC >= 0) and }(LyricsState.OldBeatC <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
-    NewBeatClick(Screen);
-
-  // make some operations when detecting new voice pitch
-  if (LyricsState.CurrentBeatD >= 0) and (LyricsState.OldBeatD <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
-    NewBeatDetect(Screen);
-end;
-
-procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
-var
-  i: integer;
-begin
-  // clean note of player
-  for i := 0 to High(Player) do
-  begin
-    Player[i].LengthNote := 0;
-    Player[i].HighNote := -1;
-    SetLength(Player[i].Note, 0);
-  end;
-
-  // on sentence change...
-  Screen.onSentenceChange(Lines[0].Current);
-end;
-
-procedure NewBeatClick;
-var
-  Count:    integer;
-begin
-  // beat click
-  if ((Ini.BeatClick = 1) and
-      ((LyricsState.CurrentBeatC + Lines[0].Resolution + Lines[0].NotesGAP) mod Lines[0].Resolution = 0)) then
-  begin
-    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
-  end;
-
-  for Count := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
-  begin
-    if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Count].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
-    begin
-      // click assist
-      if Ini.ClickAssist = 1 then
-        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
-
-      // drum machine
-      (*
-      TempBeat := LyricsState.CurrentBeat;// + 2;
-      if (TempBeat mod 8 = 0) then Music.PlayDrum;
-      if (TempBeat mod 8 = 4) then Music.PlayClap;
-      //if (TempBeat mod 4 = 2) then Music.PlayHihat;
-      if (TempBeat mod 4 <> 0) then Music.PlayHihat;
-      *)
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing);
-begin
-  NewNote(Screen);
-end;
-
-procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing);
-var
-  LineFragmentIndex: integer;
-  CurrentLineFragment: PLineFragment;
-  PlayerIndex: integer;
-  CurrentSound: TCaptureBuffer;
-  CurrentPlayer: PPlayer;
-  LastPlayerNote: PPlayerNote;
-  Line: PLine;
-  SentenceIndex: integer;
-  SentenceMin: integer;
-  SentenceMax: integer;
-  SentenceDetected: integer; // sentence of detected note
-  NoteAvailable: boolean;
-  NewNote: boolean;
-  Range: integer;
-  NoteHit: boolean;
-  MaxSongPoints: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)
-  MaxLinePoints: real;    // max. points for the current line
-begin
-  // TODO: add duet mode support
-  // use Lines[LineSetIndex] with LineSetIndex depending on the current player
-
-  // count min and max sentence range for checking (detection is delayed to the notes we see on the screen)
-  SentenceMin := Lines[0].Current-1;
-  if (SentenceMin < 0) then
-    SentenceMin := 0;
-  SentenceMax := Lines[0].Current;
-
-  // check for an active note at the current time defined in the lyrics
-  NoteAvailable := false;
-  SentenceDetected := SentenceMin;
-  for SentenceIndex := SentenceMin to SentenceMax do
-  begin
-    Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];
-    for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
-    begin
-      CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
-      // check if line is active
-      if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) and
-          (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length-1 >= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) and
-         (CurrentLineFragment.NoteType <> ntFreestyle) and // but ignore FreeStyle notes
-         (CurrentLineFragment.Length > 0) then // and make sure the note lengths is at least 1
-      begin
-        SentenceDetected := SentenceIndex;
-        NoteAvailable := true;
-        Break;
-      end;
-    end;
-    // TODO: break here, if NoteAvailable is true? We would then use the first instead
-    // of the last note matching the current beat if notes overlap. But notes
-    // should not overlap at all.
-    //if (NoteAvailable) then
-    //  Break;
-  end;
-
-  // analyze player signals
-  for PlayerIndex := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
-  begin
-    CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];
-    CurrentSound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[PlayerIndex];
-
-    // At the beginning of the song there is no previous note
-    if (Length(CurrentPlayer.Note) > 0) then
-      LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote]
-    else
-      LastPlayerNote := nil;
-
-    // analyze buffer
-    CurrentSound.AnalyzeBuffer;
-
-    // add some noise
-    // TODO: do we need this?
-    //LyricsState.Tone := LyricsState.Tone + Round(Random(3)) - 1;
-
-    // add note if possible
-    if (CurrentSound.ToneValid and NoteAvailable) then
-    begin
-      Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected];
-      
-      // process until last note
-      for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
-      begin
-        CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
-        if (CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) and
-           (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length > LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) then
-        begin
-          // compare notes (from song-file and from player)
-
-          // move players tone to proper octave
-          while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone > 6) do
-            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone - 12;
-
-          while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone < -6) do
-            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone + 12;
-
-          // half size notes patch
-          NoteHit := false;
-
-          //if Ini.Difficulty = 0 then Range := 2;
-          //if Ini.Difficulty = 1 then Range := 1;
-          //if Ini.Difficulty = 2 then Range := 0;
-          Range := 2 - Ini.Difficulty;
-
-          // check if the player hit the correct tone within the tolerated range
-          if (Abs(CurrentLineFragment.Tone - CurrentSound.Tone) <= Range) then
-          begin
-            // adjust the players tone to the correct one
-            // TODO: do we need to do this?
-            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentLineFragment.Tone;
-
-            // half size notes patch
-            NoteHit := true;
-
-            if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then
-              MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS
-            else
-              MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE;
-
-            // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song
-            MaxLinePoints := MaxSongPoints / Lines[0].ScoreValue;
-
-            // FIXME: is this correct? Why do we add the points for a whole line
-            // if just one note is correct?
-            case CurrentLineFragment.NoteType of
-              ntNormal:  CurrentPlayer.Score := CurrentPlayer.Score + MaxLinePoints;
-              ntGolden:  CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden := CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden + MaxLinePoints;
-            end;
-
-            CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.Score / 10) * 10;
-            CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10;
-
-            CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +
-                                           CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt +
-                                           CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;
-          end;
-
-        end; // operation
-      end; // for
-
-      // check if we have to add a new note or extend the note's length
-      if (SentenceDetected = SentenceMax) then
-      begin
-        // we will add a new note
-        NewNote := true;
-
-        // if previous note (if any) was the same, extend prrevious note
-        if ((CurrentPlayer.LengthNote > 0) and
-            (LastPlayerNote <> nil) and
-            (LastPlayerNote.Tone = CurrentSound.Tone) and
-            ((LastPlayerNote.Start + LastPlayerNote.Length) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) then
-        begin
-          NewNote := false;
-        end;
-
-        // if is not as new note to control
-        for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
-        begin
-          if (Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
-            NewNote := true;
-        end;
-
-        // add new note
-        if NewNote then
-        begin
-          // new note
-          Inc(CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
-          Inc(CurrentPlayer.HighNote);
-          SetLength(CurrentPlayer.Note, CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
-
-          // update player's last note
-          LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote];
-          with LastPlayerNote^ do
-          begin
-            Start  := LyricsState.CurrentBeatD;
-            Length := 1;
-            Tone   := CurrentSound.Tone; // Tone || ToneAbs
-            Detect := LyricsState.MidBeat;
-            Hit    := NoteHit; // half note patch
-          end;
-        end
-        else
-        begin
-          // extend note length
-          if (LastPlayerNote <> nil) then
-            Inc(LastPlayerNote.Length);
-        end;
-
-        // check for perfect note and then lit the star (on Draw)
-        for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
-        begin
-          CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
-          if (CurrentLineFragment.Start = LastPlayerNote.Start) and
-             (CurrentLineFragment.Length = LastPlayerNote.Length) and
-             (CurrentLineFragment.Tone = LastPlayerNote.Tone) then
-          begin
-            LastPlayerNote.Perfect := true;
-          end;
-        end;
-      end; // if SentenceDetected = SentenceMax
-
-    end; // if Detected
-  end; // for PlayerIndex
-
-  //Log.LogStatus('EndBeat', 'NewBeat');
-
-  // on sentence end -> for LineBonus and display of SingBar (rating pop-up)
-  if (SentenceDetected >= Low(Lines[0].Line)) and
-     (SentenceDetected <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then
-  begin
-    Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected];
-    CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[Line.HighNote];
-    if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length - 1) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
-    begin
-      if assigned(Screen) then
-        Screen.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceDetected);
-    end;
-  end;
-
-end;
-
-procedure ClearScores(PlayerNum: integer);
-begin
-  with Player[PlayerNum] do
-  begin
-    Score         := 0;
-    ScoreLine     := 0;
-    ScoreGolden   := 0;
-
-    ScoreInt      := 0;
-    ScoreLineInt  := 0;
-    ScoreGoldenInt:= 0;
-    ScoreTotalInt := 0;
-
-    ScoreLast     := 0;
-
-    LastSentencePerfect := false;
-  end;
-end;
-
-procedure AddSpecialPath(var PathList: TStringList; const Path: string);
-var
-  I: integer;
-  PathAbs, OldPathAbs: string;
-begin
-  if (PathList = nil) then
-    PathList := TStringList.Create;
-
-  if (Path = '') or not ForceDirectories(Path) then
-    Exit;
-
-  PathAbs := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExpandFileName(Path));
-
-  // check if path or a part of the path was already added
-  for I := 0 to PathList.Count-1 do
-  begin
-    OldPathAbs := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExpandFileName(PathList[I]));
-    // check if the new directory is a sub-directory of a previously added one.
-    // This is also true, if both paths point to the same directories.
-    if (AnsiStartsText(OldPathAbs, PathAbs)) then
-    begin
-      // ignore the new path
-      Exit;
-    end;
-
-    // check if a previously added directory is a sub-directory of the new one.
-    if (AnsiStartsText(PathAbs, OldPathAbs)) then
-    begin
-      // replace the old with the new one.
-      PathList[I] := PathAbs;
-      Exit;
-    end;
-  end;
-
-  PathList.Add(PathAbs);
-end;
-
-procedure AddSongPath(const Path: string);
-begin
-  AddSpecialPath(SongPaths, Path);
-end;
-
-procedure AddCoverPath(const Path: string);
-begin
-  AddSpecialPath(CoverPaths, Path);
-end;
-
-(**
- * Initialize a path variable
- * After setting paths, make sure that paths exist
- *)
-function FindPath(out PathResult: string; const RequestedPath: string; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
-begin
-  Result := false;
-
-  if (RequestedPath = '') then
-    Exit;
-
-  // Make sure the directory exists
-  if (not ForceDirectories(RequestedPath)) then
-  begin
-    PathResult := '';
-    Exit;
-  end;
-
-  PathResult := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(RequestedPath);
-
-  if (NeedsWritePermission) and
-     (FileIsReadOnly(RequestedPath)) then
-  begin
-    Exit;
-  end;
-
-  Result := true;
-end;
-
-(**
- * Function sets all absolute paths e.g. song path and makes sure the directorys exist
- *)
-procedure InitializePaths;
-begin
-  // Log directory (must be writable)
-  if (not FindPath(LogPath, Platform.GetLogPath, true)) then
-  begin
-    Log.FileOutputEnabled := false;
-    Log.LogWarn('Log directory "'+ Platform.GetLogPath +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
-  end;
-
-  FindPath(SoundPath,        Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'sounds', false);
-  FindPath(ThemePath,        Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'themes', false);
-  FindPath(SkinsPath,        Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'themes', false);
-  FindPath(LanguagesPath,    Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'languages', false);
-  FindPath(PluginPath,       Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'plugins', false);
-  FindPath(VisualsPath,      Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'visuals', false);
-  FindPath(FontPath,         Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'fonts', false);
-  FindPath(ResourcesPath,    Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'resources', false);
-  FindPath(ScriptPath,       Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'scripts', false);
-
-  // Playlists are not shared as we need one directory to write too
-  FindPath(PlaylistPath, Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'playlists', true);
-  
-  // Screenshot directory (must be writable)
-  if (not FindPath(ScreenshotsPath,  Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'screenshots', true)) then
-  begin
-    Log.LogWarn('Screenshot directory "'+ Platform.GetGameUserPath +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
-  end;
-
-  // Add song paths
-  AddSongPath(Params.SongPath);
-  AddSongPath(Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'songs');
-  AddSongPath(Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'songs');
-
-  // Add category cover paths
-  AddCoverPath(Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'covers');
-  AddCoverPath(Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'covers');
-end;
-
 end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UModules.pas b/Lua/src/base/UModules.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 97494180..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/UModules.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL$
- * $Id$
- *}
-
-unit UModules;
-
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-
-{*********************
-  UModules
-  Unit Contains all used Modules in its uses clausel
-  and a const with an array of all Modules to load
-*********************}
-
-uses
-  UCoreModule,
-  UPluginLoader;
-
-const
-  CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD: Array[0..2] of cCoreModule = (
-    TPluginLoader,      //First because it has to look if there are Module replacements (Feature o/t Future)
-    TCoreModule,        //Remove this later, just a dummy
-    TtehPlugins         //Represents the Plugins. Last because they may use CoreModules Services etc.
-  );
-
-implementation
-
-end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas b/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas
index 792d5e3f..5d816c9a 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas
@@ -34,12 +34,24 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
   UTime,
-  Classes;
+  UBeatTimer,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   TNoteType = (ntFreestyle, ntNormal, ntGolden);
 
+const
+  // ScoreFactor defines how a notehit of a specified notetype is
+  // measured in comparison to the other types
+  // 0 means this notetype is not rated at all
+  // 2 means a hit of this notetype will be rated w/ twice as much
+  // points as a hit of a notetype w/ ScoreFactor 1
+  ScoreFactor:         array[TNoteType] of integer = (0, 1, 2);
+
+type
   (**
    * TLineFragment represents a fragment of a lyrics line.
    * This is a text-fragment (e.g. a syllable) assigned to a note pitch,
@@ -51,7 +63,7 @@ type
     Start:      integer;    // beat the fragment starts at
     Length:     integer;    // length in beats
     Tone:       integer;    // full range tone
-    Text:       string;     // text assigned to this fragment (a syllable, word, etc.)
+    Text:       UTF8String; // text assigned to this fragment (a syllable, word, etc.)
     NoteType:   TNoteType;  // note-type: golden-note/freestyle etc.
   end;
 
@@ -62,8 +74,8 @@ type
   PLine = ^TLine;
   TLine = record
     Start:      integer; // the start beat of this line (<> start beat of the first note of this line)
-    Lyric:      string;
-    LyricWidth: real;    // @deprecated: width of the line in pixels.
+    Lyric:      UTF8String;
+    //LyricWidth: real;    // @deprecated: width of the line in pixels.
                          // Do not use this as the width is not correct.
                          // Use TLyricsEngine.GetUpperLine().Width instead. 
     End_:       integer;
@@ -81,7 +93,7 @@ type
    *)
   TLines = record
     Current:    integer;  // for drawing of current line
-    High:       integer;  // (= High(Line)?)
+    High:       integer;  // = High(Line)!
     Number:     integer;
     Resolution: integer;
     NotesGAP:   integer;
@@ -89,51 +101,6 @@ type
     Line:       array of TLine;
   end;
 
-  (**
-   * TLyricsState contains all information concerning the
-   * state of the lyrics, e.g. the current beat or duration of the lyrics.
-   *)
-  TLyricsState = class
-    private
-      Timer:        TRelativeTimer; // keeps track of the current time
-    public
-      OldBeat:      integer;    // previous discovered beat
-      CurrentBeat:  integer;    // current beat (rounded)
-      MidBeat:      real;       // current beat (float)
-
-      // now we use this for super synchronization!
-      // only used when analyzing voice
-      // TODO: change ...D to ...Detect(ed)
-      OldBeatD:     integer;    // previous discovered beat
-      CurrentBeatD: integer;    // current discovered beat (rounded)
-      MidBeatD:     real;       // current discovered beat (float)
-
-      // we use this for audible clicks
-      // TODO: Change ...C to ...Click
-      OldBeatC:     integer;    // previous discovered beat
-      CurrentBeatC: integer;
-      MidBeatC:     real;       // like CurrentBeatC
-
-      OldLine:      integer;    // previous displayed sentence
-
-      StartTime:    real;       // time till start of lyrics (= Gap)
-      TotalTime:    real;       // total song time
-
-      constructor Create();
-      procedure Pause();
-      procedure Resume();
-
-      procedure Reset();
-      procedure UpdateBeats();
-
-      (**
-       * current song time (in seconds) used as base-timer for lyrics etc.
-       *)
-      function GetCurrentTime(): real;
-      procedure SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
-  end;
-
-
 const
   FFTSize = 512; // size of FFT data (output: FFTSize/2 values)
 type
@@ -212,12 +179,12 @@ type
   TSoundEffect = class
     public
       EngineData: Pointer; // can be used for engine-specific data
-      procedure Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
+      procedure Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
   end;
 
   TVoiceRemoval = class(TSoundEffect)
     public
-      procedure Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer); override;
+      procedure Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer); override;
   end;
 
 type
@@ -262,7 +229,7 @@ type
       function IsEOF(): boolean;            virtual; abstract;
       function IsError(): boolean;          virtual; abstract;
     public
-      function ReadData(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
 
       property EOF: boolean read IsEOF;
       property Error: boolean read IsError;
@@ -292,7 +259,7 @@ type
       function GetVolume(): single;         virtual; abstract;
       procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);  virtual; abstract;
       function Synchronize(BufferSize: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): integer;
-      procedure FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PChar; FrameSize: integer);
+      procedure FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PByteArray; FrameSize: integer);
    public
       (**
        * Opens a SourceStream for playback.
@@ -335,7 +302,7 @@ type
       function Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; virtual;
       procedure Close(); override;
 
-      procedure WriteData(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
+      procedure WriteData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
       function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override;
 
       function GetLength(): real;           override;
@@ -349,7 +316,7 @@ type
   // soundcard output-devices information
   TAudioOutputDevice = class
     public
-      Name: string; // soundcard name
+      Name: UTF8String; // soundcard name
   end;
   TAudioOutputDeviceList = array of TAudioOutputDevice;
 
@@ -358,7 +325,7 @@ type
   ['{63A5EBC3-3F4D-4F23-8DFB-B5165FCE33DD}']
       function GetName: String;
 
-      function Open(const Filename: string): boolean; // true if succeed
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): boolean; // true if succeed
       procedure Close;
 
       procedure Play;
@@ -410,7 +377,7 @@ type
       // nil-pointers is not neccessary anymore.
       // PlaySound/StopSound will be removed then, OpenSound will be renamed to
       // CreateSound.
-      function OpenSound(const Filename: String): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      function OpenSound(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
       procedure PlaySound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
       procedure StopSound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
 
@@ -425,7 +392,7 @@ type
 
   IGenericDecoder = Interface
   ['{557B0E9A-604D-47E4-B826-13769F3E10B7}']
-      function GetName(): String;
+      function GetName(): string;
       function InitializeDecoder(): boolean;
       function FinalizeDecoder(): boolean;
       //function IsSupported(const Filename: string): boolean;
@@ -434,13 +401,13 @@ type
   (*
   IVideoDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder )
   ['{2F184B2B-FE69-44D5-9031-0A2462391DCA}']
-      function Open(const Filename: string): TVideoDecodeStream;
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): TVideoDecodeStream;
   end;
   *)
 
   IAudioDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder )
   ['{AB47B1B6-2AA9-4410-BF8C-EC79561B5478}']
-      function Open(const Filename: string): TAudioDecodeStream;
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
   end;
 
   IAudioInput = Interface
@@ -468,7 +435,7 @@ type
        * input-buffer bytes used.
        * Returns the number of bytes written to the output-buffer or -1 if an error occured.
        *)
-      function Convert(InputBuffer: PChar; OutputBuffer: PChar; var InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+      function Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
 
       (**
        * Destination/Source size ratio
@@ -490,7 +457,7 @@ const
   SOUNDID_CLICK    = 5;
   LAST_SOUNDID = SOUNDID_CLICK;
 
-  BaseSoundFilenames: array[0..LAST_SOUNDID] of string = (
+  BaseSoundFilenames: array[0..LAST_SOUNDID] of IPath = (
     '%SOUNDPATH%/Common start.mp3',                 // Start
     '%SOUNDPATH%/Common back.mp3',                  // Back
     '%SOUNDPATH%/menu swoosh.mp3',                  // Swoosh
@@ -531,7 +498,7 @@ type
       procedure StartBgMusic();
       procedure PauseBgMusic();
       // TODO
-      //function AddSound(Filename: string): integer;
+      //function AddSound(Filename: IPath): integer;
       //procedure RemoveSound(ID: integer);
       //function GetSound(ID: integer): TAudioPlaybackStream;
       //property Sound[ID: integer]: TAudioPlaybackStream read GetSound; default;
@@ -561,13 +528,13 @@ procedure DumpMediaInterfaces();
 implementation
 
 uses
-  sysutils,
   math,
   UIni,
-  UMain,
+  UNote,
   UCommandLine,
   URecord,
-  ULog;
+  ULog,
+  UPathUtils;
 
 var
   DefaultVideoPlayback : IVideoPlayback;
@@ -688,7 +655,7 @@ begin
   FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
   begin
-    CurrentAudioDecoder := IAudioDecoder(InterfaceList[i]);
+    CurrentAudioDecoder := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioDecoder;
     if (not CurrentAudioDecoder.InitializeDecoder()) then
     begin
       Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioDecoder.GetName);
@@ -705,7 +672,7 @@ begin
   FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
   begin
-    CurrentAudioPlayback := IAudioPlayback(InterfaceList[i]);
+    CurrentAudioPlayback := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioPlayback;
     if (CurrentAudioPlayback.InitializePlayback()) then
     begin
       DefaultAudioPlayback := CurrentAudioPlayback;
@@ -720,7 +687,7 @@ begin
   FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
   begin
-    CurrentAudioInput := IAudioInput(InterfaceList[i]);
+    CurrentAudioInput := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioInput;
     if (CurrentAudioInput.InitializeRecord()) then
     begin
       DefaultAudioInput := CurrentAudioInput;
@@ -753,7 +720,7 @@ begin
   FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
   begin
-    VideoInterface := IVideoPlayback(InterfaceList[i]);
+    VideoInterface := InterfaceList[i] as IVideoPlayback;
     if (VideoInterface.Init()) then
     begin
       DefaultVideoPlayback := VideoInterface;
@@ -768,7 +735,7 @@ begin
   FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
   begin
-    VisualInterface := IVideoVisualization(InterfaceList[i]);
+    VisualInterface := InterfaceList[i] as IVideoVisualization;
     if (VisualInterface.Init()) then
     begin
       DefaultVisualization := VisualInterface;
@@ -782,7 +749,7 @@ begin
 
   // now that we have all interfaces, we can dump them
   // TODO: move this to another place
-  if FindCmdLineSwitch( cMediaInterfaces ) then
+  if FindCmdLineSwitch(cMediaInterfaces) then
   begin
     DumpMediaInterfaces();
     halt;
@@ -806,27 +773,27 @@ begin
   // finalize audio playback interfaces (should be done before the decoders)
   FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
-    IAudioPlayback(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizePlayback();
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioPlayback).FinalizePlayback();
 
   // finalize audio input interfaces
   FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
-    IAudioInput(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizeRecord();
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioInput).FinalizeRecord();
 
   // finalize audio decoder interfaces
   FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
-    IAudioDecoder(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizeDecoder();
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioDecoder).FinalizeDecoder();
 
   // finalize video interfaces
   FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
-    IVideoPlayback(InterfaceList[i]).Finalize();
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IVideoPlayback).Finalize();
 
   // finalize audio decoder interfaces
   FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
   for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
-    IVideoVisualization(InterfaceList[i]).Finalize();
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IVideoVisualization).Finalize();
 
   InterfaceList.Free;
 
@@ -889,14 +856,14 @@ procedure TSoundLibrary.LoadSounds();
 begin
   UnloadSounds();
 
-  Start   := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Common start.mp3');
-  Back    := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Common back.mp3');
-  Swoosh  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'menu swoosh.mp3');
-  Change  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'select music change music 50.mp3');
-  Option  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'option change col.mp3');
-  Click   := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'rimshot022b.mp3');
+  Start   := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Common start.mp3'));
+  Back    := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Common back.mp3'));
+  Swoosh  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('menu swoosh.mp3'));
+  Change  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('select music change music 50.mp3'));
+  Option  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('option change col.mp3'));
+  Click   := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('rimshot022b.mp3'));
 
-  BGMusic := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Bebeto_-_Loop010.mp3');
+  BGMusic := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Bebeto_-_Loop010.mp3'));
 
   if (BGMusic <> nil) then
     BGMusic.Loop := True;
@@ -942,7 +909,7 @@ end;
 
 { TVoiceRemoval }
 
-procedure TVoiceRemoval.Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer);
+procedure TVoiceRemoval.Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer);
 var
   FrameIndex, FrameSize: integer;
   Value: integer;
@@ -967,92 +934,6 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-
-{ TVoiceRemoval }
-
-constructor TLyricsState.Create();
-begin
-  // create a triggered timer, so we can Pause() it, set the time
-  // and Resume() it afterwards for better synching.
-  Timer := TRelativeTimer.Create(true);
-
-  // reset state
-  Reset();
-end;
-
-procedure TLyricsState.Pause();
-begin
-  Timer.Pause();
-end;
-
-procedure TLyricsState.Resume();
-begin
-  Timer.Resume();
-end;
-
-procedure TLyricsState.SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
-begin
-  // do not start the timer (if not started already),
-  // after setting the current time
-  Timer.SetTime(Time, false);
-end;
-
-function TLyricsState.GetCurrentTime(): real;
-begin
-  Result := Timer.GetTime();
-end;
-
-(**
- * Resets the timer and state of the lyrics.
- * The timer will be stopped afterwards so you have to call Resume()
- * to start the lyrics timer. 
- *)
-procedure TLyricsState.Reset();
-begin
-  Pause();
-  SetCurrentTime(0);
-
-  StartTime := 0;
-  TotalTime := 0;
-
-  OldBeat      := -1;
-  MidBeat      := -1;
-  CurrentBeat  := -1;
-
-  OldBeatC     := -1;
-  MidBeatC     := -1;
-  CurrentBeatC := -1;
-
-  OldBeatD     := -1;
-  MidBeatD     := -1;
-  CurrentBeatD := -1;
-end;
-
-(**
- * Updates the beat information (CurrentBeat/MidBeat/...) according to the
- * current lyric time.
- *)
-procedure TLyricsState.UpdateBeats();
-var
-  CurLyricsTime: real;
-begin
-  CurLyricsTime := GetCurrentTime();
-
-  OldBeat := CurrentBeat;
-  MidBeat := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
-  CurrentBeat := Floor(MidBeat);
-
-  OldBeatC := CurrentBeatC;
-  MidBeatC := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
-  CurrentBeatC := Floor(MidBeatC);
-
-  OldBeatD := CurrentBeatD;
-  // MidBeatD = MidBeat with additional GAP
-  MidBeatD := -0.5 + GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - (StartTime + 120 + 20) / 1000);
-  CurrentBeatD := Floor(MidBeatD);
-end;
-
-
 { TAudioConverter }
 
 function TAudioConverter.Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
@@ -1180,7 +1061,7 @@ end;
 (*
  * Fills a buffer with copies of the given frame or with 0 if frame.
  *)
-procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PChar; FrameSize: integer);
+procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PByteArray; FrameSize: integer);
 var
   i: integer;
   FrameCopyCount: integer;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UNote.pas b/Lua/src/base/UNote.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e5b709a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UNote.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UNote;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  SDL,
+  UMusic,
+  URecord,
+  UTime,
+  UDisplay,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  ULyrics,
+  UScreenSing,
+  USong,
+  gl;
+
+type
+  PPLayerNote = ^TPlayerNote;
+  TPlayerNote = record
+    Start:   integer;
+    Length:  integer;
+    Detect:  real;    // accurate place, detected in the note
+    Tone:    real;
+    Perfect: boolean; // true if the note matches the original one, light the star
+    Hit:     boolean; // true if the note hits the line
+  end;
+
+  PPLayer = ^TPlayer;
+  TPlayer = record
+    Name:           UTF8String;
+
+    // Index in Teaminfo record
+    TeamID:         byte;
+    PlayerID:       byte;
+
+    // Scores
+    Score:          real;
+    ScoreLine:      real;
+    ScoreGolden:    real;
+
+    ScoreInt:       integer;
+    ScoreLineInt:   integer;
+    ScoreGoldenInt: integer;
+    ScoreTotalInt:  integer;
+
+    // LineBonus
+    ScoreLast:      real;    // Last Line Score
+
+    // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect)
+    LastSentencePerfect: boolean;
+
+    HighNote:       integer; // index of last note (= High(Note)?)
+    LengthNote:     integer; // number of notes (= Length(Note)?).
+    Note:           array of TPlayerNote;
+  end;
+
+var
+
+  // player and music info
+  Player:      array of TPlayer;
+  PlayersPlay: integer;
+
+  CurrentSong: TSong;
+
+const
+  MAX_SONG_SCORE = 10000;     // max. achievable points per song
+  MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS = 1000; // max. achievable line bonus per song
+
+procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
+procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
+procedure NewBeatClick(Screen: TScreenSing);  // executed when on then new beat for click
+procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for detection
+procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing);       // detect note
+function  GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
+function  GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  StrUtils,
+  USongs,
+  UJoystick,
+  UCommandLine,
+  ULanguage,
+  //SDL_ttf,
+  USkins,
+  UCovers,
+  UCatCovers,
+  UDataBase,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UDLLManager,
+  UParty,
+  UConfig,
+  UCommon,
+  UGraphic,
+  UGraphicClasses,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UPlatform,
+  UThemes;
+
+function GetTimeForBeats(BPM, Beats: real): real;
+begin
+  Result := 60 / BPM * Beats;
+end;
+
+function GetBeats(BPM, msTime: real): real;
+begin
+  Result := BPM * msTime / 60;
+end;
+
+procedure GetMidBeatSub(BPMNum: integer; var Time: real; var CurBeat: real);
+var
+  NewTime: real;
+begin
+  if High(CurrentSong.BPM) = BPMNum then
+  begin
+    // last BPM
+    CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
+    Time := 0;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // not last BPM
+    // count how much time is it for start of the new BPM and store it in NewTime
+    NewTime := GetTimeForBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat);
+
+    // compare it to remaining time
+    if (Time - NewTime) > 0 then
+    begin
+      // there is still remaining time
+      CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat;
+      Time := Time - NewTime;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // there is no remaining time
+      CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
+      Time := 0;
+    end; // if
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
+var
+  CurBeat: real;
+  CurBPM:  integer;
+begin
+  // static BPM
+  if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
+  begin
+    Result := Time * CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 60;
+  end
+  // variable BPM
+  else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
+  begin
+    CurBeat := 0;
+    CurBPM := 0;
+    while (Time > 0) do
+    begin
+      GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
+      Inc(CurBPM);
+    end;
+
+    Result := CurBeat;
+  end
+  // invalid BPM
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
+var
+  CurBPM: integer;
+begin
+  // static BPM
+  if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
+  begin
+    Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000 + Beat * 60 / CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM;
+  end
+  // variable BPM
+  else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
+  begin
+    Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000;
+    CurBPM := 0;
+    while (CurBPM <= High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
+          (Beat > CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat) do
+    begin
+      if (CurBPM < High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
+         (Beat >= CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
+      begin
+        // full range
+        Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
+                           (CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
+      end;
+
+      if (CurBPM = High(CurrentSong.BPM)) or
+         (Beat < CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
+      begin
+        // in the middle
+        Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
+                           (Beat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
+      end;
+      Inc(CurBPM);
+    end;
+
+    {
+    while (Time > 0) do
+    begin
+      GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
+      Inc(CurBPM);
+    end;
+    }
+  end
+  // invalid BPM
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+  Count:   integer;
+  CountGr: integer;
+  CP:      integer;
+begin
+  LyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+
+  // sentences routines
+  for CountGr := 0 to 0 do //High(Lines)
+  begin;
+    CP := CountGr;
+    // old parts
+    LyricsState.OldLine := Lines[CP].Current;
+
+    // choose current parts
+    for Count := 0 to Lines[CP].High do
+    begin
+      if LyricsState.CurrentBeat >= Lines[CP].Line[Count].Start then
+        Lines[CP].Current := Count;
+    end;
+
+    // clean player note if there is a new line
+    // (optimization on halfbeat time)
+    if Lines[CP].Current <> LyricsState.OldLine then
+      NewSentence(Screen);
+
+  end; // for CountGr
+
+  // make some operations on clicks
+  if {(LyricsState.CurrentBeatC >= 0) and }(LyricsState.OldBeatC <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
+    NewBeatClick(Screen);
+
+  // make some operations when detecting new voice pitch
+  if (LyricsState.CurrentBeatD >= 0) and (LyricsState.OldBeatD <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+    NewBeatDetect(Screen);
+end;
+
+procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  // clean note of player
+  for i := 0 to High(Player) do
+  begin
+    Player[i].LengthNote := 0;
+    Player[i].HighNote := -1;
+    SetLength(Player[i].Note, 0);
+  end;
+
+  // on sentence change...
+  Screen.onSentenceChange(Lines[0].Current);
+end;
+
+procedure NewBeatClick;
+var
+  Count: integer;
+begin
+  // beat click
+  if ((Ini.BeatClick = 1) and
+      ((LyricsState.CurrentBeatC + Lines[0].Resolution + Lines[0].NotesGAP) mod Lines[0].Resolution = 0)) then
+  begin
+    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
+  end;
+
+  for Count := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
+  begin
+    if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Count].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
+    begin
+      // click assist
+      if Ini.ClickAssist = 1 then
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
+
+      // drum machine
+      (*
+      TempBeat := LyricsState.CurrentBeat; // + 2;
+      if (TempBeat mod 8 = 0) then Music.PlayDrum;
+      if (TempBeat mod 8 = 4) then Music.PlayClap;
+      //if (TempBeat mod 4 = 2) then Music.PlayHihat;
+      if (TempBeat mod 4 <> 0) then Music.PlayHihat;
+      *)
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing);
+begin
+  NewNote(Screen);
+end;
+
+procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+  LineFragmentIndex:   integer;
+  CurrentLineFragment: PLineFragment;
+  PlayerIndex:         integer;
+  CurrentSound:        TCaptureBuffer;
+  CurrentPlayer:       PPlayer;
+  LastPlayerNote:      PPlayerNote;
+  Line: 	       PLine;
+  SentenceIndex:       integer;
+  SentenceMin:         integer;
+  SentenceMax:         integer;
+  SentenceDetected:    integer; // sentence of detected note
+  NoteAvailable:       boolean;
+  NewNote:             boolean;
+  Range:               integer;
+  NoteHit:             boolean;
+  MaxSongPoints:       integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)
+  CurNotePoints:       real;    // Points for the cur. Note (PointsperNote * ScoreFactor[CurNote])
+begin
+  // TODO: add duet mode support
+  // use Lines[LineSetIndex] with LineSetIndex depending on the current player
+
+  // count min and max sentence range for checking 
+  // (detection is delayed to the notes we see on the screen)
+  SentenceMin := Lines[0].Current-1;
+  if (SentenceMin < 0) then
+    SentenceMin := 0;
+  SentenceMax := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  // check for an active note at the current time defined in the lyrics
+  NoteAvailable := false;
+  SentenceDetected := SentenceMin;
+  for SentenceIndex := SentenceMin to SentenceMax do
+  begin
+    Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];
+    for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+    begin
+      CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+      // check if line is active
+      if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) and
+          (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length-1 >= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) and
+         (CurrentLineFragment.NoteType <> ntFreestyle) and       // but ignore FreeStyle notes
+         (CurrentLineFragment.Length > 0) then                   // and make sure the note length is at least 1
+      begin
+        SentenceDetected := SentenceIndex;
+        NoteAvailable := true;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+    // TODO: break here, if NoteAvailable is true? We would then use the first instead
+    // of the last note matching the current beat if notes overlap. But notes
+    // should not overlap at all.
+    // if (NoteAvailable) then
+    //  Break;
+  end;
+
+  // analyze player signals
+  for PlayerIndex := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+  begin
+    CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];
+    CurrentSound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[PlayerIndex];
+
+    // at the beginning of the song there is no previous note
+    if (Length(CurrentPlayer.Note) > 0) then
+      LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote]
+    else
+      LastPlayerNote := nil;
+
+    // analyze buffer
+    CurrentSound.AnalyzeBuffer;
+
+    // add some noise
+    // TODO: do we need this?
+    //LyricsState.Tone := LyricsState.Tone + Round(Random(3)) - 1;
+
+    // add note if possible
+    if (CurrentSound.ToneValid and NoteAvailable) then
+    begin
+      Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected];
+
+      // process until last note
+      for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+      begin
+        CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+        if (CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) and
+           (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length > LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) then
+        begin
+          // compare notes (from song-file and from player)
+
+          // move players tone to proper octave
+          while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone > 6) do
+            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone - 12;
+
+          while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone < -6) do
+            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone + 12;
+
+          // half size notes patch
+          NoteHit := false;
+
+          // if Ini.Difficulty = 0 then Range := 2;
+          // if Ini.Difficulty = 1 then Range := 1;
+          // if Ini.Difficulty = 2 then Range := 0;
+          Range := 2 - Ini.Difficulty;
+
+          // check if the player hit the correct tone within the tolerated range
+          if (Abs(CurrentLineFragment.Tone - CurrentSound.Tone) <= Range) then
+          begin
+            // adjust the players tone to the correct one
+            // TODO: do we need to do this?
+            // Philipp: I think we do, at least when we draw the notes.
+            //          Otherwise the notehit thing would be shifted to the
+            //          correct unhit note. I think this will look kind of strange.
+            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentLineFragment.Tone;
+
+            // half size notes patch
+            NoteHit := true;
+
+            if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then
+              MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS
+            else
+              MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE;
+
+            // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song
+            // (MaxSongPoints / ScoreValue) is the points that a player
+            // gets for a hit of one beat of a normal note
+            // CurNotePoints is the amount of points that is meassured
+            // for a hit of the note per full beat
+            CurNotePoints := (MaxSongPoints / Lines[0].ScoreValue) * ScoreFactor[CurrentLineFragment.NoteType];
+            
+            case CurrentLineFragment.NoteType of
+              ntNormal: CurrentPlayer.Score       := CurrentPlayer.Score       + CurNotePoints;
+              ntGolden: CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden := CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden + CurNotePoints;
+            end;
+
+            // a problem if we use floor instead of round is that a score of
+            // 10000 points is only possible if the last digit of the total points
+            // for golden and normal notes is 0.
+            // if we use round, the max score is 10000 for most songs
+            // but a score of 10010 is possible if the last digit of the total
+            // points for golden and normal notes is 5
+            // the best solution is to use round for one of these scores
+            // and round the other score in the opposite direction
+            // so we assure that the highest possible score is 10000 in every case.
+            CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt := round(CurrentPlayer.Score / 10) * 10;
+
+            if (CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt < CurrentPlayer.Score) then
+              //normal score is floored so we have to ceil golden notes score
+              CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := ceil(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10
+            else
+              //normal score is ceiled so we have to floor golden notes score
+              CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10;
+
+
+            CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +
+                                           CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt +
+                                           CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;
+          end;
+
+        end; // operation
+      end; // for
+
+      // check if we have to add a new note or extend the note's length
+      if (SentenceDetected = SentenceMax) then
+      begin
+        // we will add a new note
+        NewNote := true;
+
+        // if previous note (if any) was the same, extend previous note
+        if ((CurrentPlayer.LengthNote > 0) and
+            (LastPlayerNote <> nil) and
+            (LastPlayerNote.Tone = CurrentSound.Tone) and
+            ((LastPlayerNote.Start + LastPlayerNote.Length) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) then
+        begin
+          NewNote := false;
+        end;
+
+        // if is not as new note to control
+        for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+        begin
+          if (Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+            NewNote := true;
+        end;
+
+        // add new note
+        if NewNote then
+        begin
+          // new note
+          Inc(CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
+          Inc(CurrentPlayer.HighNote);
+          SetLength(CurrentPlayer.Note, CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
+
+          // update player's last note
+          LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote];
+          with LastPlayerNote^ do
+          begin
+            Start  := LyricsState.CurrentBeatD;
+            Length := 1;
+            Tone   := CurrentSound.Tone; // Tone || ToneAbs
+            Detect := LyricsState.MidBeat;
+            Hit    := NoteHit; // half note patch
+          end;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          // extend note length
+          if (LastPlayerNote <> nil) then
+            Inc(LastPlayerNote.Length);
+        end;
+
+        // check for perfect note and then light the star (on Draw)
+        for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+        begin
+          CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+          if (CurrentLineFragment.Start  = LastPlayerNote.Start) and
+             (CurrentLineFragment.Length = LastPlayerNote.Length) and
+             (CurrentLineFragment.Tone   = LastPlayerNote.Tone) then
+          begin
+            LastPlayerNote.Perfect := true;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end; // if SentenceDetected = SentenceMax
+
+    end; // if Detected
+  end; // for PlayerIndex
+
+  //Log.LogStatus('EndBeat', 'NewBeat');
+
+  // on sentence end -> for LineBonus and display of SingBar (rating pop-up)
+  if (SentenceDetected >= Low(Lines[0].Line)) and
+     (SentenceDetected <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then
+  begin
+    Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected];
+    CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[Line.HighNote];
+    if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length - 1) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+    begin
+      if assigned(Screen) then
+        Screen.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceDetected);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas b/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas
index c9f89efa..e4060e95 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ type
     function GetTeamRanking: AParty_TeamRanking;
 
     { returns a string like "Team 1 (and Team 2) win" }
-    function GetWinnerString(Round: Integer): String;
+    function GetWinnerString(Round: integer): UTF8String;
 
     destructor  Destroy;
   end;
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ uses
   ULuaCore,
   UDisplay,
   USong,
-  UMain,
+  UNote,
   SysUtils;
 
 //-------------
@@ -873,9 +873,9 @@ end;
   result is name of winners of specified round.
   if Round is -1 the result is name of winners of
   the whole party game}
-function TPartyGame.GetWinnerString(Round: Integer): String;
+function TPartyGame.GetWinnerString(Round: integer): UTF8String;
 var
-  Winners: array of String;
+  Winners: array of UTF8String;
   I: integer;
   Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
 begin
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ begin
       if (Ranking[I].Rank = PR_First) and (Ranking[I].Team >= 0) and (Ranking[I].Team <= High(Teams)) then
       begin
         SetLength(Winners, Length(Winners) + 1);
-        Winners[high(Winners)] := Teams[Ranking[I].Team].Name;
+        Winners[high(Winners)] := UTF8String(Teams[Ranking[I].Team].Name);
       end;
     end;
 
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPath.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPath.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03bd82eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UPath.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1413 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPath;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  IniFiles,
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  TntClasses,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UConfig,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+type
+  IPath = interface;
+
+  {**
+   * TUnicodeMemoryStream
+   *}
+  TUnicodeMemoryStream = class(TMemoryStream)
+  public
+    procedure LoadFromFile(const FileName: IPath);
+    procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: IPath);
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Unicode capable IniFile implementation.
+   * TMemIniFile and TIniFile are not able to handle INI-files with
+   * an UTF-8 BOM. This implementation checks if an UTF-8 BOM exists
+   * and removes it from the internal string-list.
+   * UTF8Encoded is set accordingly.
+   *}
+  TUnicodeMemIniFile = class(TMemIniFile)
+  private
+    FFilename: IPath;
+    FUTF8Encoded: boolean;
+  public
+    constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; UTF8Encoded: boolean = false); reintroduce;
+    procedure UpdateFile; override;
+    property UTF8Encoded: boolean READ FUTF8Encoded WRITE FUTF8Encoded;
+  end;
+  
+  {**
+   * TBinaryFileStream (inherited from THandleStream)
+   *}
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  TBinaryFileStream = class(TTntFileStream)
+  {$ELSE}
+  TBinaryFileStream = class(TFileStream)
+  {$ENDIF}
+  public
+    {**
+     * @seealso TFileStream.Create for valid Mode parameters
+     *}
+    constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; Mode: word);
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * TTextFileStream
+   *}
+  TTextFileStream = class(TStream)
+  protected
+    fLineBreak: RawByteString;
+    fFilename: IPath;
+    fMode: word;
+
+    function ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString; overload; virtual; abstract;
+  public
+    constructor Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);
+
+    function ReadString(): RawByteString; virtual; abstract;
+    function ReadLine(var Line: UTF8String): boolean; overload;
+    function ReadLine(var Line: AnsiString): boolean; overload;
+
+    procedure WriteString(const Str: RawByteString); virtual;
+    procedure WriteLine(const Line: RawByteString); virtual;
+
+    property LineBreak: RawByteString read fLineBreak write fLineBreak;
+    property Filename: IPath read fFilename;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * TMemTextStream
+   *}
+  TMemTextFileStream = class(TTextFileStream)
+  private
+    fStream: TMemoryStream;
+  protected
+    function GetSize: int64; override;
+
+    {**
+     * Copies fStream.Memory from StartPos to EndPos-1 to the result string;
+     *}
+    function CopyMemString(StartPos: int64; EndPos: int64): RawByteString;
+  public
+    constructor Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);
+    destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+    function Read(var Buffer; Count: longint): longint; override;
+    function Write(const Buffer; Count: longint): longint; override;
+    function Seek(Offset: longint; Origin: word): longint; override;
+    function Seek(const Offset: int64; Origin: TSeekOrigin): int64; override;
+
+    function ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString; override;
+    function ReadString(): RawByteString; override;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+  TUnicodeIniStream = class()
+  end;
+  *}
+
+  {**
+   * pdKeep:   Keep path as is, neither remove or append a delimiter
+   * pdAppend: Append a delimiter if path does not have a trailing one 
+   * pdRemove: Remove a trailing delimiter from the path 
+   *}
+  TPathDelimOption = (pdKeep, pdAppend, pdRemove);
+
+  IPathDynArray = array of IPath;
+
+  {**
+   * An IPath represents a filename, a directory or a filesystem path in general.
+   * It hides some of the operating system's specifics like path delimiters
+   * and encodings and provides an easy to use interface to handle them.
+   * Internally all paths are stored with the same path delimiter (PathDelim)
+   * and encoding (UTF-8). The transformation is already done AT THE CREATION of
+   * the IPath and hence calls to e.g. IPath.Equal() will not distinguish between
+   * Unix and Windows style paths.
+   *
+   * Create new paths with one of the Path() functions.
+   * If you need a string representation use IPath.ToNative/ToUTF8/ToWide.
+   * Note that due to the path-delimiter and encoding transformation the string
+   * might have changed. Path('one\test/path').ToUTF8() might return 'one/test/path'.
+   *
+   * It is recommended to use an IPath as long as possible without a string
+   * conversion (IPath.To...()). The whole Delphi (< 2009) and FPC RTL is ANSI
+   * only on Windows. If you would use for example FileExists(MyPath.ToNative)
+   * it would not find a file which contains characters that are not in the
+   * current locale. Same applies to AssignFile(), TFileStream.Create() and
+   * everything else in the RTL that expects a filename.
+   * As a rule of thumb: NEVER use any of the Delphi/FPC RTL filename functions
+   * if the filename parameter is not of a UTF8String or WideString type.
+   *
+   * If you need to open a file use TBinaryStream or TFileStream instead. Many
+   * of the RTL classes offer a LoadFromStream() method so ANSI Open() methods
+   * can be workaround.
+   *
+   * If there is only a ANSI and no IPath/UTF-8/WideString version and you cannot
+   * even pass a stream instead of a filename be aware that even if you know that
+   * a filename is ASCII only, subdirectories in an absolute path might contain
+   * some non-ASCII characters (for example the user's name) and hence might
+   * fail (if the characters are not in the current locale).
+   * It is rare but it happens.
+   *
+   * IMPORTANT:
+   *   This interface needs the cwstring unit on Unix (Max OS X / Linux) systems.
+   *   Cwstring functions (WideUpperCase, ...) cannot be used by external threads
+   *   as FPC uses Thread-Local-Storage for the implementation. As a result do not
+   *   call IPath stuff by external threads (e.g. in C callbacks or by SDL-threads).
+   *}
+  IPath = interface
+  ['{686BF103-CE43-4598-B85D-A2C3AF950897}']
+    {**
+     * Returns the path as an UTF8 encoded string.
+     * If UseNativeDelim is set to true, the native path delimiter ('\' on win32)
+     * is used. If it is set to false the (more) portable '/' delimiter will used.
+     *}
+    function ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean = true): UTF8String;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns the path as an UTF-16 encoded string.
+     * If UseNativeDelim is set to true, the native path delimiter ('\' on win32)
+     * is used. If it is set to false the delimiter will be '/'.
+     *}
+    function ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean = true): WideString;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns the path with the system's native encoding and path delimiter.
+     * Win32: ANSI (use the UTF-16 version IPath.ToWide() whenever possible)
+     * Mac:   UTF8
+     * Unix:  UTF8 or ANSI according to LC_CTYPE
+     *}
+    function ToNative(): RawByteString;
+
+    {**
+     * Note: File must be closed with FileClose(Handle) after usage
+     * @seealso SysUtils.FileOpen()
+     *}
+    function Open(Mode: longword): THandle;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileDrive() *}
+    function GetDrive(): IPath;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFilePath() *}
+    function GetPath(): IPath;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileDir() *}
+    function GetDir(): IPath;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileName() *}
+    function GetName(): IPath;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileExtension() *}
+    function GetExtension(): IPath;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns a copy of the path with the extension changed to Extension.
+     * The file itself is not changed, use Rename() for this task.
+     * @seealso SysUtils.ChangeFileExt()
+     *}
+    function SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath; overload;
+    function SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath; overload;
+    function SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath; overload;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns the representation of the path relative to Basename.
+     * Note that the basename must be terminated with a path delimiter
+     * otherwise the last path component will be ignored.
+     * @seealso SysUtils.ExtractRelativePath()
+     *}
+    function GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExpandFileName() *}
+    function GetAbsolutePath(): IPath;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns the concatenation of this path with Child. If this path does not
+     * end with a path delimiter one is inserted in front of the Child path.
+     * Example: Path('parent').Append(Path('child')) -> Path('parent/child')
+     *}
+    function Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;
+    function Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;
+    function Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;
+
+    {**
+     * Splits the path into its components. Path delimiters are not removed from
+     * components. 
+     * Example: C:\test\my\dir -> ['C:\', 'test\', 'my\', 'dir']
+     *}
+    function SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns the parent directory or PATH_NONE if none exists.
+     *}
+    function GetParent(): IPath;
+
+    {**
+     * Checks if this path is a subdir of or file inside Parent.
+     * If Direct is true this path must be a direct child.
+     * Example: C:\test\file is a direct child of C:\test and a child of C:\
+     *}
+    function IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * Adjusts the case of the path on case senstitive filesystems.
+     * If the path does not exist or the filesystem is case insensitive
+     * the original path will be returned. Otherwise a corrected copy.
+     *}
+    function AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter() *}
+    function AppendPathDelim(): IPath;
+
+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter() *}
+    function RemovePathDelim(): IPath;
+
+    function Exists(): boolean;
+    function IsFile(): boolean;
+    function IsDirectory(): boolean;
+    function IsAbsolute(): boolean;
+    function GetFileAge(): integer; overload;
+    function GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;
+    function GetAttr(): cardinal;
+    function SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean;
+    function IsReadOnly(): boolean;
+    function SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * Checks if this path points to nothing, that means the path consists of
+     * the empty string '' and hence equals PATH_NONE.
+     * This is a shortcut for IPath.Equals('') or IPath.Equals(PATH_NONE).
+     * If IsUnset() returns true this path and PATH_NONE are equal but they must
+     * not be identical as the references might point to different objects.
+     *
+     * Example:
+     *   Path('').Equals(PATH_EMPTY) -> true
+     *   Path('') = PATH_EMPTY       -> false
+     *}
+    function IsUnset(): boolean;
+    function IsSet(): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * Compares this path with Other and returns true if both paths are
+     * equal. Both paths are expanded and trailing slashes excluded before
+     * comparison. If IgnoreCase is true, the case will be ignored on
+     * case-sensitive filesystems.
+     *}
+    function Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload;
+    function Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload;
+    function Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload;
+
+    {**
+     * Searches for a file in DirList. The Result is nil if the file was
+     * not found. Use IFileSystem.FileFind() instead if you want to use
+     * wildcards.
+     * @seealso SysUtils.FileSearch()
+     *}
+    function FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath;
+
+    {** File must be closed with FileClose(Handle) after usage }
+    function CreateFile(): THandle;
+    function DeleteFile(): boolean;
+    function CreateDirectory(Force: boolean = false): boolean;
+    function DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean;
+    function Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean;
+    function CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+
+    // TODO: Dirwatch stuff
+    // AddFileChangeListener(Listener: TFileChangeListener);
+
+    {**
+     * Internal string representation. For debugging only.
+     *}
+    function GetIntern: UTF8String;
+    property Intern: UTF8String READ GetIntern;
+  end;
+
+{**
+ * Creates a new path with the given pathname. PathName can be either in UTF8
+ * or the local encoding.
+ * Notes:
+ * - On Apple only UTF8 is supported
+ * - Same applies to Unix with LC_CTYPE set to UTF8 encoding (default on newer systems)
+ *}
+function Path(const PathName: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Creates a new path with the given UTF-16 pathname.
+ *}
+function Path(const PathName: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Returns a singleton for Path('').
+ *}
+function PATH_NONE(): IPath;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  RTLConsts,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UFilesystem;
+
+{*
+ * Due to a compiler bug in FPC <= 2.2.4 reference counting does not work
+ * properly with interfaces (see http://bugs.freepascal.org/view.php?id=14019).
+ *
+ * There are two (probably more) scenarios causes a program to crash:
+ *
+ * 1. Assume we execute Path('fail').GetParent().ToUTF8(). The compiler will
+ * internally create a temporary variable to hold the result of Path('fail').
+ * This temporary var is then passed as Self to GetParent(). Unfortunately FPC
+ * does already decrement the ref-count of the temporary var at the end of the
+ * call to Path('fail') and the ref-count drops to zero and the temp object
+ * is destroyed as FPC erroneously assumes that the temp is not used anymore.
+ * As a result the Self variable in GetParent() will be invalid, the same
+ * applies to TPathImpl.fName which reference count dropped to zero when the
+ * temp was destroyed. Hence GetParent() will likely crash.
+ * If it does not, ToUTF8() will either return some random string
+ * (e.g. '' or stupid stuff like 'fhwkjehdk') or crash.
+ * Either way the result of ToUTF8() is messed up.
+ * This scenario applies whenever a function (or method) is called that returns
+ * an interfaced object (e.g. an IPath) and the result is used without storing
+ * a reference to it in a (temporary) variable first.
+ *
+ *  Tmp := Path('fail'); Tmp2 := Tmp.GetParent(); Tmp2.ToUTF8();
+ *
+ * will not crash but is very impractical and error-prone. Note that Tmp2 cannot
+ * be replaced with Tmp (see scenario 2).
+ *
+ * 2. Another situation this bug will ruin our lives is when a variable to an
+ * interfaced object is used at the left and right side of an assignment as in:
+ *   MyPath := MyPath.GetParent()
+ *
+ * Although the bug is already fixed in the FPC development version 2.3.1
+ * it will take quite some time till the next FPC release (> 2.2.4) in which
+ * this issue is fixed.
+ *
+ * To workaround this bug we use some very simple and stupid kind of garbage
+ * collection. New IPaths are stored in an IInterfaceList (call it GarbaegeList)
+ * to artificially increase the ref-count of the newly created object.
+ * This keeps the object alive when FPC's temporary variable comes to the end
+ * of its lifetime and the object's ref-count is decremented
+ * (and is now 1 instead of 0).
+ * Later on, the object is either garbage or referenced by another variable.
+ *
+ * Look at
+ *   MyPath := Path('SomeDir/SubDir').GetParent()
+ *
+ * (1) The result of Path('SomeDir/SubDir') is garbage as it is not used anymore.
+ * (2) The result of GetParent() is referenced by MyPath
+ * Object (1) has a reference count of 1 (as it is only referenced by the
+ * GarbageList). Object (2) is referenced twice (MyPath + GarbageList).
+ * When the reference to (2) is finally stored in MyPath we can safely remove
+ * (1) and (2) from the GarbageList so (1) will be freed and the ref-count of
+ * (2) will be decremented to 1.
+ *
+ * As we do not know when it is safe to remove an object from the GarbageList
+ * we assume that there are max. GarbageMaxCount IPath elements created until
+ * the execution of the expression is performed and a reference to the resulting
+ * object is assigned to a variable so all temps can be safely deleted.
+ *
+ * Worst-case scenarios are recursive calls or calls with large call stacks with
+ * functions that return an IPath. Also keep in mind that multiple threads might
+ * be executing such functions at the same time.
+ * A reasonable count might be a max. of 20.000 elements. With an average length
+ * of 40 UTF8 chars (maybe 60 byte with class info, pointer etc.) per IPath
+ * this will consume ~1.2MB.
+ *}
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+{$IF FPC_VERSION_INT <= 002002004} // <= 2.2.4
+  {$DEFINE HAVE_REFCNTBUG}
+{$IFEND}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}
+const
+  // when GarbageList.Count reaches GarbageMaxCount the oldest references in
+  // GarbageList will be deleted until GarbageList.Count equals GarbageAfterCleanCount.
+  GarbageMaxCount = 20000;
+  GarbageAfterCleanCount = GarbageMaxCount-1000;
+
+var
+  GarbageList: IInterfaceList;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+type
+  TPathImpl = class(TInterfacedObject, IPath)
+    private
+      fName: UTF8String; //<** internal filename string, always UTF8 with PathDelim
+
+      {**
+       * Unifies the filename. Path-delimiters are replaced by '/'.
+       *}
+      procedure Unify(DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);
+
+      {**
+       * Returns a copy of fName with path delimiters changed to '/'.
+       *}
+      function GetPortableString(): UTF8String;
+
+      procedure AssertRefCount; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+    public
+      constructor Create(const Name: UTF8String; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean): UTF8String;
+      function ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean): WideString;
+      function ToNative(): RawByteString;
+
+      function Open(Mode: longword): THandle;
+
+      function GetDrive(): IPath;
+      function GetPath(): IPath;
+      function GetDir(): IPath;
+      function GetName(): IPath;
+      function GetExtension(): IPath;
+
+      function SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath; overload;
+      function SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath; overload;
+      function SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath; overload;
+
+      function GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath;
+      function GetAbsolutePath(): IPath;
+      function GetParent(): IPath;
+      function SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray;
+
+      function Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload;
+      function Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload;
+      function Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload;
+
+      function Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload;
+      function Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload;
+      function Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload;
+
+      function IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean;
+
+      function AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;
+
+      function AppendPathDelim(): IPath;
+      function RemovePathDelim(): IPath;
+
+      function GetFileAge(): integer; overload;
+      function GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;
+      function Exists(): boolean;
+      function IsFile(): boolean;
+      function IsDirectory(): boolean;
+      function IsAbsolute(): boolean;
+      function GetAttr(): cardinal;
+      function SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean;
+      function IsReadOnly(): boolean;
+      function SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+
+      function IsUnset(): boolean;
+      function IsSet(): boolean;
+
+      function FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath;
+
+      function CreateFile(): THandle;
+      function DeleteFile(): boolean;
+      function CreateDirectory(Force: boolean): boolean;
+      function DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean;
+      function Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean;
+      function CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+
+      function GetIntern(): UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+function Path(const PathName: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;
+begin
+  if (IsUTF8String(PathName)) then
+    Result := TPathImpl.Create(PathName, DelimOption)
+  else if (IsNativeUTF8()) then
+    Result := PATH_NONE
+  else
+    Result := TPathImpl.Create(AnsiToUtf8(PathName), DelimOption);
+end;
+
+function Path(const PathName: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := TPathImpl.Create(UTF8Encode(PathName), DelimOption);
+end;
+
+
+
+procedure TPathImpl.AssertRefCount;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}
+  if (FRefCount <= 0) then
+    raise Exception.Create('RefCount error: ' + IntToStr(FRefCount));
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+constructor TPathImpl.Create(const Name: UTF8String; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  fName := Name;
+  Unify(DelimOption);
+  {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}
+  GarbageList.Lock;
+  if (GarbageList.Count >= GarbageMaxCount) then
+  begin
+    while (GarbageList.Count > GarbageAfterCleanCount) do
+      GarbageList.Delete(0);
+  end;
+  GarbageList.Add(Self);
+  GarbageList.Unlock;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+destructor TPathImpl.Destroy();
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TPathImpl.Unify(DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  // convert all path delimiters to native ones
+  for I := 1 to Length(fName) do
+  begin
+    if (fName[I] in ['\', '/']) and (fName[I] <> PathDelim) then
+      fName[I] := PathDelim;
+  end;
+
+  // Include/ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter need PathDelim as path delimiter 
+  case DelimOption of
+    pdAppend: fName := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(fName);
+    pdRemove: fName := ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(fName);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetPortableString(): UTF8String;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  Result := fName;
+  if (PathDelim = '/') then
+    Exit;
+
+  for I := 1 to Length(Result) do
+  begin
+    if (Result[I] = PathDelim) then
+      Result[I] := '/';
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean): UTF8String;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+
+  if (UseNativeDelim) then
+    Result := fName
+  else
+    Result := GetPortableString();
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean): WideString;
+begin
+  if (UseNativeDelim) then
+    Result := UTF8Decode(fName)
+  else
+    Result := UTF8Decode(GetPortableString());
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.ToNative(): RawByteString;
+begin
+  if (IsNativeUTF8()) then
+    Result := fName
+  else
+    Result := Utf8ToAnsi(fName);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetDrive(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileDrive(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetPath(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFilePath(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetDir(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileDir(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetName(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileName(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetExtension(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileExt(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ChangeFileExt(Self, Extension);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := SetExtension(Path(Extension));
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := SetExtension(Path(Extension));
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractRelativePath(BaseName, Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetAbsolutePath(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExpandFileName(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetParent(): IPath;
+var
+  CurPath, ParentPath: IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+
+  Result := PATH_NONE;
+
+  CurPath := Self.RemovePathDelim();
+  // check if current path has a parent (no further '/')
+  if (Pos(PathDelim, CurPath.ToUTF8()) = 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set new path and check if it has changed to avoid endless loops
+  // e.g. with invalid paths like '/C:' (GetPath() uses ':' as delimiter too)
+  // on delphi/win32
+  ParentPath := CurPath.GetPath();
+  if (ParentPath.ToUTF8 = CurPath.ToUTF8)  then
+    Exit;
+
+  Result := ParentPath;
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray;
+var
+  CurPath: IPath;
+  Components: array of IPath;
+  CurPathStr: UTF8String;
+  DelimPos: integer;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(Result, 0);
+
+  if (Length(Self.ToUTF8(true)) = 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  CurPath := Self;
+  SetLength(Components, 0);
+  repeat
+    SetLength(Components, Length(Components)+1);
+
+    CurPathStr := CurPath.ToUTF8();
+    DelimPos := LastDelimiter(PathDelim, SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(CurPathStr));
+    Components[High(Components)] := Path(Copy(CurPathStr, DelimPos+1, Length(CurPathStr)));
+
+    CurPath := CurPath.GetParent();
+  until (CurPath = PATH_NONE);
+
+  // reverse list
+  SetLength(Result, Length(Components));
+  for I := 0 to High(Components) do
+    Result[I] := Components[High(Components)-I];
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;
+var
+  TmpResult: IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+
+  if (fName = '') then
+    TmpResult := Child
+  else
+    TmpResult := Path(Self.AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8() + Child.ToUTF8());
+
+  case DelimOption of
+    pdKeep: Result := TmpResult;
+    pdAppend: Result := TmpResult.AppendPathDelim;
+    pdRemove: Result := TmpResult.RemovePathDelim;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := Append(Path(Child), DelimOption);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := Append(Path(Child), DelimOption);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SelfPath, OtherPath: UTF8String;
+begin
+  SelfPath := Self.GetAbsolutePath().RemovePathDelim().ToUTF8();
+  OtherPath := Other.GetAbsolutePath().RemovePathDelim().ToUTF8();
+  if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive() and not IgnoreCase) then
+    Result := (CompareStr(SelfPath, OtherPath) = 0)
+  else
+    Result := (CompareText(SelfPath, OtherPath) = 0);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Equals(Path(Other), IgnoreCase);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Equals(Path(Other), IgnoreCase);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SelfPath, ParentPath: UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (Direct) then
+  begin
+    SelfPath := Self.GetParent().GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();
+    ParentPath := Parent.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();
+
+    // simply check if this paths parent path (SelfPath) equals ParentPath
+    Result := (SelfPath = ParentPath);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    SelfPath := Self.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();
+    ParentPath := Parent.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();
+
+    if (Length(SelfPath) <= Length(ParentPath)) then
+      Exit;
+
+    // check if ParentPath is a substring of SelfPath
+    if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive()) then
+      Result := (StrLComp(PAnsiChar(SelfPath), PAnsiChar(ParentPath), Length(ParentPath)) = 0)
+    else
+      Result := (StrLIComp(PAnsiChar(SelfPath), PAnsiChar(ParentPath), Length(ParentPath)) = 0)
+  end;
+end;
+
+function AdjustCaseRecursive(CurPath: IPath; AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;
+var
+  OldParent, AdjustedParent: IPath;
+  LocalName: IPath;
+  PathFound: IPath;
+  PathWithAdjParent: IPath;
+  SearchInfo: TFileInfo;
+  FileIter: IFileIterator;
+  Pattern: IPath;
+begin
+  // if case-sensitive path exists there is no need to adjust case
+  if (CurPath.Exists()) then
+  begin
+    Result := CurPath;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  LocalName := CurPath.RemovePathDelim().GetName();
+
+  // try to adjust parent
+  OldParent := CurPath.GetParent();
+  if (OldParent <> PATH_NONE) then
+  begin
+    if (not AdjustAllLevels) then
+    begin
+      AdjustedParent := OldParent;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      AdjustedParent := AdjustCaseRecursive(OldParent, AdjustAllLevels);
+      if (AdjustedParent = nil) then
+      begin
+        // parent path was not found case-insensitive
+        Result := nil;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // check if the path with adjusted parent can be found now
+      PathWithAdjParent := AdjustedParent.Append(LocalName);
+      if (PathWithAdjParent.Exists()) then
+      begin
+        Result := PathWithAdjParent;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+    Pattern := AdjustedParent.Append(Path('*'));
+  end
+  else // path has no parent
+  begin
+    // the top path can either be absolute or relative
+    if (CurPath.IsAbsolute) then
+    begin
+      // the only absolute directory at Unix without a parent is root ('/')
+      // and hence does not need to be adjusted
+      Result := CurPath;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+    // this is a relative path, search in the current working dir
+    AdjustedParent := nil;
+    Pattern := Path('*');
+  end;
+
+  // compare name with all files in the current directory case-insensitive
+  FileIter := FileSystem.FileFind(Pattern, faAnyFile);
+  while (FileIter.HasNext()) do
+  begin
+    SearchInfo := FileIter.Next();
+    PathFound := SearchInfo.Name;
+    if (CompareText(LocalName.ToUTF8, PathFound.ToUTF8) = 0) then
+    begin
+      if (AdjustedParent <> nil) then
+        Result := AdjustedParent.Append(PathFound)
+      else
+        Result := PathFound;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // no matching file found
+  Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+
+  Result := Self;
+
+  if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive) then
+  begin
+    Result := AdjustCaseRecursive(Self, AdjustAllLevels);
+    if (Result = nil) then
+      Result := Self;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.AppendPathDelim(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.RemovePathDelim(): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.CreateFile(): THandle;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileCreate(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.CreateDirectory(Force: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  if (Force) then
+    Result := FileSystem.ForceDirectories(Self)
+  else
+    Result := FileSystem.DirectoryCreate(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Open(Mode: longword): THandle;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileOpen(Self, Mode);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetFileAge(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileAge(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileAge(Self, FileDateTime);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Exists(): boolean;
+begin
+  // note the different specifications of FileExists() on Win32 <> Unix
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Result := IsFile() or IsDirectory();
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := FileSystem.FileExists(Self);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.IsFile(): boolean;
+begin
+  // note the different specifications of FileExists() on Win32 <> Unix
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Result := FileSystem.FileExists(Self);
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := Exists() and not IsDirectory();
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.IsDirectory(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.DirectoryExists(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.IsAbsolute(): boolean;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.FileIsReadOnly(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetAttr(): cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileGetAttr(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileSetAttr(Self, Attr);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.IsReadOnly(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileIsReadOnly(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.FileSetReadOnly(Self, ReadOnly);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.IsUnset(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (fName = '');
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.IsSet(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (fName <> '');
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  AssertRefCount;
+  Result := FileSystem.FileSearch(Self, DirList);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.RenameFile(Self, NewName);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.DeleteFile(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.DeleteFile(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.RemoveDir(Self);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem.CopyFile(Self, Target, FailIfExists);
+end;
+
+function TPathImpl.GetIntern(): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := fName;
+end;
+
+
+{ TBinaryFileStream }
+
+constructor TBinaryFileStream.Create(const FileName: IPath; Mode: word);
+begin
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  inherited Create(FileName.ToWide(), Mode);
+{$ELSE}
+  inherited Create(FileName.ToNative(), Mode);
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{ TTextStream }
+
+constructor TTextFileStream.Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  fMode := Mode;
+  fFilename := Filename;
+  fLineBreak := sLineBreak;
+end;
+
+function TTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Line: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  Line := ReadLine(Result);
+end;
+
+function TTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Line: AnsiString): boolean;
+begin
+  Line := ReadLine(Result);
+end;
+
+procedure TTextFileStream.WriteString(const Str: RawByteString);
+begin
+  WriteBuffer(Str[1], Length(Str));
+end;
+
+procedure TTextFileStream.WriteLine(const Line: RawByteString);
+begin
+  WriteBuffer(Line[1], Length(Line));
+  WriteBuffer(fLineBreak[1], Length(fLineBreak));
+end;
+
+{ TMemTextStream }
+
+constructor TMemTextFileStream.Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);
+var
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
+begin
+  inherited Create(Filename, Mode);
+
+  fStream := TMemoryStream.Create();
+
+  // load data to memory in read mode
+  if ((Mode and 3) in [fmOpenRead, fmOpenReadWrite]) then
+  begin
+    FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);
+    try
+      fStream.LoadFromStream(FileStream);
+    finally
+      FileStream.Free;
+    end;
+  end
+  // check if file exists for write-mode
+  else if ((Mode and 3) = fmOpenWrite) and (not Filename.IsFile) then
+  begin
+    raise EFOpenError.CreateResFmt(@SFOpenError,
+          [FileName.GetAbsolutePath.ToNative]);
+  end;
+end;
+
+destructor TMemTextFileStream.Destroy();
+var
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
+  SaveMode: word;
+begin
+  // save changes in write mode (= not read-only mode)
+  if ((fMode and 3) <> fmOpenRead) then
+  begin
+    if (fMode = fmCreate) then
+      SaveMode := fmCreate
+    else
+      SaveMode := fmOpenWrite;
+    FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(fFilename, SaveMode);
+    try
+      fStream.SaveToStream(FileStream);
+    finally
+      FileStream.Free;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  fStream.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TMemTextFileStream.GetSize: int64;
+begin
+  Result := fStream.Size;
+end;
+
+function TMemTextFileStream.Read(var Buffer; Count: longint): longint;
+begin
+  Result := fStream.Read(Buffer, Count);
+end;
+
+function TMemTextFileStream.Write(const Buffer; Count: longint): longint;
+begin
+  Result := fStream.Write(Buffer, Count);
+end;
+
+function TMemTextFileStream.Seek(Offset: longint; Origin: word): longint;
+begin
+  Result := fStream.Seek(Offset, Origin);
+end;
+
+function TMemTextFileStream.Seek(const Offset: int64; Origin: TSeekOrigin): int64;
+begin
+  Result := fStream.Seek(Offset, Origin);
+end;
+
+function TMemTextFileStream.CopyMemString(StartPos: int64; EndPos: int64): RawByteString;
+var
+  LineLength: cardinal;
+  Temp: RawByteString;
+begin
+  LineLength := EndPos - StartPos;
+  if (LineLength > 0) then
+  begin
+    // set string length to line-length (+ zero-terminator)
+    SetLength(Temp, LineLength);
+    StrLCopy(PAnsiChar(Temp),
+             @PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory)[StartPos],
+             LineLength);
+    Result := Temp;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := '';
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TMemTextFileStream.ReadString(): RawByteString;
+var
+  TextPtr: PAnsiChar;
+  CurPos, StartPos, FileSize: int64;
+begin
+  TextPtr := PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory);
+  CurPos := Position;
+  FileSize := Size;
+  StartPos := -1;
+
+  while (CurPos < FileSize) do
+  begin
+    // check for whitespace (tab, lf, cr, space)
+    if (TextPtr[CurPos] in [#9, #10, #13, ' ']) then
+    begin
+      // check if we are at the end of a string
+      if (StartPos > -1) then
+        Break;
+    end
+    else if (StartPos = -1) then // start of string found
+    begin
+      StartPos := CurPos;
+    end;
+    Inc(CurPos);
+  end;
+
+  if (StartPos = -1) then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := CopyMemString(StartPos, CurPos);
+    fStream.Position := CurPos;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Implementation of ReadLine(). We need separate versions for UTF8String
+ * and AnsiString as "var" parameter types have to fit exactly.
+ * To avoid a var-parameter here, the internal version the Line parameter is
+ * used as return value.
+ *}
+function TMemTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString;
+var
+  TextPtr: PAnsiChar;
+  CurPos, FileSize: int64;
+begin
+  TextPtr := PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory);
+  CurPos := fStream.Position;
+  FileSize := Size;
+
+  // check for EOF
+  if (CurPos >= FileSize) then
+  begin
+    Result := '';
+    Success := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Success := true;
+
+  while (CurPos < FileSize) do
+  begin
+    if (TextPtr[CurPos] in [#10, #13]) then
+    begin
+      // copy text line
+      Result := CopyMemString(fStream.Position, CurPos);
+
+      // handle windows style #13#10 (\r\n) newlines
+      if (TextPtr[CurPos] = #13) and
+         (CurPos+1 < FileSize) and
+         (TextPtr[CurPos+1] = #10) then
+      begin
+        Inc(CurPos);
+      end;
+
+      // update stream pos
+      fStream.Position := CurPos+1;
+
+      Exit;
+    end;
+    Inc(CurPos);
+  end;
+
+  Result := CopyMemString(fStream.Position, CurPos);
+  fStream.Position := FileSize;
+end;
+
+{ TUnicodeMemoryStream }
+
+procedure TUnicodeMemoryStream.LoadFromFile(const FileName: IPath);
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite);
+  try
+    LoadFromStream(Stream);
+  finally
+    Stream.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TUnicodeMemoryStream.SaveToFile(const FileName: IPath);
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+  try
+    SaveToStream(Stream);
+  finally
+    Stream.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TUnicodeMemIniFile }
+
+constructor TUnicodeMemIniFile.Create(const FileName: IPath; UTF8Encoded: boolean);
+var
+  List: TStringList;
+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;
+  BOMBuf: array[0..2] of AnsiChar;
+begin
+  inherited Create('');
+  FFilename := FileName;
+  FUTF8Encoded := UTF8Encoded;
+
+  if FileName.Exists() then
+  begin
+    List := nil;
+    Stream := nil;
+    try
+      List := TStringList.Create;
+      Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead);
+      if (Stream.Read(BOMBuf[0], SizeOf(BOMBuf)) = 3) and
+         (CompareMem(PChar(UTF8_BOM), @BomBuf, Length(UTF8_BOM))) then
+      begin
+        // truncate BOM
+        FUTF8Encoded := true;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // rewind file
+        Stream.Seek(0, soBeginning);
+      end;
+      List.LoadFromStream(Stream);
+      SetStrings(List);
+    finally
+      Stream.Free;
+      List.Free;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TUnicodeMemIniFile.UpdateFile;
+var
+  List: TStringList;
+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;
+begin
+  List := nil;
+  Stream := nil;
+  try
+    List := TStringList.Create;
+    GetStrings(List);
+    Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FFileName, fmCreate);
+    if UTF8Encoded then
+      Stream.Write(UTF8_BOM, Length(UTF8_BOM));
+    List.SaveToStream(Stream);
+  finally
+    List.Free;
+    Stream.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+var
+  PATH_NONE_Singelton: IPath;
+
+function PATH_NONE(): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := PATH_NONE_Singelton;
+end;
+
+initialization
+  {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}
+  GarbageList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+  GarbageList.Capacity := GarbageMaxCount;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  PATH_NONE_Singelton := Path('');
+
+finalization
+  PATH_NONE_Singelton := nil;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPathUtils.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPathUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2bcdd4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UPathUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPathUtils;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  UPath;
+
+var
+  // Absolute Paths
+  GamePath:         IPath;
+  SoundPath:        IPath;
+  SongPaths:        IInterfaceList;
+  LogPath:          IPath;
+  ThemePath:        IPath;
+  SkinsPath:        IPath;
+  ScreenshotsPath:  IPath;
+  CoverPaths:       IInterfaceList;
+  LanguagesPath:    IPath;
+  PluginPath:       IPath;
+  VisualsPath:      IPath;
+  FontPath:         IPath;
+  ResourcesPath:    IPath;
+  PlaylistPath:     IPath;
+
+function FindPath(out PathResult: IPath; const RequestedPath: IPath; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
+procedure InitializePaths;
+procedure AddSongPath(const Path: IPath);
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  UPlatform,
+  UCommandLine,
+  ULog;
+
+procedure AddSpecialPath(var PathList: IInterfaceList; const Path: IPath);
+var
+  Index: integer;
+  PathAbs, PathTmp: IPath;
+  OldPath, OldPathAbs, OldPathTmp: IPath;
+begin
+  if (PathList = nil) then
+    PathList := TInterfaceList.Create;
+
+  if Path.Equals(PATH_NONE) or not Path.CreateDirectory(true) then
+    Exit;
+
+  PathTmp := Path.GetAbsolutePath();
+  PathAbs := PathTmp.AppendPathDelim();
+
+  // check if path or a part of the path was already added
+  for Index := 0 to PathList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    OldPath := PathList[Index] as IPath;
+    OldPathTmp := OldPath.GetAbsolutePath();
+    OldPathAbs := OldPathTmp.AppendPathDelim();
+
+    // check if the new directory is a sub-directory of a previously added one.
+    // This is also true, if both paths point to the same directories.
+    if (OldPathAbs.IsChildOf(PathAbs, false) or OldPathAbs.Equals(PathAbs)) then
+    begin
+      // ignore the new path
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check if a previously added directory is a sub-directory of the new one.
+    if (PathAbs.IsChildOf(OldPathAbs, false)) then
+    begin
+      // replace the old with the new one.
+      PathList[Index] := PathAbs;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  PathList.Add(PathAbs);
+end;
+
+procedure AddSongPath(const Path: IPath);
+begin
+  AddSpecialPath(SongPaths, Path);
+end;
+
+procedure AddCoverPath(const Path: IPath);
+begin
+  AddSpecialPath(CoverPaths, Path);
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize a path variable
+ * After setting paths, make sure that paths exist
+ *)
+function FindPath(
+  out PathResult: IPath;
+  const RequestedPath: IPath;
+  NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (RequestedPath.Equals(PATH_NONE)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // Make sure the directory exists
+  if (not RequestedPath.CreateDirectory(true)) then
+  begin
+    PathResult := PATH_NONE;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  PathResult := RequestedPath.AppendPathDelim();
+
+  if (NeedsWritePermission) and RequestedPath.IsReadOnly() then
+    Exit;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Function sets all absolute paths e.g. song path and makes sure the directorys exist
+ *)
+procedure InitializePaths;
+var
+  SharedPath, UserPath: IPath;
+begin
+  // Log directory (must be writable)
+  if (not FindPath(LogPath, Platform.GetLogPath, true)) then
+  begin
+    Log.FileOutputEnabled := false;
+    Log.LogWarn('Log directory "'+ Platform.GetLogPath.ToNative +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
+  end;
+
+  SharedPath := Platform.GetGameSharedPath;
+  UserPath := Platform.GetGameUserPath;
+
+  FindPath(SoundPath,     SharedPath.Append('sounds'),    false);
+  FindPath(ThemePath,     SharedPath.Append('themes'),    false);
+  FindPath(SkinsPath,     SharedPath.Append('themes'),    false);
+  FindPath(LanguagesPath, SharedPath.Append('languages'), false);
+  FindPath(PluginPath,    SharedPath.Append('plugins'),   false);
+  FindPath(VisualsPath,   SharedPath.Append('visuals'),   false);
+  FindPath(FontPath,      SharedPath.Append('fonts'),     false);
+  FindPath(ResourcesPath, SharedPath.Append('resources'), false);
+
+  // Playlists are not shared as we need one directory to write too
+  FindPath(PlaylistPath, UserPath.Append('playlists'), true);
+
+  // Screenshot directory (must be writable)
+  if (not FindPath(ScreenshotsPath, UserPath.Append('screenshots'), true)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogWarn('Screenshot directory "'+ UserPath.ToNative +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
+  end;
+
+  // Add song paths
+  AddSongPath(Params.SongPath);
+  AddSongPath(SharedPath.Append('songs'));
+  AddSongPath(UserPath.Append('songs'));
+
+  // Add category cover paths
+  AddCoverPath(SharedPath.Append('covers'));
+  AddCoverPath(UserPath.Append('covers'));
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas
index e4cb6f0c..11c67fa7 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas
@@ -39,28 +39,20 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  Classes;
+  Classes,
+  UPath;
 
 type
-  TDirectoryEntry = record
-    Name        : WideString;
-    IsDirectory : boolean;
-    IsFile      : boolean;
-  end;
-
-  TDirectoryEntryArray = array of TDirectoryEntry;
-
   TPlatform = class
-    function GetExecutionDir(): string;
+    function GetExecutionDir(): IPath;
     procedure Init; virtual;
-    function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; virtual; abstract;
-    function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle : string): boolean; virtual;
-    function FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: WideString): WideString; virtual;
+
+    function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: string): boolean; virtual;
     procedure Halt; virtual;
-    function GetLogPath        : WideString; virtual; abstract;
-    function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; virtual; abstract;
-    function GetGameUserPath   : WideString; virtual; abstract;
-    function CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; virtual;
+
+    function GetLogPath:        IPath; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetGameSharedPath: IPath; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetGameUserPath:   IPath; virtual; abstract;
   end;
 
   function Platform(): TPlatform;
@@ -76,16 +68,18 @@ uses
   {$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
   UPlatformLinux,
   {$IFEND}
-  ULog;
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UFilesystem;
 
 
-// I have modified it to use the Platform_singleton in this location ( in the implementaiton )
+// I modified it to use the Platform_singleton in this location (in the implementation)
 // so that this variable can NOT be overwritten from anywhere else in the application.
 // the accessor function platform, emulates all previous calls to work the same way.  
 var
-  Platform_singleton : TPlatform;
+  Platform_singleton: TPlatform;
 
-function Platform : TPlatform;
+function Platform: TPlatform;
 begin
   Result := Platform_singleton;
 end;
@@ -109,78 +103,23 @@ end;
 {**
  * Returns the directory of the executable
  *}
-function TPlatform.GetExecutionDir(): string;
+function TPlatform.GetExecutionDir(): IPath;
+var
+  ExecName, ExecDir: IPath;
 begin
-  Result := ExpandFileName(ExtractFilePath(ParamStr(0)));
+  ExecName := Path(ParamStr(0));
+  ExecDir := ExecName.GetPath;
+  Result := ExecDir.GetAbsolutePath();
 end;
 
 (**
  * Default TerminateIfAlreadyRunning() implementation
  *)
-function TPlatform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle : string): Boolean;
+function TPlatform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: string): boolean;
 begin
   Result := false;
 end;
 
-(**
- * Default FindSongFile() implementation
- *)
-function TPlatform.FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: WideString): WideString;
-var
-  SR: TSearchRec;   // for parsing song directory
-begin
-  Result := '';
-  if SysUtils.FindFirst(Dir + Mask, faDirectory, SR) = 0 then
-  begin
-    Result := SR.Name;
-  end;
-  SysUtils.FindClose(SR);
-end;
-
-function TPlatform.CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
-const
-  COPY_BUFFER_SIZE = 4096; // a good tradeoff between speed and memory consumption
-var
-  SourceFile, TargetFile: TFileStream;
-  FileCopyBuffer: array [0..COPY_BUFFER_SIZE-1] of byte; // temporary copy-buffer.
-  NumberOfBytes: integer; // number of bytes read from SourceFile
-begin
-  Result := false;
-  SourceFile := nil;
-  TargetFile := nil;
-
-  // if overwrite is disabled return if the target file already exists
-  if (FailIfExists and FileExists(Target)) then
-    Exit;
-
-  try
-    try
-      // open source and target file (might throw an exception on error)
-      SourceFile := TFileStream.Create(Source, fmOpenRead);
-      TargetFile := TFileStream.Create(Target, fmCreate or fmOpenWrite);
-
-      while true do
-      begin
-        // read a block from the source file and check for errors or EOF
-        NumberOfBytes := SourceFile.Read(FileCopyBuffer, SizeOf(FileCopyBuffer));
-        if (NumberOfBytes <= 0) then
-          Break;
-        // write block to target file and check if everything was written
-        if (TargetFile.Write(FileCopyBuffer, NumberOfBytes) <> NumberOfBytes) then
-          Exit;
-      end;
-    except
-      Exit;
-    end;
-  finally
-    SourceFile.Free;
-    TargetFile.Free;
-  end;
-
-  Result := true;
-end;
-
-
 initialization
 {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
   Platform_singleton := TPlatformWindows.Create;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas
index 30499a97..693facaa 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas
@@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ interface
 uses
   Classes,
   UPlatform,
-  UConfig;
+  UConfig,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   TPlatformLinux = class(TPlatform)
@@ -44,15 +45,13 @@ type
       UseLocalDirs: boolean;
 
       procedure DetectLocalExecution();
-      function GetHomeDir(): string;
+      function GetHomeDir(): IPath;
     public
       procedure Init; override;
-
-      function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override;
-
-      function GetLogPath        : WideString; override;
-      function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; override;
-      function GetGameUserPath   : WideString; override;
+      
+      function GetLogPath        : IPath; override;
+      function GetGameSharedPath : IPath; override;
+      function GetGameUserPath   : IPath; override;
   end;
 
 implementation
@@ -60,9 +59,7 @@ implementation
 uses
   UCommandLine,
   BaseUnix,
-  {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
   pwd,
-  {$IFEND}
   SysUtils,
   ULog;
 
@@ -88,114 +85,65 @@ end;
  *}
 procedure TPlatformLinux.DetectLocalExecution();
 var
-  LocalDir: string;
+  LocalDir, LanguageDir: IPath;
 begin
-  LocalDir := GetExecutionDir();
-  
   // we just check if the 'languages' folder exists in the
   // directory of the executable. If so -> local execution.
-  UseLocalDirs := (DirectoryExists(LocalDir + 'languages'));
-end;
-
-function TPlatformLinux.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray;
-var
-  i: Integer;
-  TheDir  : pDir;
-  ADirent : pDirent;
-  Entry   : Longint;
-  lAttrib : integer;
-begin
-  i := 0;
-  Filter := LowerCase(Filter);
-
-  TheDir := FpOpenDir( Dir );
-  if Assigned(TheDir) then
-  begin
-    repeat
-      ADirent :=  FpReadDir(TheDir^);
-
-      if Assigned(ADirent) and (ADirent^.d_name <> '.') and (ADirent^.d_name <> '..') then
-      begin
-        lAttrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + ADirent^.d_name);
-        if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((lAttrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then
-        begin
-          SetLength( Result, i + 1);
-          Result[i].Name        := ADirent^.d_name;
-          Result[i].IsDirectory := true;
-          Result[i].IsFile      := false;
-          i := i + 1;
-        end
-        else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(ADirent^.d_name)) > 0) then
-        begin
-          SetLength( Result, i + 1);
-          Result[i].Name        := ADirent^.d_name;
-          Result[i].IsDirectory := false;
-          Result[i].IsFile      := true;
-          i := i + 1;
-        end;
-      end;
-    until (ADirent = nil);
-
-    FpCloseDir(TheDir^);
-  end;
+  LocalDir := GetExecutionDir();
+  LanguageDir := LocalDir.Append('languages');
+  UseLocalDirs := LanguageDir.IsDirectory;
 end;
 
-function TPlatformLinux.GetLogPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformLinux.GetLogPath: IPath;
 begin
   if UseLocalDirs then
     Result := GetExecutionDir()
   else
-    Result := GetGameUserPath() + 'logs/';
+    Result := GetGameUserPath().Append('logs', pdAppend);
 
   // create non-existing directories
-  ForceDirectories(Result);
+  Result.CreateDirectory(true);
 end;
 
-function TPlatformLinux.GetGameSharedPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformLinux.GetGameSharedPath: IPath;
 begin
   if UseLocalDirs then
     Result := GetExecutionDir()
   else
-    Result := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(INSTALL_DATADIR);
+    Result := Path(INSTALL_DATADIR, pdAppend);
 end;
 
-function TPlatformLinux.GetGameUserPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformLinux.GetGameUserPath: IPath;
 begin
   if UseLocalDirs then
     Result := GetExecutionDir()
   else
-    Result := GetHomeDir() + '.ultrastardx/';
+    Result := GetHomeDir().Append('.ultrastardx', pdAppend);
 end;
 
 {**
  * Returns the user's home directory terminated by a path delimiter
  *}
-function TPlatformLinux.GetHomeDir(): string;
-{$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
+function TPlatformLinux.GetHomeDir(): IPath;
 var
   PasswdEntry: PPasswd;
-{$IFEND}
 begin
-  Result := '';
+  Result := PATH_NONE;
 
-  {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
   // try to retrieve the info from passwd
   PasswdEntry := FpGetpwuid(FpGetuid());
   if (PasswdEntry <> nil) then
-    Result := PasswdEntry.pw_dir;
-  {$IFEND}
+    Result := Path(PasswdEntry.pw_dir);
   // fallback if passwd does not contain the path
-  if (Result = '') then
-    Result := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME');
+  if (Result.IsUnset) then
+    Result := Path(GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME'));
   // add trailing path delimiter (normally '/')
-  if (Result <> '') then
-    Result := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Result);
+  if (Result.IsSet) then
+    Result := Result.AppendPathDelim();
 
-  {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
   // GetUserDir() is another function that returns a user path.
   // It uses env-var HOME or a fallback to a temp-dir.
   //Result := GetUserDir();
-  {$IFEND}
 end;
 
 end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas
index 9085e337..1dc0014a 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas
@@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ interface
 uses
   Classes,
   ULog,
-  UPlatform;
+  UPlatform,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   {**
@@ -70,19 +72,19 @@ type
    *
    * So
    * GetGameSharedPath could return
-   *   /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/.
+   *   /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/.
    * GetGameUserPath could return
-   *   ~/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/.
+   *   ~/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/.
    *
-   * Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources
+   * Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe
    * is used. So every user needs the complete set of files and folders.
    * Future versions may also use shared resources in
-   * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources. However, this is
+   * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe. However, this is
    * not treated yet in the code outside this unit.
    *
    * USDX checks, whether GetGameUserPath exists. If not, USDX creates it.
    * The existence of needed files is then checked and if a file is missing
-   * it is copied to there from within the Resources folder in the Application
+   * it is copied to there from within the folder Contents in the Application
    * bundle, which contains the default files. USDX should not delete files or
    * folders in Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe automatically or without
    * user confirmation.
@@ -93,60 +95,55 @@ type
        * GetBundlePath returns the path to the application bundle
        * UltraStarDeluxe.app.
        *}
-      function GetBundlePath: WideString;
+      function GetBundlePath: IPath;
 
       {**
        * GetApplicationSupportPath returns the path to
-       * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources.
+       * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe.
        *}
-      function GetApplicationSupportPath: WideString;
+      function GetApplicationSupportPath: IPath;
 
       {**
        * see the description of @link(Init).
        *}
       procedure CreateUserFolders();
 
+      function GetHomeDir(): IPath;
+
     public
       {**
        * Init simply calls @link(CreateUserFolders), which in turn scans the
-       * folder UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources for all files and
-       * folders. $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources
+       * folder UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents for all files and
+       * folders. $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe
        * is then checked for their presence and missing ones are copied.
        *}
       procedure Init; override;
 
       {**
-       * DirectoryFindFiles returns all entries of a folder with names and
-       * booleans about their type, i.e. file or directory.
-       *}
-      function  DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override;
-
-      {**
        * GetLogPath returns the path for log messages. Currently it is set to
-       * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/Log.
+       * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Log.
        *}
-      function  GetLogPath        : WideString; override;
+      function  GetLogPath        : IPath; override;
 
       {**
        * GetGameSharedPath returns the path for shared resources. Currently it
-       * is set to /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources.
+       * is set to /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe.
        * However it is not used.
        *}
-      function  GetGameSharedPath : WideString; override;
+      function  GetGameSharedPath : IPath; override;
 
       {**
        * GetGameUserPath returns the path for user resources. Currently it is
-       * set to $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources.
+       * set to $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe.
        * This is where a user can add songs, themes, ....
        *}
-      function  GetGameUserPath   : WideString; override;
+      function  GetGameUserPath   : IPath; override;
   end;
 
 implementation
 
 uses
-  SysUtils,
-  BaseUnix;
+  SysUtils;
 
 procedure TPlatformMacOSX.Init;
 begin
@@ -154,178 +151,129 @@ begin
 end;
 
 procedure TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders();
-const
-  // used to construct the @link(UserPathName)
-  PathName: string = '/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources';
 var
-  RelativePath: string;
+  RelativePath: IPath;
   // BaseDir contains the path to the folder, where a search is performed.
   // It is set to the entries in @link(DirectoryList) one after the other.
-  BaseDir: string;
+  BaseDir: IPath;
   // OldBaseDir contains the path to the folder, where the search started.
   // It is used to return to it, when the search is completed in all folders.
-  OldBaseDir: string;
-  // This record contains the result of a file search with FindFirst or FindNext
-  SearchInfo: TSearchRec;
+  OldBaseDir: IPath;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+  CurPath: IPath;
   // These two lists contain all folder and file names found
   // within the folder @link(BaseDir).
-  DirectoryList, FileList: TStringList;
+  DirectoryList, FileList: IInterfaceList;
   // DirectoryIsFinished contains the index of the folder in @link(DirectoryList),
   // which is the last one completely searched. Later folders are still to be
   // searched for additional files and folders.
   DirectoryIsFinished: longint;
-  Counter: longint;
+  I: longint;
   // These three are for creating directories, due to possible symlinks
   CreatedDirectory: boolean;
   FileAttrs:        integer;
-  DirectoryPath:    string;
-
-  UserPathName:     string;
+  DirectoryPath:    IPath;
+  UserPath: IPath;
+  SrcFile, TgtFile: IPath;
 begin
   // Get the current folder and save it in OldBaseDir for returning to it, when
   // finished.
-  GetDir(0, OldBaseDir);
+  OldBaseDir := FileSystem.GetCurrentDir();
 
-  // UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources contains all the default files and
-  // folders.
-  BaseDir := OldBaseDir + '/UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources';
-  ChDir(BaseDir);
+  // UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents contains all the default files and folders.
+  BaseDir := OldBaseDir.Append('UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents');
+  FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(BaseDir);
 
-  // Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources
-  // is used.
-  UserPathName := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME') + PathName;
+  // Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe is used.
+  UserPath := GetGameUserPath();
 
   DirectoryIsFinished := 0;
-  DirectoryList := TStringList.Create();
-  FileList := TStringList.Create();
-  DirectoryList.Add('.');
+  // replace with IInterfaceList
+  DirectoryList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+  FileList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+  DirectoryList.Add(Path('.'));
 
   // create the folder and file lists
   repeat
-
-    RelativePath := DirectoryList[DirectoryIsFinished];
-    ChDir(BaseDir + '/' + RelativePath);
-    if (FindFirst('*', faAnyFile, SearchInfo) = 0) then
+    RelativePath := (DirectoryList[DirectoryIsFinished] as IPath);
+    FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(BaseDir.Append(RelativePath));
+    Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Path('*'), faAnyFile);
+    while (Iter.HasNext) do    
     begin
-      repeat
-        if DirectoryExists(SearchInfo.Name) then
-        begin
-          if (SearchInfo.Name <> '.') and (SearchInfo.Name <> '..') then
-            DirectoryList.Add(RelativePath + '/' + SearchInfo.Name);
-        end
-        else
-          Filelist.Add(RelativePath + '/' + SearchInfo.Name);
-      until (FindNext(SearchInfo) <> 0);
+      FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+      CurPath := FileInfo.Name;
+      if CurPath.IsDirectory() then
+      begin
+        if (not CurPath.Equals('.')) and (not CurPath.Equals('..')) then
+          DirectoryList.Add(RelativePath.Append(CurPath));
+      end
+      else
+        Filelist.Add(RelativePath.Append(CurPath));
     end;
-    FindClose(SearchInfo);
     Inc(DirectoryIsFinished);
   until (DirectoryIsFinished = DirectoryList.Count);
 
   // create missing folders
-  ForceDirectories(UserPathName);        // should not be necessary since (UserPathName+'/.') is created.
-  for Counter := 0 to DirectoryList.Count-1 do
+  UserPath.CreateDirectory(true); // should not be necessary since (UserPathName+'/.') is created.
+  for I := 0 to DirectoryList.Count-1 do
   begin
-    DirectoryPath    := UserPathName + '/' + DirectoryList[Counter];
-    CreatedDirectory := ForceDirectories(DirectoryPath);
-    FileAttrs        := FileGetAttr(DirectoryPath);
-    // Don't know how to analyse the target of the link.
+    CurPath          := DirectoryList[I] as IPath;
+    DirectoryPath    := UserPath.Append(CurPath);
+    CreatedDirectory := DirectoryPath.CreateDirectory();
+    FileAttrs        := DirectoryPath.GetAttr();
+    // Maybe analyse the target of the link with FpReadlink().
     // Let's assume the symlink is pointing to an existing directory.
     if (not CreatedDirectory) and (FileAttrs and faSymLink > 0) then
-      Log.LogError('Failed to create the folder "'+ UserPathName + '/' + DirectoryList[Counter] +'"',
+      Log.LogError('Failed to create the folder "'+ DirectoryPath.ToNative +'"',
                    'TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders');
   end;
-  DirectoryList.Free();
 
   // copy missing files
-  for Counter := 0 to Filelist.Count-1 do
+  for I := 0 to Filelist.Count-1 do
   begin
-    CopyFile(BaseDir      + '/' + Filelist[Counter],
-             UserPathName + '/' + Filelist[Counter], true);
+    CurPath := Filelist[I] as IPath;
+    SrcFile := BaseDir.Append(CurPath);
+    TgtFile := UserPath.Append(CurPath);
+    SrcFile.CopyFile(TgtFile, true);
   end;
-  FileList.Free();
 
   // go back to the initial folder
-  ChDir(OldBaseDir);
+  FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(OldBaseDir);
 end;
 
-function TPlatformMacOSX.GetBundlePath: WideString;
-var
-  i, pos : integer;
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetBundlePath: IPath;
 begin
   // Mac applications are packaged in folders.
   // Cutting the last two folders yields the application folder.
-
-  Result := GetExecutionDir();
-  for i := 1 to 2 do
-  begin
-    pos := Length(Result);
-    repeat
-      Delete(Result, pos, 1);
-      pos := Length(Result);
-    until (pos = 0) or (Result[pos] = '/');
-  end;
+  Result := GetExecutionDir().GetParent().GetParent();
 end;
 
-function TPlatformMacOSX.GetApplicationSupportPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetApplicationSupportPath: IPath;
 const
-  PathName : string = '/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources';
+  PathName: string = 'Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe';
 begin
-  Result := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME') + PathName + '/';
+  Result := GetHomeDir().Append(PathName, pdAppend);
 end;
 
-function TPlatformMacOSX.GetLogPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetHomeDir(): IPath;
 begin
-  Result := GetApplicationSupportPath + 'Logs';
+  Result := Path(GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME'));
 end;
 
-function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameSharedPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetLogPath: IPath;
 begin
-  Result := GetApplicationSupportPath;
+  Result := GetApplicationSupportPath.Append('Logs');
 end;
 
-function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameUserPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameSharedPath: IPath;
 begin
   Result := GetApplicationSupportPath;
 end;
 
-function TPlatformMacOSX.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray;
-var
-  i       : integer;
-  TheDir  : pdir;
-  ADirent : pDirent;
-  lAttrib : integer;
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameUserPath: IPath;
 begin
-  i := 0;
-  Filter := LowerCase(Filter);
-
-  TheDir := FPOpenDir(Dir);
-  if Assigned(TheDir) then
-    repeat
-      ADirent := FPReadDir(TheDir);
-
-      if Assigned(ADirent) and (ADirent^.d_name <> '.') and (ADirent^.d_name <> '..') then
-      begin
-        lAttrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + ADirent^.d_name);
-        if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((lAttrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then
-        begin
-          SetLength(Result, i + 1);
-          Result[i].Name        := ADirent^.d_name;
-          Result[i].IsDirectory := true;
-          Result[i].IsFile      := false;
-          i := i + 1;
-        end
-        else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(ADirent^.d_name)) > 0) then
-        begin
-          SetLength(Result, i + 1);
-          Result[i].Name        := ADirent^.d_name;
-          Result[i].IsDirectory := false;
-          Result[i].IsFile      := true;
-          i := i + 1;
-        end;
-      end;
-    until ADirent = nil;
-
-  FPCloseDir(TheDir);
+  Result := GetApplicationSupportPath;
 end;
 
 end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas
index e198958a..a0372dad 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas
@@ -38,21 +38,19 @@ interface
 
 uses
   Classes,
-  UPlatform;
+  UPlatform,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   TPlatformWindows = class(TPlatform)
     private
-      function GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): WideString;
+      function GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): IPath;
     public
-      function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override;
       function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: String): Boolean; override;
 
-      function GetLogPath: WideString; override;
-      function GetGameSharedPath: WideString; override;
-      function GetGameUserPath: WideString; override;
-
-      function CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function GetLogPath: IPath; override;
+      function GetGameSharedPath: IPath; override;
+      function GetGameUserPath: IPath; override;
   end;
 
 implementation
@@ -63,95 +61,6 @@ uses
   Windows,
   UConfig;
 
-type
-  TSearchRecW = record
-    Time: Integer;
-    Size: Integer;
-    Attr: Integer;
-    Name: WideString;
-    ExcludeAttr: Integer;
-    FindHandle: THandle;
-    FindData: TWin32FindDataW;
-  end;
-
-function  FindFirstW(const Path: WideString; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward;
-function  FindNextW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward;
-procedure FindCloseW(var F: TSearchRecW); forward;
-function  FindMatchingFileW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward;
-function  DirectoryExistsW(const Directory: widestring): Boolean; forward;
-
-function FindFirstW(const Path: widestring; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
-const
-  faSpecial = faHidden or faSysFile or faVolumeID or faDirectory;
-begin
-  F.ExcludeAttr := not Attr and faSpecial;
-{$IFDEF Delphi}
-  F.FindHandle  := FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(Path), F.FindData);
-{$ELSE}
-  F.FindHandle  := FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(Path), @F.FindData);
-{$ENDIF}
-  if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
-  begin
-    Result := FindMatchingFileW(F);
-    if Result <> 0 then FindCloseW(F);
-  end else
-    Result := GetLastError;
-end;
-
-function FindNextW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
-begin
-{$IFDEF Delphi}
-  if FindNextFileW(F.FindHandle, F.FindData) then
-{$ELSE}
-  if FindNextFileW(F.FindHandle, @F.FindData) then
-{$ENDIF}
-    Result := FindMatchingFileW(F)
-  else
-    Result := GetLastError;
-end;
-
-procedure FindCloseW(var F: TSearchRecW);
-begin
-  if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
-  begin
-    Windows.FindClose(F.FindHandle);
-    F.FindHandle := INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-  end;
-end;
-
-function FindMatchingFileW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
-var
-  LocalFileTime: TFileTime;
-begin
-  with F do
-  begin
-    while FindData.dwFileAttributes and ExcludeAttr <> 0 do
-{$IFDEF Delphi}
-      if not FindNextFileW(FindHandle, FindData) then
-{$ELSE}
-      if not FindNextFileW(FindHandle, @FindData) then
-{$ENDIF}
-      begin
-        Result := GetLastError;
-        Exit;
-      end;
-    FileTimeToLocalFileTime(FindData.ftLastWriteTime, LocalFileTime);
-    FileTimeToDosDateTime(LocalFileTime, LongRec(Time).Hi, LongRec(Time).Lo);
-    Size := FindData.nFileSizeLow;
-    Attr := FindData.dwFileAttributes;
-    Name := FindData.cFileName;
-  end;
-  Result := 0;
-end;
-
-function DirectoryExistsW(const Directory: widestring): Boolean;
-var
-  Code: Integer;
-begin
-  Code := GetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(Directory));
-  Result := (Code <> -1) and (FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY and Code <> 0);
-end;
-
 //------------------------------
 //Start more than One Time Prevention
 //------------------------------
@@ -180,41 +89,6 @@ begin
     end;
 end;
 
-function TPlatformWindows.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray;
-var
-    i : Integer;
-    SR : TSearchRecW;
-    Attrib : Integer;
-begin
-  i := 0;
-  Filter := LowerCase(Filter);
-
-  if FindFirstW(Dir + '*', faAnyFile or faDirectory, SR) = 0 then
-  repeat
-    if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
-    begin
-      Attrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + SR.name);
-      if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((Attrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then
-      begin
-        SetLength( Result, i + 1);
-        Result[i].Name        := SR.name;
-        Result[i].IsDirectory := true;
-        Result[i].IsFile      := false;
-        i := i + 1;
-      end
-      else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(SR.Name)) > 0) then
-      begin
-        SetLength( Result, i + 1);
-        Result[i].Name        := SR.Name;
-        Result[i].IsDirectory := false;
-        Result[i].IsFile      := true;
-        i := i + 1;
-      end;
-    end;
-  until FindNextW(SR) <> 0;
-  FindCloseW(SR);
-end;
-
 (**
  * Returns the path of a special folder.
  *
@@ -225,37 +99,30 @@ end;
  * CSIDL_PERSONAL      (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents)
  * CSIDL_MYMUSIC       (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\My Music)
  *)
-function TPlatformWindows.GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): WideString;
+function TPlatformWindows.GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): IPath;
 var
   Buffer: array [0..MAX_PATH-1] of WideChar;
 begin
-{$IF Defined(Delphi) or (FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002)} // >= 2.2.2
   if (SHGetSpecialFolderPathW(0, @Buffer, CSIDL, false)) then
-    Result := Buffer
+    Result := Path(Buffer)
   else
-{$IFEND}
-    Result := '';
+    Result := PATH_NONE;
 end;
 
-function TPlatformWindows.GetLogPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformWindows.GetLogPath: IPath;
 begin
   Result := GetExecutionDir();
 end;
 
-function TPlatformWindows.GetGameSharedPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformWindows.GetGameSharedPath: IPath;
 begin
   Result := GetExecutionDir();
 end;
 
-function TPlatformWindows.GetGameUserPath: WideString;
+function TPlatformWindows.GetGameUserPath: IPath;
 begin
-  //Result := GetSpecialPath(CSIDL_APPDATA) + PathDelim + 'UltraStarDX' + PathDelim;
+  //Result := GetSpecialPath(CSIDL_APPDATA).Append('UltraStarDX', pdAppend);
   Result := GetExecutionDir();
 end;
 
-function TPlatformWindows.CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
-begin
-  Result := Windows.CopyFileW(PWideChar(Source), PWideChar(Target), FailIfExists);
-end;
-
 end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas
index 11ed84de..527eca7b 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas
@@ -34,20 +34,23 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  USong;
+  Classes,
+  USong,
+  UPath,
+  UPathUtils;
 
 type
   TPlaylistItem = record
-    Artist: String;
-    Title:  String;
+    Artist: UTF8String;
+    Title:  UTF8String;
     SongID: Integer;
   end;
 
   APlaylistItem = array of TPlaylistItem;
 
   TPlaylist = record
-    Name:     String;
-    Filename: String;
+    Name:     UTF8String;
+    Filename: IPath;
     Items:    APlaylistItem;
   end;
 
@@ -67,20 +70,20 @@ type
       Playlists:    APlaylist;
 
       constructor Create;
-      Procedure   LoadPlayLists;
-      Function    LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;
-      Procedure   SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+      procedure   LoadPlayLists;
+      function    LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
+      procedure   SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
 
-      Procedure   SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+      procedure   SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
 
-      Function    AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;
-      Procedure   DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+      function    AddPlaylist(const Name: UTF8String): Cardinal;
+      procedure   DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
 
-      Procedure   AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
-      Procedure   DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+      procedure   AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+      procedure   DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
 
-      Procedure   GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);
-      Function    GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer;
+      procedure   GetNames(var PLNames: array of UTF8String);
+      function    GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer;
     end;
 
     {Modes:
@@ -94,13 +97,15 @@ type
 
 implementation
 
-uses USongs,
-     ULog,
-     UMain,
-     //UFiles,
-     UGraphic,
-     UThemes,
-     SysUtils;
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  USongs,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UGraphic,
+  UThemes,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
 
 //----------
 //Create - Construct Class - Dummy for now
@@ -116,90 +121,90 @@ end;
 //----------
 Procedure   TPlayListManager.LoadPlayLists;
 var
-  SR:   TSearchRec;
   Len:  Integer;
   PlayListBuffer: TPlayList;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
 begin
   SetLength(Playlists, 0);
 
-  if FindFirst(PlayListPath + '*.upl', 0, SR) = 0 then
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(PlayListPath.Append('*.upl'), 0);
+  while (Iter.HasNext) do
   begin
-    repeat
-      Len := Length(Playlists);
-      SetLength(Playlists, Len +1);
+    Len := Length(Playlists);
+    SetLength(Playlists, Len + 1);
+
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
 
-      if not LoadPlayList (Len, Sr.Name) then
-        SetLength(Playlists, Len)
-      else
+    if not LoadPlayList(Len, FileInfo.Name) then
+      SetLength(Playlists, Len)
+    else
+    begin
+      // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort
+      PlayListBuffer := Playlists[Len];
+      Dec(Len);
+      while (Len >= 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Len].Name, PlayListBuffer.Name) >= 0) do
       begin
-        // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort
-        PlayListBuffer := Playlists[Len];
-        Dec(Len);
-        while (Len >= 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Len].Name, PlayListBuffer.Name) >= 0) do
-        begin
-            Playlists[Len+1] := Playlists[Len];
-            Dec(Len);
-        end;
-        Playlists[Len+1] := PlayListBuffer;
+          Playlists[Len+1] := Playlists[Len];
+          Dec(Len);
       end;
-
-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
-    FindClose(SR);
-  end;  
+      Playlists[Len+1] := PlayListBuffer;
+    end;
+  end;
 end;
 
 //----------
 //LoadPlayList - Load a Playlist in the Array
 //----------
-Function    TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;
-  var
-    F: TextFile;
-    Line: String;
-    PosDelimiter: Integer;
-    SongID: Integer;
-    Len: Integer;
+function TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
 
-  Function FindSong(Artist, Title: String): Integer;
+  function FindSong(Artist, Title: UTF8String): Integer;
   var I: Integer;
   begin
     Result := -1;
 
     For I := low(CatSongs.Song) to high(CatSongs.Song) do
     begin
-      if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) AND (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then
+      if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) and (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then
       begin
         Result := I;
         Break;
       end;
     end;
   end;
+
+var
+  TextStream: TTextFileStream;
+  Line: UTF8String;
+  PosDelimiter: Integer;
+  SongID: Integer;
+  Len: Integer;
+  FilenameAbs: IPath;
 begin
-  if not FileExists(PlayListPath + Filename) then
-  begin
-    Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + Filename);
-    Result := False;
-    Exit;
+  //Load File
+  try
+    FilenameAbs := PlaylistPath.Append(Filename);
+    TextStream := TMemTextFileStream.Create(FilenameAbs, fmOpenRead);
+  except
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + FilenameAbs.ToNative);
+      Result := False;
+      Exit;
+    end;
   end;
   Result := True;
 
-  //Load File
-  AssignFile(F, PlayListPath + FileName);
-  Reset(F);
-
   //Set Filename
-  PlayLists[Index].Filename := Filename;
-  PlayLists[Index].Name := '';
+  Playlists[Index].Filename := Filename;
+  Playlists[Index].Name := '';
 
   //Read Until End of File
-  While not Eof(F) do
+  while TextStream.ReadLine(Line) do
   begin
-    //Read Curent Line
-    Readln(F, Line);
-
     if (Length(Line) > 0) then
     begin
-    PosDelimiter := Pos(':', Line);
-      if (PosDelimiter  <> 0) then
+      PosDelimiter := UTF8Pos(':', Line);
+      if (PosDelimiter <> 0) then
       begin
         //Comment or Name String
         if (Line[1] = '#') then
@@ -223,7 +228,7 @@ begin
             PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Artist := Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1));
             PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Title  := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter));
           end
-          else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename + ', ' + Line);
+          else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename.ToNative + ', ' + Line);
         end;
       end;
     end;
@@ -232,71 +237,70 @@ begin
   //If no special name is given, use Filename
   if PlayLists[Index].Name = '' then
   begin
-    PlayLists[Index].Name := ChangeFileExt(FileName, '');
+    PlayLists[Index].Name := FileName.SetExtension('').ToUTF8;
   end;
 
   //Finish (Close File)
-  CloseFile(F);
+  TextStream.Free;
 end;
 
-//----------
-//SavePlayList - Saves the specified Playlist
-//----------
-Procedure   TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+{**
+ * Saves the specified Playlist
+ *}
+procedure   TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
 var
-  F: TextFile;
+  TextStream: TTextFileStream;
+  PlaylistFile: IPath;
   I: Integer;
 begin
-  if (Not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) OR (Not FileisReadOnly(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) then
-  begin
+  PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Playlists[Index].Filename);
 
-    //open File for Rewriting
-    AssignFile(F, PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename);
-    try
-      try
-        Rewrite(F);
+  // cannot update read-only file
+  if PlaylistFile.IsFile() and PlaylistFile.IsReadOnly() then
+    Exit;
 
-        //Write Version (not nessecary but helpful)
-        WriteLn(F, '######################################');
-        WriteLn(F, '#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0');
-        WriteLn(F, '#Playlist "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '" with ' + InttoStr(Length(Playlists[Index].Items)) + ' Songs.');
-        WriteLn(F, '######################################');
+  // open file for rewriting
+  TextStream := TMemTextFileStream.Create(PlaylistFile, fmCreate);
+  try
+    // Write version (not nessecary but helpful)
+    TextStream.WriteLine('######################################');
+    TextStream.WriteLine('#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0');
+    TextStream.WriteLine(Format('#Playlist %s with %d Songs.',
+                         [ Playlists[Index].Name, Length(Playlists[Index].Items) ]));
+    TextStream.WriteLine('######################################');
 
-        //Write Name Information
-        WriteLn(F, '#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name);
+    // Write name information
+    TextStream.WriteLine('#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name);
 
-        //Write Song Information
-        WriteLn(F, '#Songs:');
+    // Write song information
+    TextStream.WriteLine('#Songs:');
 
-        For I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do
-        begin
-          WriteLn(F, Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title);
-        end;
-      except
-        log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"');
-      end;
-    finally
-      CloseFile(F);
+    for I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do
+    begin
+      TextStream.WriteLine(Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title);
     end;
+  except
+    Log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"');
   end;
+  TextStream.Free;
 end;
 
-//----------
-//SetPlayList - Display a Playlist in CatSongs
-//----------
-Procedure   TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+{**
+ * Display a Playlist in CatSongs
+ *}
+procedure TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
 var
   I: Integer;
 begin
-  If (Int(Index) > High(PlayLists)) then
+  if (Int(Index) > High(PlayLists)) then
     exit;
 
   //Hide all Songs
-  For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+  for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
      CatSongs.Song[I].Visible := False;
 
   //Show Songs in PL
-  For I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do
+  for I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do
   begin
     CatSongs.Song[PlayLists[Index].Items[I].SongID].Visible := True;
   end;
@@ -313,7 +317,7 @@ begin
 
   //Fix SongSelection
   ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
-  ScreenSong.SelectNext;
+  ScreenSong.SelectNext(true);
   ScreenSong.FixSelected;
 
   //Play correct Music
@@ -323,31 +327,33 @@ end;
 //----------
 //AddPlaylist - Adds a Playlist and Returns the Index
 //----------
-Function    TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;
+function TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(const Name: UTF8String): cardinal;
 var
   I: Integer;
+  PlaylistFile: IPath;
 begin
   Result := Length(Playlists);
   SetLength(Playlists, Result + 1);
   
   // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort
-  while (Result > 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Result - 1].Name, Name) >= 0) do
+  while (Result > 0) and (CompareText(Playlists[Result - 1].Name, Name) >= 0) do
   begin
     Dec(Result);
     Playlists[Result+1] := Playlists[Result];
   end;
-  Playlists[Result].Name      := Name;
+  Playlists[Result].Name := Name;
+
+  // clear playlist items
+  SetLength(Playlists[Result].Items, 0);
 
   I := 1;
-  if (not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + '.upl')) then
-    Playlists[Result].Filename  := Name + '.upl'
-  else
+  PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Name + '.upl');
+  while (PlaylistFile.Exists) do
   begin
-    repeat
-      Inc(I);
-    until not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl');
-    Playlists[Result].Filename := Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl';
+    Inc(I);
+    PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl');
   end;
+  Playlists[Result].Filename := PlaylistFile.GetName;
 
   //Save new Playlist
   SavePlayList(Result);
@@ -356,28 +362,28 @@ end;
 //----------
 //DelPlaylist - Deletes a Playlist
 //----------
-Procedure   TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+procedure   TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
 var
   I: Integer;
-  Filename: String;
+  Filename: IPath;
 begin
-  If Int(Index) > High(Playlists) then
+  if Int(Index) > High(Playlists) then
     Exit;
 
-  Filename := PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename;
+  Filename := PlaylistPath.Append(Playlists[Index].Filename);
 
   //If not FileExists or File is not Writeable then exit
-  If (Not FileExists(Filename)) OR (FileisReadOnly(Filename)) then
+  if (not Filename.IsFile()) or (Filename.IsReadOnly()) then
     Exit;
 
 
   //Delete Playlist from FileSystem
-  if Not DeleteFile(Filename) then
+  if not Filename.DeleteFile() then
     Exit;
 
   //Delete Playlist from Array
   //move all PLs to the Hole
-  For I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do
+  for I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do
     PlayLists[I] := PlayLists[I+1];
 
   //Delete last Playlist
@@ -389,7 +395,7 @@ begin
   begin
     ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;
     ScreenSong.HideCatTL;
-    CatSongs.SetFilter('', 0);
+    CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll);
     ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
     ScreenSong.FixSelected;
     ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
@@ -470,7 +476,7 @@ end;
 //----------
 //GetNames - Writes Playlist Names in a Array
 //----------
-Procedure    TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);
+procedure TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of UTF8String);
 var
   I: Integer;
   Len: Integer;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index f299796f..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL$
- * $Id$
- *}
-
-unit uPluginInterface;
-{*********************
-  uPluginInterface
-  Unit fills a TPluginInterface structure with method pointers
-  Unit contains all functions called directly by plugins
-*********************}
-
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-
-uses
-  uPluginDefs;
-
-//---------------
-// Methods for Plugin
-//---------------
-  {******** Hook specific Methods ********}
-    {Function Creates a new Hookable Event and Returns the Handle
-     or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)}
-  Function CreateHookableEvent (EventName: PChar): THandle; stdcall;
-
-    {Function Destroys an Event and Unhooks all Hooks to this Event.
-     0 on success, not 0 on Failure}
-  Function DestroyHookableEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; stdcall;
-
-    {Function start calling the Hook Chain
-     0 if Chain is called until the End, -1 if Event Handle is not valid
-     otherwise Return Value of the Hook that breaks the Chain}
-  Function NotivyEventHooks (hEvent: THandle; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
-
-    {Function Hooks an Event by Name.
-     Returns Hook Handle on Success, otherwise 0}
-  Function HookEvent (EventName: PChar; HookProc: TUS_Hook): THandle; stdcall;
-
-    {Function Removes the Hook from the Chain
-     Returns 0 on Success}
-  Function UnHookEvent (hHook: THandle): Integer; stdcall;
-
-    {Function Returns Non Zero if a Event with the given Name Exists,
-     otherwise 0}
-  Function EventExists (EventName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
-
-    {******** Service specific Methods ********}
-    {Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle
-     or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)}
-  Function CreateService (ServiceName: PChar; ServiceProc: TUS_Service): THandle; stdcall;
-
-    {Function Destroys a Service.
-     0 on success, not 0 on Failure}
-  Function DestroyService (hService: THandle): integer; stdcall;
-
-    {Function Calls a Services Proc
-     Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure}
-  Function CallService (ServiceName: PChar; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
-
-    {Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists,
-     otherwise 0}
-  Function ServiceExists (ServiceName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
-
-implementation
-uses UCore;
-
-{******** Hook specific Methods ********}
-//---------------
-// Function Creates a new Hookable Event and Returns the Handle
-// or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists) 
-//---------------
-Function CreateHookableEvent (EventName: PChar): THandle; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Hooks.AddEvent(EventName);
-end;
-
-//---------------
-// Function Destroys an Event and Unhooks all Hooks to this Event.
-// 0 on success, not 0 on Failure
-//---------------
-Function DestroyHookableEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Hooks.DelEvent(hEvent);
-end;
-
-//---------------
-// Function start calling the Hook Chain
-// 0 if Chain is called until the End, -1 if Event Handle is not valid
-// otherwise Return Value of the Hook that breaks the Chain
-//---------------
-Function NotivyEventHooks (hEvent: THandle; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Hooks.CallEventChain(hEvent, wParam, lParam);
-end;
-
-//---------------
-// Function Hooks an Event by Name.
-// Returns Hook Handle on Success, otherwise 0
-//---------------
-Function HookEvent (EventName: PChar; HookProc: TUS_Hook): THandle; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Hooks.AddSubscriber(EventName, HookProc);
-end;
-
-//---------------
-// Function Removes the Hook from the Chain
-// Returns 0 on Success
-//---------------
-Function UnHookEvent (hHook: THandle): Integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Hooks.DelSubscriber(hHook);
-end;
-
-//---------------
-// Function Returns Non Zero if a Event with the given Name Exists,
-// otherwise 0
-//---------------
-Function EventExists (EventName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Hooks.EventExists(EventName);
-end;
-
-    {******** Service specific Methods ********}
-//---------------
-// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle
-// or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)
-//---------------
-Function CreateService (ServiceName: PChar; ServiceProc: TUS_Service): THandle; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Services.AddService(ServiceName, ServiceProc);
-end;
-
-//---------------
-// Function Destroys a Service.
-// 0 on success, not 0 on Failure
-//---------------
-Function DestroyService (hService: THandle): integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Services.DelService(hService);
-end;
-  
-//---------------
-// Function Calls a Services Proc
-// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure
-//---------------
-Function CallService (ServiceName: PChar; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Services.CallService(ServiceName, wParam, lParam);
-end;
-   
-//---------------
-// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists,
-// otherwise 0                                                      
-//---------------
-Function ServiceExists (ServiceName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
-begin
-  Result := Core.Services.ServiceExists(ServiceName);
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e581c23..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,798 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/base/uPluginLoader.pas $
- * $Id: uPluginLoader.pas 1403 2008-09-23 21:17:22Z k-m_schindler $
- *}
-
-unit UPluginLoader;
-{*********************
-  UPluginLoader
-  Unit contains two classes
-    TPluginLoader: Class searching for and loading the plugins
-    TtehPlugins:   Class representing the plugins in modules chain
-*********************}
-
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-
-uses
-  UPluginDefs,
-  UCoreModule;
-
-type
-  TPluginListItem = record
-    Info: TUS_PluginInfo;
-    State: Byte;          // State of this plugin: 0 - undefined; 1 - loaded; 2 - inited / running; 4 - unloaded; 254 - loading aborted by plugin; 255 - unloaded because of error
-    Path: String;         // path to this plugin
-    NeedsDeInit: Boolean; // if this is inited correctly this should be true
-    hLib: THandle;        // handle of loaded libary
-    Procs: record         // procs offered by plugin. Don't call this directly use wrappers of TPluginLoader
-      Load:   Func_Load;
-      Init:   Func_Init;
-      DeInit: Proc_DeInit;
-    end;
-  end;
-  {*********************
-    TPluginLoader
-    Class searches for plugins and manages loading and unloading
-  *********************}
-  PPluginLoader = ^TPluginLoader;
-  TPluginLoader = class (TCoreModule)
-    private
-      LoadingProcessFinished: Boolean;
-      sUnloadPlugin:    THandle;
-      sLoadPlugin:      THandle;
-      sGetPluginInfo:   THandle;
-      sGetPluginState:  THandle;
-
-      procedure FreePlugin(Index: Cardinal);
-    public
-      PluginInterface: TUS_PluginInterface;
-      Plugins: array of TPluginListItem;
-
-      // TCoreModule methods to inherit
-      constructor Create; override;
-      procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); override;
-      function Load: Boolean; override;
-      function Init: Boolean; override;
-      procedure DeInit; override;
-      Destructor Destroy; override;
-
-      // New methods
-      procedure BrowseDir(Path: String);             // browses the path at _Path_ for plugins
-      function  PluginExists(Name: String): integer; // if plugin exists: Index of plugin, else -1
-      procedure AddPlugin(Filename: String);         // adds plugin to the array
-
-      function  CallLoad(Index: Cardinal): integer;
-      function  CallInit(Index: Cardinal): integer;
-      procedure CallDeInit(Index: Cardinal);
-
-      //Services offered
-      function LoadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | lParam (if wParam = nil) ID of the Plugin
-      function UnloadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | lParam (if wParam = nil) ID of the Plugin
-      function GetPluginInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If wParam = -1 then (If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Get PluginInfo of Plugin with Index(wParam) to Address at lParam)
-      function GetPluginState(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If wParam = -1 then (If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Return PluginInfo of Plugin with Index(wParam))
-
-  end;
-
-  {*********************
-    TtehPlugins
-    Class represents the plugins in module chain.
-    It calls the plugins procs and funcs
-  *********************}
-  TtehPlugins = class (TCoreModule)
-    private
-      PluginLoader: PPluginLoader;
-    public
-      // TCoreModule methods to inherit
-      constructor Create; override;
-      
-      procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); override;
-      function Load: Boolean; override;
-      function Init: Boolean; override;
-      procedure DeInit; override;
-  end;
-
-const
-{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
-  PluginFileExtension = '.dll';
-{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
-  PluginFileExtension = '.dylib';
-{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
-  PluginFileExtension = '.so';
-{$IFEND}
-
-implementation
-
-uses
-  UCore,
-  UPluginInterface,
-{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
-  windows,
-{$ELSE}
-  dynlibs,
-{$ENDIF}
-  UMain,
-  SysUtils;
-
-{*********************
-  TPluginLoader
-  Implementation
-*********************}
-
-//-------------
-// function that gives some infos about the module to the core
-//-------------
-procedure TPluginLoader.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
-begin
-  pInfo^.Name := 'TPluginLoader';
-  pInfo^.Version := MakeVersion(1,0,0,chr(0));
-  pInfo^.Description := 'Searches for plugins, loads and unloads them';
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Just the constructor
-//-------------
-constructor TPluginLoader.Create;
-begin
-  inherited;
-
-  // Init PluginInterface
-  // Using methods from UPluginInterface
-  PluginInterface.CreateHookableEvent := CreateHookableEvent;
-  PluginInterface.DestroyHookableEvent := DestroyHookableEvent;
-  PluginInterface.NotivyEventHooks := NotivyEventHooks;
-  PluginInterface.HookEvent := HookEvent;
-  PluginInterface.UnHookEvent := UnHookEvent;
-  PluginInterface.EventExists := EventExists;
-
-  PluginInterface.CreateService := @CreateService;
-  PluginInterface.DestroyService := DestroyService;
-  PluginInterface.CallService := CallService;
-  PluginInterface.ServiceExists := ServiceExists;
-
-  // UnSet private var
-  LoadingProcessFinished := False;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Is called on loading.
-// In this method only events and services should be created
-// to offer them to other modules or plugins during the init process
-// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit
-//-------------
-function TPluginLoader.Load: Boolean;
-begin
-  Result := True;
-
-  try
-    // Start searching for plugins
-    BrowseDir(PluginPath);
-  except
-    Result := False;
-    Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error browsing and loading.')), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-  end;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Is called on init process
-// In this method you can hook some events and create + init
-// your classes, variables etc.
-// If false is returned this will cause a forced exit
-//-------------
-function TPluginLoader.Init: Boolean;
-begin
-  // Just set private var to true.
-  LoadingProcessFinished := True;
-  Result := True;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Is called if this module has been inited and there is a exit.
-// Deinit is in backwards initing order
-//-------------
-procedure TPluginLoader.DeInit;
-var
-  I: integer;
-begin
-  // Force deinit
-  // if some plugins aren't deinited for some reason o0
-  for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do
-  begin
-    if (Plugins[I].State < 4) then
-      FreePlugin(I);
-  end;
-
-  // Nothing to do here. Core will remove the hooks
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Is called if this module will be unloaded and has been created
-// Should be used to free memory
-//-------------
-Destructor TPluginLoader.Destroy;
-begin
-  // Just save some memory if it wasn't done now..
-  SetLength(Plugins, 0);
-  inherited;
-end;
-
-//--------------
-//  Browses the path at _Path_ for plugins
-//--------------
-procedure TPluginLoader.BrowseDir(Path: String);
-var
-  SR: TSearchRec;
-begin
-  // Search for other dirs to browse
-  if FindFirst(Path + '*', faDirectory, SR) = 0 then begin
-    repeat
-      if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
-        BrowseDir(Path + Sr.Name + PathDelim);
-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
-  end;
-  FindClose(SR);
-  
-  // Search for plugins at path
-  if FindFirst(Path + '*' + PluginFileExtension, 0, SR) = 0 then
-  begin
-    repeat
-      AddPlugin(Path + SR.Name);
-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
-  end;
-  FindClose(SR);
-end;
- 
-//--------------
-// If plugin exists: Index of plugin, else -1
-//--------------
-function  TPluginLoader.PluginExists(Name: String): integer;
-var
-  I: integer;
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-
-  if (Length(Name) <= 32 { =>Length(TUS_PluginInfo.Name)}) then
-  begin
-    for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do
-      if (Plugins[I].Info.Name = Name) then
-      begin //Found the Plugin
-        Result := I;
-        Break;
-      end;
-  end;
-end;
- 
-//--------------
-// Adds plugin to the array
-//--------------
-procedure TPluginLoader.AddPlugin(Filename: String);
-var
-  hLib: THandle;
-  PInfo: Proc_PluginInfo;
-  Info: TUS_PluginInfo;
-  PluginID: integer;
-begin
-  if (FileExists(Filename)) then
-  begin //Load Libary
-    hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(Filename));
-    if (hLib <> 0) then
-    begin // Try to get address of the info proc
-      PInfo := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Info'));
-      if (@PInfo <> nil) then
-      begin
-        Info.cbSize := SizeOf(TUS_PluginInfo);
-
-        try // Call info proc
-          PInfo(@Info);
-        except
-          Info.Name := '';
-          Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error getting plugin info: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-        end;
-
-        // Is name set ?
-        if (Trim(Info.Name) <> '') then
-        begin
-          PluginID := PluginExists(Info.Name);
-
-          if (PluginID > 0) and (Plugins[PluginID].State >=4) then
-            PluginID := -1;
-
-          if (PluginID = -1) then
-          begin
-            // Add new item to array
-            PluginID := Length(Plugins);
-            SetLength(Plugins, PluginID + 1);
-
-            // Fill with info:
-            Plugins[PluginID].Info := Info;
-            Plugins[PluginID].State := 0;
-            Plugins[PluginID].Path := Filename;
-            Plugins[PluginID].NeedsDeInit := False;
-            Plugins[PluginID].hLib := hLib;
-
-            // Try to get procs
-            Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load   := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Load'));
-            Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init   := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Init'));
-            Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_DeInit'));
-
-            if (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit = nil) then
-            begin
-              Plugins[PluginID].State := 255;
-              FreeLibrary(hLib);
-              Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t get plugin procs from libary: "' + Info.Name + '" ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-            end;
-
-            // Emulate loading process if this plugin is loaded too late
-            if (LoadingProcessFinished) then
-            begin
-              CallLoad(PluginID);
-              CallInit(PluginID);
-            end;
-          end
-          else if (LoadingProcessFinished = False) then
-          begin
-            if (Plugins[PluginID].Info.Version < Info.Version) then
-            begin // Found newer version of this plugin
-              Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Found a newer version of plugin: ' + String(Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-
-              // Unload old plugin
-              UnloadPlugin(PluginID, nil);
-
-              // Fill with new info
-              Plugins[PluginID].Info := Info;
-              Plugins[PluginID].State := 0;
-              Plugins[PluginID].Path := Filename;
-              Plugins[PluginID].NeedsDeInit := False;
-              Plugins[PluginID].hLib := hLib;
-
-              // Try to get procs
-              Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load   := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Load'));
-              Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init   := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Init'));
-              Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_DeInit'));
-
-              if (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit = nil) then
-              begin
-                FreeLibrary(hLib);
-                Plugins[PluginID].State := 255;
-                Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t get plugin procs from libary: "' + Info.Name + '" ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-              end;
-            end
-            else
-            begin // Newer Version already loaded
-              FreeLibrary(hLib);
-            end;
-          end
-          else
-          begin
-            FreeLibrary(hLib);
-            Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin with this name already exists: ' + String(Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-          end;
-        end
-        else
-        begin
-          FreeLibrary(hLib);
-          Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('No name reported: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-        end;
-      end
-      else
-      begin
-        FreeLibrary(hLib);
-        Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t find info procedure: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-      end;
-    end
-    else
-      Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t load plugin libary: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-  end;
-end;
-
-//--------------
-// Calls load func of plugin with the given index
-//--------------
-function  TPluginLoader.CallLoad(Index: Cardinal): integer;
-begin
-  Result := -2;
-  if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then
-  begin
-    if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.Load <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].State = 0) then
-    begin
-      try
-        Result := Plugins[Index].Procs.Load(@PluginInterface);
-      except
-        Result := -3;
-      End;
-
-      if (Result = 0) then
-        Plugins[Index].State := 1
-      else
-      begin
-        FreePlugin(Index);
-        Plugins[Index].State := 255;
-        Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error calling load function from plugin: ' + String(Plugins[Index].Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-      end;
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//--------------
-// Calls init func of plugin with the given index
-//--------------
-function  TPluginLoader.CallInit(Index: Cardinal): integer;
-begin
-  Result := -2;
-  if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then
-  begin
-    if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.Init <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].State = 1) then
-    begin
-      try
-        Result := Plugins[Index].Procs.Init(@PluginInterface);
-      except
-        Result := -3;
-      End;
-      
-      if (Result = 0) then
-      begin
-        Plugins[Index].State := 2;
-        Plugins[Index].NeedsDeInit := True;
-      end
-      else
-      begin
-        FreePlugin(Index);
-        Plugins[Index].State := 255;
-        Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error calling init function from plugin: ' + String(Plugins[Index].Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-      end;
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//--------------
-// Calls deinit proc of plugin with the given index
-//--------------
-procedure TPluginLoader.CallDeInit(Index: Cardinal);
-begin
-  if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then
-  begin
-    if (Plugins[Index].State < 4) then
-    begin
-      if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].NeedsDeInit) then
-        try
-          Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit(@PluginInterface);
-        except
-
-        End;
-
-      // Don't forget to remove services and subscriptions by this plugin
-      Core.Hooks.DelbyOwner(-1 - Index);
-
-      FreePlugin(Index);
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//--------------
-// Frees all plugin sources (procs and handles) - helper for deiniting functions
-//--------------
-procedure TPluginLoader.FreePlugin(Index: Cardinal);
-begin
-  Plugins[Index].State := 4;
-  Plugins[Index].Procs.Load := nil;
-  Plugins[Index].Procs.Init := nil;
-  Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit := nil;
-
-  if (Plugins[Index].hLib <> 0) then
-    FreeLibrary(Plugins[Index].hLib);
-end;
-
-
-
-//--------------
-// wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | wParam (if lParam = nil) ID of the plugin
-//--------------
-function TPluginLoader.LoadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-var
-  Index: integer;
-  sFile: String;
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-  sFile := '';
-  // lParam is ID
-  if (lParam = nil) then
-  begin
-    Index := wParam;
-  end
-  else
-  begin //lParam is PChar
-    try
-      sFile := String(PChar(lParam));
-      Index := PluginExists(sFile);
-      if (Index < 0) And FileExists(sFile) then
-      begin // Is filename
-        AddPlugin(sFile);
-        Result := Plugins[High(Plugins)].State;
-      end;
-    except
-      Index := -2;
-    end;
-  end;
-
-
-  if (Index >= 0) and (Index < Length(Plugins)) then
-  begin
-    AddPlugin(Plugins[Index].Path);
-    Result := Plugins[Index].State;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//--------------
-// wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | wParam (if lParam = nil) ID of the plugin
-//--------------
-function TPluginLoader.UnloadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-var
-  Index: integer;
-  sName: String;
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-  // lParam is ID
-  if (lParam = nil) then
-  begin
-    Index := wParam;
-  end
-  else
-  begin // wParam is PChar
-    try
-      sName := String(PChar(lParam));
-      Index := PluginExists(sName);
-    except
-      Index := -2;
-    end;
-  end;
-
-
-  if (Index >= 0) and (Index < Length(Plugins)) then
-      CallDeInit(Index)
-end;
-
-//--------------
-// if wParam = -1 then (if lParam = nil then get length of moduleinfo array. if lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Get PluginInfo of plugin with Index(wParam) to address at lParam)
-//--------------
-function TPluginLoader.GetPluginInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-var I: integer;
-begin
-  Result := 0;
-  if (wParam > 0) then
-  begin // Get info of 1 plugin
-    if (lParam <> nil) and (wParam < Length(Plugins)) then
-    begin
-      try
-        Result := 1;
-        PUS_PluginInfo(lParam)^ := Plugins[wParam].Info;
-      except
-
-      End;
-    end;
-  end
-  else if (lParam = nil) then
-  begin // Get length of plugin (info) array
-    Result := Length(Plugins);
-  end
-  else //Write PluginInfo Array to Address in lParam
-  begin
-    try
-      for I := 0 to high(Plugins) do
-        PAUS_PluginInfo(lParam)^[I] := Plugins[I].Info;
-      Result := Length(Plugins);
-    except
-      Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not write PluginInfo Array')), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-    End;
-  end;
-
-end;
-
-//--------------
-// if wParam = -1 then (if lParam = nil then get length of plugin state array. if lparam <> nil then write array of Byte to address at lparam) else (return state of plugin with index(wParam))
-//--------------
-function TPluginLoader.GetPluginState(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-var I: integer;
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-  if (wParam > 0) then
-  begin // Get state of 1 plugin
-    if (wParam < Length(Plugins)) then
-    begin
-      Result := Plugins[wParam].State;
-    end;
-  end
-  else if (lParam = nil) then
-  begin // Get length of plugin (info) array
-    Result := Length(Plugins);
-  end
-  else // Write plugininfo array to address in lParam
-  begin
-    try
-      for I := 0 to high(Plugins) do
-        Byte(Pointer(integer(lParam) + I)^) := Plugins[I].State;
-      Result := Length(Plugins);
-    except
-      Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not write pluginstate array')), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
-    End;
-  end;
-end;
-
-
-{*********************
-  TtehPlugins
-  Implementation
-*********************}
-
-//-------------
-// function that gives some infos about the module to the core
-//-------------
-procedure TtehPlugins.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
-begin
-  pInfo^.Name := 'TtehPlugins';
-  pInfo^.Version := MakeVersion(1,0,0,chr(0));
-  pInfo^.Description := 'Module executing the Plugins!';
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Just the constructor
-//-------------
-constructor TtehPlugins.Create;
-begin
-  inherited;
-  PluginLoader := nil;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Is called on loading.
-// In this method only events and services should be created
-// to offer them to other modules or plugins during the init process
-// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit
-//-------------
-function TtehPlugins.Load: Boolean;
-var
-  i: integer; // Counter
-  CurExecutedBackup: integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
-begin
-  // Get pointer to pluginloader
-  PluginLoader := PPluginLoader(Core.GetModulebyName('TPluginLoader'));
-  if (PluginLoader = nil) then
-  begin
-    Result := false;
-    Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not get pointer to pluginLoader')), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
-  end
-  else
-  begin
-    Result := true;
-
-    // Backup curexecuted
-    CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
-
-    // Start loading the plugins
-    for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do
-    begin
-      Core.CurExecuted := -1 - i;
-
-      try
-        // Unload plugin if not correctly executed
-        if (PluginLoader.CallLoad(i) <> 0) then
-        begin
-          PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
-          PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 254; // Plugin asks for unload
-          Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin selfabort during loading process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
-        end
-        else
-        begin
-          Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin loaded succesfully: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
-        end;
-      except
-        // Plugin could not be loaded.
-        // => Show error message, then shutdown plugin
-        on E: Exception do
-        begin
-          PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
-          PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 255; // Plugin causes error
-          Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin causes error during loading process: ' + PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name + ', ErrorMsg: "' + E.Message + '"')), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
-        end;
-      end;
-    end;
-
-    // Reset CurExecuted  
-    Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Is called on init process
-// in this method you can hook some events and create + init
-// your classes, variables etc.
-// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit
-//-------------
-function TtehPlugins.Init: Boolean;
-var
-  i: integer; // Counter
-  CurExecutedBackup: integer; // backup of Core.CurExecuted attribute
-begin
-  Result := true;
-
-  // Backup CurExecuted
-  CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
-
-  // Start loading the plugins
-  for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do
-    try
-      Core.CurExecuted := -1 - i;
-
-      // Unload plugin if not correctly executed
-      if (PluginLoader.CallInit(i) <> 0) then
-      begin
-        PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
-        PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 254; //Plugin asks for unload
-        Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin selfabort during init process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
-      end
-      else
-        Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin inited succesfully: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
-    except
-      // Plugin could not be loaded.
-      // => Show error message, then shut down plugin
-      PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
-      PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 255; //Plugin causes Error
-      Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin causes error during init process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
-    end;
-
-  // Reset CurExecuted
-  Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
-end;
-
-//-------------
-// Is called if this module has been inited and there is a exit.
-// Deinit is in backwards initing order
-//-------------
-procedure TtehPlugins.DeInit;
-var
-  i: integer; // Counter
-  CurExecutedBackup: integer; // backup of Core.CurExecuted attribute
-begin
-  // Backup CurExecuted
-  CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
-
-  // Start loop
-  
-  for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do
-  begin
-    try
-      // DeInit plugin
-      PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
-    except
-    end;
-  end;
-
-  // Reset CurExecuted
-  Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas b/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas
index 132bafd5..2c2093a0 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas
@@ -36,26 +36,26 @@ interface
 uses
   Classes,
   Math,
-  SysUtils,
   sdl,
+  SysUtils,
   UCommon,
   UMusic,
   UIni;
 
 const
   BaseToneFreq = 65.4064; // lowest (half-)tone to analyze (C2 = 65.4064 Hz)
-  NumHalftones = 36; // C2-B4 (for Whitney and my high voice)
+  NumHalftones = 36;      // C2-B4 (for Whitney and my high voice)
 
 type
   TCaptureBuffer = class
     private
-      VoiceStream:  TAudioVoiceStream; // stream for voice passthrough
+      VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream; // stream for voice passthrough
       AnalysisBufferLock: PSDL_Mutex;
 
       function GetToneString: string; // converts a tone to its string represenatation;
 
-      procedure BoostBuffer(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal);
-      procedure ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer);
+      procedure BoostBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer);
+      procedure ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
 
       // we call it to analyze sound by checking Autocorrelation
       procedure AnalyzeByAutocorrelation;
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ type
       procedure LockAnalysisBuffer();   {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
       procedure UnlockAnalysisBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
 
-      function MaxSampleVolume: Single;
+      function MaxSampleVolume: single;
       property ToneString: string READ GetToneString;
   end;
 
@@ -95,17 +95,17 @@ const
 
 type
   TAudioInputSource = record
-    Name:   string;
+    Name: string;
   end;
 
   // soundcard input-devices information
   TAudioInputDevice = class
     public
-      CfgIndex:        integer;   // index of this device in Ini.InputDeviceConfig
-      Name:            string;    // soundcard name
-      Source:          array of TAudioInputSource; // soundcard input-sources
-      SourceRestore:   integer;  // source-index that will be selected after capturing (-1: not detected)
-      MicSource:       integer;  // source-index of mic (-1: none detected)
+      CfgIndex:      integer;   // index of this device in Ini.InputDeviceConfig
+      Name:          string;    // soundcard name
+      Source:        array of TAudioInputSource; // soundcard input-sources
+      SourceRestore: integer;  // source-index that will be selected after capturing (-1: not detected)
+      MicSource:     integer;  // source-index of mic (-1: none detected)
 
       AudioFormat:     TAudioFormatInfo; // capture format info (e.g. 44.1kHz SInt16 stereo)
       CaptureChannel:  array of TCaptureBuffer; // sound-buffer references used for mono or stereo channel's capture data
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ type
       procedure LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex: integer; Sound: TCaptureBuffer);
 
       // TODO: add Open/Close functions so Start/Stop becomes faster
-      //function Open(): boolean;  virtual; abstract;
-      //function Close(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
-      function Start(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
-      function Stop(): boolean;  virtual; abstract;
+      //function Open():    boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      //function Close():   boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      function Start():   boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      function Stop():    boolean; virtual; abstract;
 
       function GetVolume(): single;        virtual; abstract;
       procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); virtual; abstract;
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ type
       procedure UpdateInputDeviceConfig;
 
       // handle microphone input
-      procedure HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal;
+      procedure HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer;
                                      InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice);
   end;
 
@@ -153,7 +153,6 @@ type
       procedure CaptureStop;
   end;
 
-
   TSmallIntArray = array [0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(SmallInt))-1] of SmallInt;
   PSmallIntArray = ^TSmallIntArray;
 
@@ -163,12 +162,11 @@ implementation
 
 uses
   ULog,
-  UMain;
+  UNote;
 
 var
   singleton_AudioInputProcessor : TAudioInputProcessor = nil;
 
-
 { Global }
 
 function AudioInputProcessor(): TAudioInputProcessor;
@@ -179,7 +177,6 @@ begin
   result := singleton_AudioInputProcessor;
 end;
 
-
 { TAudioInputDevice }
 
 destructor TAudioInputDevice.Destroy;
@@ -268,11 +265,11 @@ begin
   UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
 end;
 
-procedure TCaptureBuffer.ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer);
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
 var
   BufferOffset: integer;
-  SampleCount: integer;
-  i: integer;
+  SampleCount:  integer;
+  i:            integer;
 begin
   // apply software boost
   BoostBuffer(Buffer, BufferSize);
@@ -299,7 +296,6 @@ begin
     SampleCount := Length(AnalysisBuffer);
   end;
 
-
   LockAnalysisBuffer();
   try
 
@@ -315,7 +311,6 @@ begin
     UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
   end;
 
-
   // save capture-data to BufferLong if enabled
   if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then
   begin
@@ -329,10 +324,10 @@ end;
 
 procedure TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeBuffer;
 var
-  Volume:    single;
-  MaxVolume: single;
+  Volume:      single;
+  MaxVolume:   single;
   SampleIndex: integer;
-  Threshold: single;
+  Threshold:   single;
 begin
   ToneValid := false;
   ToneAbs := -1;
@@ -431,10 +426,10 @@ begin
   Result := 1 - AccumDist / AnalysisBufferSize;
 end;
 
-function TCaptureBuffer.MaxSampleVolume: Single;
+function TCaptureBuffer.MaxSampleVolume: single;
 var
-  lSampleIndex: Integer;
-  lMaxVol : Longint;
+  lSampleIndex: integer;
+  lMaxVol:      longint;
 begin;
   LockAnalysisBuffer();
   try
@@ -464,13 +459,13 @@ begin
     Result := '-';
 end;
 
-procedure TCaptureBuffer.BoostBuffer(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal);
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.BoostBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer);
 var
-  i: integer;
-  Value: Longint;
-  SampleCount: integer;
+  i:            integer;
+  Value:        longint;
+  SampleCount:  integer;
   SampleBuffer: PSmallIntArray; // buffer handled as array of samples
-  Boost:  byte;
+  Boost:        byte;
 begin
   // TODO: set boost per device
   case Ini.MicBoost of
@@ -504,7 +499,6 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-
 { TAudioInputProcessor }
 
 constructor TAudioInputProcessor.Create;
@@ -531,14 +525,14 @@ end;
 // See: TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg()
 procedure TAudioInputProcessor.UpdateInputDeviceConfig;
 var
-  deviceIndex: integer;
-  newDevice: boolean;
+  deviceIndex:    integer;
+  newDevice:      boolean;
   deviceIniIndex: integer;
-  deviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
-  device: TAudioInputDevice;
-  channelCount: integer;
-  channelIndex: integer;
-  i: integer;
+  deviceCfg:      PInputDeviceConfig;
+  device:         TAudioInputDevice;
+  channelCount:   integer;
+  channelIndex:   integer;
+  i:              integer;
 begin
   // Input devices - append detected soundcards
   for deviceIndex := 0 to High(DeviceList) do
@@ -608,22 +602,20 @@ end;
  *   Length - number of bytes in Buffer
  *   Input - Soundcard-Input used for capture
  *}
-procedure TAudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal; InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice);
+procedure TAudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer; InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice);
 var
-  MultiChannelBuffer: PChar;  // buffer handled as array of bytes (offset relative to channel)
-  SingleChannelBuffer: PChar; // temporary buffer for new samples per channel
+  MultiChannelBuffer:      PByteArray;  // buffer handled as array of bytes (offset relative to channel)
+  SingleChannelBuffer:     PByteArray;  // temporary buffer for new samples per channel
   SingleChannelBufferSize: integer;
-  ChannelIndex: integer;
-  CaptureChannel: TCaptureBuffer;
-  AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo;
-  SampleSize: integer;
-  SampleCount: integer;
-  SamplesPerChannel: integer;
-  i: integer;
+  ChannelIndex:            integer;
+  CaptureChannel:          TCaptureBuffer;
+  AudioFormat:             TAudioFormatInfo;
+  SampleSize:              integer;
+  SamplesPerChannel:       integer;
+  i:                       integer;
 begin
   AudioFormat := InputDevice.AudioFormat;
   SampleSize := AudioSampleSize[AudioFormat.Format];
-  SampleCount := Size div SampleSize;
   SamplesPerChannel := Size div AudioFormat.FrameSize;
 
   SingleChannelBufferSize := SamplesPerChannel * SampleSize;
@@ -638,7 +630,7 @@ begin
     begin
       // set offset according to channel index
       MultiChannelBuffer := @Buffer[ChannelIndex * SampleSize];
-      // seperate channel-data from interleaved multi-channel (e.g. stereo) data
+      // separate channel-data from interleaved multi-channel (e.g. stereo) data
       for i := 0 to SamplesPerChannel-1 do
       begin
         Move(MultiChannelBuffer[i*AudioFormat.FrameSize],
@@ -652,7 +644,6 @@ begin
   FreeMem(SingleChannelBuffer);
 end;
 
-
 { TAudioInputBase }
 
 function TAudioInputBase.FinalizeRecord: boolean;
@@ -670,13 +661,13 @@ end;
  *}
 procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStart;
 var
-  S:  integer;
-  DeviceIndex: integer;
+  S:            integer;
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
   ChannelIndex: integer;
-  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
-  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
-  DeviceUsed: boolean;
-  Player: integer;
+  Device:       TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg:    PInputDeviceConfig;
+  DeviceUsed:   boolean;
+  Player:       integer;
 begin
   if (Started) then
     CaptureStop();
@@ -728,10 +719,10 @@ end;
  *}
 procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStop;
 var
-  DeviceIndex: integer;
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
   ChannelIndex: integer;
-  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
-  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  Device:       TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg:    PInputDeviceConfig;
 begin
   for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
   begin
@@ -758,17 +749,18 @@ var
   var
     i: integer;
   begin
-    Result := False;
+    Result := false;
     // search devices with same description
-    For i := 0 to deviceIndex-1 do
+    for i := 0 to deviceIndex-1 do
     begin
       if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[i].Name = name) then
       begin
-        Result := True;
+        Result := true;
         Break;
       end;
     end;
   end;
+
 begin
   count := 1;
   result := name;
@@ -783,6 +775,3 @@ begin
 end;
 
 end.
-
-
-
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas b/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas
index 515d0efb..684c13ee 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ uses
 type
   TRingBuffer = class
     private
-      RingBuffer: PChar;
+      RingBuffer: PByteArray;
       BufferCount: integer;
       BufferSize: integer;
       WritePos: integer;
@@ -47,8 +47,10 @@ type
     public
       constructor Create(Size: integer);
       destructor Destroy; override;
-      function Read(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
-      function Write(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
+      function Read(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
+      function Write(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
+      function Size(): integer;
+      function Available(): integer;
       procedure Flush();
   end;
 
@@ -71,7 +73,7 @@ begin
   FreeMem(RingBuffer);
 end;
 
-function TRingBuffer.Read(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
+function TRingBuffer.Read(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
 var
   PartCount: integer;
 begin
@@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ begin
   Result := Count;
 end;
 
-function TRingBuffer.Write(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
+function TRingBuffer.Write(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
 var
   PartCount: integer;
 begin
@@ -143,6 +145,16 @@ begin
   Result := Count;
 end;
 
+function TRingBuffer.Available(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := BufferCount;
+end;
+
+function TRingBuffer.Size(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := BufferSize;
+end;
+
 procedure TRingBuffer.Flush();
 begin
   ReadPos := 0;
@@ -150,4 +162,4 @@ begin
   BufferCount := 0;
 end;
 
-end.
\ No newline at end of file
+end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UServices.pas b/Lua/src/base/UServices.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 3783c543..00000000
--- a/Lua/src/base/UServices.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
- *
- * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
- * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
- * file distributed with this source distribution.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
- * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
- * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
- * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * $URL$
- * $Id$
- *}
-
-unit UServices;
-
-interface
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$MODE Delphi}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$I switches.inc}
-
-uses
-  uPluginDefs,
-  SysUtils;
-{*********************
-  TServiceManager
-  Class for saving, managing and calling of Services.
-  Saves all Services and their Procs
-*********************}
-
-type
-  TServiceName = String[60];
-  PServiceInfo = ^TServiceInfo;
-  TServiceInfo = record
-    Self: THandle; //Handle of this Service
-    Hash: Integer; //4 Bit Hash of the Services Name
-    Name: TServiceName; //Name of this Service
-
-    Owner: Integer; //If < 0 [-(DLLMan Pluginindex + 1)]; 0 - undefined, On Error Full shutdown, If < 0 [ModuleIndex - 1]  
-    
-    Next: PServiceInfo; //Pointer to the Next Service in teh list
-
-    //Here is s/t tricky
-    //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to offer a Service from a Class
-    //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class
-    Case isClass: boolean of
-      False: (Proc: TUS_Service); //Proc that will be called on Event
-      True:  (ProcOfClass: TUS_Service_of_Object);
-  end;
-
-  TServiceManager = class
-    private
-      //Managing Service List
-      FirstService: PServiceInfo;
-      LastService: PServiceInfo;
-
-      //Some Speed improvement by caching the last 4 called Services
-      //Most of the time a Service is called multiple times
-      ServiceCache: Array[0..3] of PServiceInfo;
-      NextCacheItem: Byte;
-
-      //Next Service added gets this Handle:
-      NextHandle: THandle;
-    public
-      Constructor Create;
-
-      Function AddService(const ServiceName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Service = nil; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object = nil): THandle;
-      Function DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;
-
-      Function CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-
-      Function NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;
-      Function ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;
-  end;
-
-var
-  ServiceManager: TServiceManager; 
-
-implementation
-uses
-  ULog,
-  UCore;
-
-//------------
-// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values
-//------------
-Constructor TServiceManager.Create;
-begin
-  inherited;
-
-  FirstService := nil;
-  LastService := nil;
-
-  ServiceCache[0] := nil;
-  ServiceCache[1] := nil;
-  ServiceCache[2] := nil;
-  ServiceCache[3] := nil;
-
-  NextCacheItem := 0;
-
-  NextHandle := 1;
-
-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-    debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Succesful created!');
-  {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-//------------
-// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle,
-// 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)
-//------------
-Function TServiceManager.AddService(const ServiceName: PChar;  const Proc: TUS_Service; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object): THandle;
-var
-  Cur: PServiceInfo;
-begin
-  Result := 0;
-
-  If (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then
-  begin
-    If (ServiceExists(ServiceName) = 0) then
-    begin //There is a Proc and the Service does not already exist
-      //Ok Add it!
-      
-      //Get Memory
-      GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));
-
-      //Fill it with Data
-      Cur.Next := nil;
-
-      If (@Proc = nil) then
-      begin //Use the ProcofClass Method
-        Cur.isClass := True;
-        Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;
-      end
-      else //Use the normal Proc
-      begin
-        Cur.isClass := False;
-        Cur.Proc := Proc;
-      end;
-
-      Cur.Self := NextHandle;
-      //Zero Name
-      Cur.Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;
-      Cur.Name := String(ServiceName);
-      Cur.Hash := NametoHash(Cur.Name);
-
-      //Add Owner to Service
-      Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;
-
-      //Add Service to the List
-      If (FirstService = nil) then
-        FirstService := Cur;
-
-      If (LastService <> nil) then
-        LastService.Next := Cur;
-
-      LastService := Cur;
-
-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-      debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Service added: ''' + ServiceName + ''', Handle: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Self));
-      {$ENDIF}
-
-      //Inc Next Handle
-      Inc(NextHandle);
-    end
-    {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-    else debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Try to readd Service: ' + ServiceName);
-    {$ENDIF}
-  end;
-end;
-
-//------------
-// Function Destroys a Service, 0 on success, not 0 on Failure
-//------------
-Function TServiceManager.DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;
-var
-  Last, Cur: PServiceInfo;
-  I: Integer;
-begin
-  Result := -1;
-
-  Last := nil;
-  Cur := FirstService;
-
-  //Search for Service to Delete
-  While (Cur <> nil) do
-  begin
-    If (Cur.Self = hService) then
-    begin //Found Service => Delete it
-
-      //Delete from List
-      If (Last = nil) then //Found first Service
-        FirstService := Cur.Next
-      Else //Service behind the first
-        Last.Next := Cur.Next;
-
-      //IF this is the LastService, correct LastService
-      If (Cur = LastService) then
-        LastService := Last;
-
-      //Search for Service in Cache and delete it if found
-      For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do
-        If (ServiceCache[I] = Cur) then
-        begin
-          ServiceCache[I] := nil;
-        end;
-
-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-      debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Removed Service succesful: ' + Cur.Name);
-      {$ENDIF}
-
-      //Free Memory
-      Freemem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));
-
-      //Break the Loop
-      Break;
-    end;
-
-    //Go to Next Service
-    Last := Cur;
-    Cur := Cur.Next;
-  end;
-end;
-
-//------------
-// Function Calls a Services Proc
-// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure
-//------------
-Function TServiceManager.CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
-var
-  SExists: Integer;
-  Service: PServiceInfo;
-  CurExecutedBackup: Integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
-begin
-  Result := SERVICE_NOT_FOUND;
-  SExists := ServiceExists(ServiceName);
-  If (SExists <> 0) then
-  begin
-    //Backup CurExecuted
-    CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
-    
-    Service := Pointer(SExists);
-
-    If (Service.isClass) then
-      //Use Proc of Class
-      Result := Service.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)
-    Else
-      //Use normal Proc
-      Result := Service.Proc(wParam, lParam);
-
-    //Restore CurExecuted
-    Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
-  end;
-
-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-  debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Service ''' + ServiceName + ''' called. Result: ' + InttoStr(Result));
-  {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-//------------
-// Generates the Hash for the given Name
-//------------
-Function TServiceManager.NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;
-// FIXME: check if the non-asm version is fast enough and use it by default if so
-{$IF Defined(CPUX86_64)}
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$ASMMODE Intel}
-{$ENDIF}
-asm
-  { CL: Counter; RAX: Result; RDX: Current Memory Address }
-  Mov RCX, 14
-  Mov RDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"}
-  Mov RAX, [RDX]
-  @FoldLoop: ADD RDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile }
-             ADD RAX, [RDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash}
-  LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left}
-end;
-{$ELSEIF Defined(CPU386) or Defined(CPUI386)}
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-  {$ASMMODE Intel}
-{$ENDIF}
-asm
-  { CL: Counter; EAX: Result; EDX: Current Memory Address }
-  Mov ECX, 14 {Init Counter, Fold 14 Times to get 4 Bytes out of 60}
-  Mov EDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"}
-  Mov EAX, [EDX]
-  @FoldLoop: ADD EDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile }
-             ADD EAX, [EDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash}
-  LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left}
-end;
-{$ELSE}
-var
-  i: integer;
-  ptr: ^integer;
-begin
-  ptr := @ServiceName;
-  Result := 0;
-  for i := 1 to 14 do
-  begin
-    Result := Result + ptr^;
-    Inc(ptr);
-  end;
-end;
-{$IFEND}
-
-
-//------------
-// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists, otherwise 0
-//------------
-Function TServiceManager.ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;
-var
-  Name: TServiceName;
-  Hash: Integer;
-  Cur: PServiceInfo;
-  I: Byte;
-begin
-  Result := 0;
-  // to-do : Write a Metbod (in ASM) to Zero and Add in one turn  (faster then this dirty hack ;)
-  //Zero Name:
-  Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;
-  //Add Service Name
-  Name := String(ServiceName);
-  Hash := NametoHash(Name);
-
-  //First of all Look for the Service in Cache
-  For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do
-  begin
-    If (ServiceCache[I] <> nil) AND (ServiceCache[I].Hash = Hash) then
-    begin
-      If (ServiceCache[I].Name = Name) then
-      begin //Found Service in Cache
-        Result := Integer(ServiceCache[I]);
-
-        {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-        debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Found Service in Cache: ''' + ServiceName + '''');
-        {$ENDIF}
-
-        Break;
-      end;
-    end;
-  end;
-
-  If (Result = 0) then
-  begin
-    Cur := FirstService;
-    While (Cur <> nil) do
-    begin
-      If (Cur.Hash = Hash) then
-      begin
-        If (Cur.Name = Name) then
-        begin //Found the Service
-          Result := Integer(Cur);
-
-          {$IFDEF DEBUG}
-          debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Found Service in List: ''' + ServiceName + '''');
-          {$ENDIF}
-
-          //Add to Cache
-          ServiceCache[NextCacheItem] := Cur;
-          NextCacheItem := (NextCacheItem + 1) AND 3;
-          Break;
-        end;
-      end;
-
-      Cur := Cur.Next;
-    end;
-  end;
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas b/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas
index 9ae48548..be0d4a58 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas
@@ -34,212 +34,212 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  UThemes,
   gl,
+  UThemes,
   UTexture;
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //                        ATTENTION:                        //
-// Enabled Flag does not Work atm. This should cause Popups //
-// Not to Move and Scores to stay until Renenabling.        //
-// To use e.g. in Pause Mode                                //
-// Also InVisible Flag causes Attributes not to change.     //
-// This should be fixed after next Draw when Visible = True,//
-// but not testet yet                                       //
+// Enabled flag does not work atm. This should cause popups //
+// not to move and scores to stay until re-enabling.        //
+// To use e.g. in pause mode                                //
+// also invisible flag causes attributes not to change.     //
+// This should be fixed after next draw when visible = true,//
+// but not tested yet                                       //
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
-//Some constants containing options that could change by time
+// some constants containing options that could change by time
 const
-  MaxPlayers = 6;   //Maximum of Players that could be added
-  MaxPositions = 6; //Maximum of Score Positions that could be added
+  MaxPlayers = 6;   // maximum of players that could be added
+  MaxPositions = 6; // maximum of score positions that could be added
 
 type
   //-----------
-  // TScorePlayer - Record Containing Information about a Players Score
+  // TScorePlayer - record containing information about a players score
   //-----------
   TScorePlayer = record
-    Position: Byte;    //Index of the Position where the Player should be Drawn
-    Enabled:  Boolean; //Is the Score Display Enabled
-    Visible:  Boolean; //Is the Score Display Visible
-    Score:    Word;    //Current Score of the Player
-    ScoreDisplayed: Word; //Score cur. Displayed(for counting up)
-    ScoreBG:  TTexture;//Texture of the Players Scores BG
-    Color:    TRGB;    //Teh Players Color
-    RBPos:    Real;    //Cur. Percentille of the Rating Bar
-    RBTarget: Real;    //Target Position of Rating Bar
-    RBVisible:Boolean; //Is Rating bar Drawn
+    Position:       byte;     // index of the position where the player should be drawn
+    Enabled:        boolean;  // is the score display enabled
+    Visible:        boolean;  // is the score display visible
+    Score:          word;     // current score of the player
+    ScoreDisplayed: word;     // score cur. displayed (for counting up)
+    ScoreBG:        TTexture; // texture of the players scores bg
+    Color:          TRGB;     // the players color
+    RBPos:          real;     // cur. percentille of the rating bar
+    RBTarget:       real;     // target position of rating bar
+    RBVisible:      boolean;  // is rating bar drawn
   end;
-  aScorePlayer = array[0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer;
+  aScorePlayer = array [0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer;
 
   //-----------
-  // TScorePosition - Record Containing Information about a Score Position, that can be used
+  // TScorePosition - record containing information about a score position, that can be used
   //-----------
   PScorePosition = ^TScorePosition;
   TScorePosition = record
-    //The Position is Used for Which Playercount
-    PlayerCount: Byte;
-    // 1 - One Player per Screen
-    // 2 - 2 Players per Screen
-    // 4 - 3 Players per Screen
-    // 6 would be 2 and 3 Players per Screen
-
-    BGX: Real;     //X Position of the Score BG
-    BGY: Real;     //Y Position of the Score BG
-    BGW: Real;     //Width of the Score BG
-    BGH: Real;     //Height of the Score BG
-
-    RBX: Real;     //X Position of the Rating Bar
-    RBY: Real;     //Y Position of the Rating Bar
-    RBW: Real;     //Width of the Rating Bar
-    RBH: Real;     //Height of the Rating Bar
-
-    TextX: Real;         //X Position of the Score Text
-    TextY: Real;         //Y Position of the Score Text
-    TextFont: Byte;      //Font of the Score Text
-    TextSize: integer;   //Size of the Score Text
-
-    PUW: Real;           //Width of the LineBonus Popup
-    PUH: Real;           //Height of the LineBonus Popup
-    PUFont: Byte;        //Font for the PopUps
-    PUFontSize: integer; //FontSize for the PopUps
-    PUStartX: Real;      //X Start Position of the LineBonus Popup
-    PUStartY: Real;      //Y Start Position of the LineBonus Popup
-    PUTargetX: Real;     //X Target Position of the LineBonus Popup
-    PUTargetY: Real;     //Y Target Position of the LineBonus Popup
+    // the position is used for which playercount
+    PlayerCount: byte;
+    // 1 - 1 player per screen
+    // 2 - 2 players per screen
+    // 4 - 3 players per screen
+    // 6 would be 2 and 3 players per screen
+
+    BGX: real;     // x position of the score bg
+    BGY: real;     // y position of the score bg
+    BGW: real;     // width of the score bg
+    BGH: real;     // height of the score bg
+
+    RBX: real;     // x position of the rating bar
+    RBY: real;     // y position of the rating bar
+    RBW: real;     // width of the rating bar
+    RBH: real;     // height of the rating bar
+
+    TextX: real;         // x position of the score text
+    TextY: real;         // y position of the score text
+    TextFont: byte;      // font of the score text
+    TextSize: integer;   // size of the score text
+
+    PUW:        real;     // width of the line bonus popup
+    PUH:        real;     // height of the line bonus popup
+    PUFont:     byte;     // font for the popups
+    PUFontSize: integer;  // font size for the popups
+    PUStartX:   real;     // x start position of the line bonus popup
+    PUStartY:   real;     // y start position of the line bonus popup
+    PUTargetX:  real;     // x target position of the line bonus popup
+    PUTargetY:  real;     // y target position of the line bonus popup
   end;
-  aScorePosition = array[0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition;
+  aScorePosition = array [0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition;
 
   //-----------
-  // TScorePopUp - Record Containing Information about a LineBonus Popup
-  // List, Next Item is Saved in Next attribute
+  // TScorePopUp - record containing information about a line bonus popup
+  // list, next item is saved in next attribute
   //-----------
   PScorePopUp = ^TScorePopUp;
   TScorePopUp = record
-    Player:  Byte;          //Index of the PopUps Player
-    TimeStamp: Cardinal;    //Timestamp of Popups Spawn
-    Rating:    Byte;        //0 to 8, Type of Rating (Cool, bad, etc.)
-    ScoreGiven:Word;        //Score that has already been given to the Player
-    ScoreDiff: Word;        //Difference Between Cur Score at Spawn and Old Score
-    Next:      PScorePopUp; //Next Item in List
+    Player:     byte;        // index of the popups player
+    TimeStamp:  cardinal;    // timestamp of popups spawn
+    Rating:     integer;     // 0 to 8, type of rating (cool, bad, etc.)
+    ScoreGiven: integer;     // score that has already been given to the player
+    ScoreDiff:  integer;     // difference between cur score at spawn and old score
+    Next:       PScorePopUp; // next item in list
   end;
   aScorePopUp = array of TScorePopUp;
 
   //-----------
-  // TSingScores - Class containing Scores Positions and Drawing Scores, Rating Bar + Popups
+  // TSingScores - class containing scores positions and drawing scores, rating bar + popups
   //-----------
   TSingScores = class
     private
       aPositions: aScorePosition;
-      aPlayers: aScorePlayer;
-      oPositionCount: Byte;
-      oPlayerCount: Byte;
+      aPlayers:  aScorePlayer;
+      oPositionCount: byte;
+      oPlayerCount:   byte;
 
-      //Saves the First and Last Popup of the List
+      // saves the first and last popup of the list
       FirstPopUp: PScorePopUp;
       LastPopUp:  PScorePopUp;
 
-      // Draws a Popup by Pointer
+      // draws a popup by pointer
       procedure DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
 
-      // Draws a Score by Playerindex
-      procedure DrawScore(const Index: Integer);
+      // draws a score by playerindex
+      procedure DrawScore(const Index: integer);
 
-      // Draws the RatingBar by Playerindex
-      procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);
+      // draws the rating bar by playerindex
+      procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: integer);
 
-      // Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List
+      // removes a popup w/o destroying the list
       procedure KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
     public
-      Settings: record //Record containing some Displaying Options
-        Phase1Time: Real;     //time for Phase 1 to complete (in msecs)
-                              //The Plop Up of the PopUp
-        Phase2Time: Real;     //time for Phase 2 to complete (in msecs)
-                              //The Moving (mainly Upwards) of the Popup
-        Phase3Time: Real;     //time for Phase 3 to complete (in msecs)
-                              //The Fade out and Score adding
+      Settings: record // Record containing some Displaying Options
+        Phase1Time: real;     // time for phase 1 to complete (in msecs)
+                              // the plop up of the popup
+        Phase2Time: real;     // time for phase 2 to complete (in msecs)
+                              // the moving (mainly upwards) of the popup
+        Phase3Time: real;     // time for phase 3 to complete (in msecs)
+                              // the fade out and score adding
 
-        PopUpTex:  array [0..8] of TTexture; //Textures for every Popup Rating
+        PopUpTex:   array [0..8] of TTexture; // textures for every popup rating
 
-        RatingBar_BG_Tex:   TTexture; //Rating Bar Texs
-        RatingBar_FG_Tex:   TTexture;
-        RatingBar_Bar_Tex:  TTexture;
+        RatingBar_BG_Tex:  TTexture; // rating bar texs
+        RatingBar_FG_Tex:  TTexture;
+        RatingBar_Bar_Tex: TTexture;
 
       end;
 
-      Visible: Boolean;    //Visibility of all Scores
-      Enabled: Boolean;    //Scores are changed, PopUps are Moved etc.
-      RBVisible: Boolean;  //Visibility of all Rating Bars
+      Visible:   boolean;  // visibility of all scores
+      Enabled:   boolean;  // scores are changed, popups are moved etc.
+      RBVisible: boolean;  // visibility of all rating bars
 
-      //Propertys for Reading Position and Playercount
-      property PositionCount: Byte read oPositionCount;
-      property PlayerCount: Byte read oPlayerCount;
-      property Players: aScorePlayer read aPlayers;
+      // properties for reading position and playercount
+      property PositionCount: byte         read oPositionCount;
+      property PlayerCount:   byte         read oPlayerCount;
+      property Players:       aScorePlayer read aPlayers;
       property Positions: aScorePosition read aPositions;
 
-      //Constructor just sets some standard Settings
+      // constructor just sets some standard settings
       constructor Create;
 
-      // Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count
+      // adds a position to array and increases position count
       procedure AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
 
-      // Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count
-      procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word = 0; const Enabled: Boolean = True; const Visible: Boolean = True);
+      // adds a player to array and increases player count
+      procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: word = 0; const Enabled: boolean = true; const Visible: boolean = true);
 
-      //Change a Players Visibility, Enable
-      procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);
-      procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);
+      // change a players visibility, enable
+      procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: byte; const pVisible: boolean);
+      procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: byte; const pEnabled: boolean);
 
-      // Deletes all Player Information
+      // deletes all player information
       procedure ClearPlayers;
 
-      // Deletes Positions and Playerinformation
+      // deletes positions and playerinformation
       procedure Clear;
 
-      // Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme
+      // loads some settings and the positions from theme
       procedure LoadfromTheme;
 
-      // has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw
-      //It gives every Player a Score Position
+      // has to be called after positions and players have been added, before first call of draw
+      // it gives every player a score position
       procedure Init;
 
-      //Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player
-      procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);
+      // spawns a new line bonus popup for the player
+      procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: byte; const Rating: integer; const Score: integer);
 
-      //Removes all PopUps from Mem
+      // removes all popups from mem
       procedure KillAllPopUps;
 
-      // Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps
+      // draws scores and line bonus popups
       procedure Draw;
   end;
 
-
 implementation
 
-uses SDL,
-     SysUtils,
-     ULog,
-     UGraphic,
-     TextGL;
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  TextGL,
+  ULog,
+  UGraphic;
 
 {**
- * Sets some standard Settings
+ * sets some standard settings
  *}
-Constructor TSingScores.Create;
+constructor TSingScores.Create;
 begin
   inherited;
 
-  //Clear PopupList Pointers
+  // clear popuplist pointers
   FirstPopUp := nil;
   LastPopUp  := nil;
 
-  //Clear Variables
-  Visible := True;
-  Enabled := True;
-  RBVisible := True;
+  // clear variables
+  Visible   := true;
+  Enabled   := true;
+  RBVisible := true;
   
-  //Clear Position Index
-  oPositionCount  := 0;
-  oPlayerCount    := 0;
+  // clear position index
+  oPositionCount := 0;
+  oPlayerCount   := 0;
 
   Settings.Phase1Time := 350;  // plop it up     . -> [   ]
   Settings.Phase2Time := 550;  // shift it up        ^[   ]^
@@ -261,22 +261,21 @@ begin
 end;
 
 {**
- * Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count
+ * adds a position to array and increases position count
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
+procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
 begin
   if (PositionCount < MaxPositions) then
   begin
     aPositions[PositionCount] := pPosition^;
-
     Inc(oPositionCount);
   end;
 end;
 
 {**
- * Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count
+ * adds a player to array and increases player count
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word; const Enabled: Boolean; const Visible: Boolean);
+procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: word; const Enabled: boolean; const Visible: boolean);
 begin
   if (PlayerCount < MaxPlayers) then
   begin
@@ -284,48 +283,48 @@ begin
     aPlayers[PlayerCount].Enabled   := Enabled;
     aPlayers[PlayerCount].Visible   := Visible;
     aPlayers[PlayerCount].Score     := Score;
-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed     := Score;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed := Score;
     aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreBG   := ScoreBG;
     aPlayers[PlayerCount].Color     := Color;
     aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBPos     := 0.5;
     aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBTarget  := 0.5;
-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := True;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := true;
 
     Inc(oPlayerCount);
   end;
 end;
 
 {**
- * Change a Players Visibility
+ * change a players visibility
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);
+procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: byte; const pVisible: boolean);
 begin
   if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
     aPlayers[Index].Visible := pVisible;
 end;
 
 {**
- * Change Player Enabled
+ * change player enabled
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);
+procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: byte; const pEnabled: boolean);
 begin
   if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
     aPlayers[Index].Enabled := pEnabled;
 end;
 
 {**
- * Procedure Deletes all Player Information
+ * procedure deletes all player information
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers;
+procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers;
 begin
   KillAllPopUps;
   oPlayerCount := 0;
 end;
 
 {**
- * Procedure Deletes Positions and Playerinformation
+ * procedure deletes positions and playerinformation
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.Clear;
+procedure TSingScores.Clear;
 begin
   KillAllPopUps;
   oPlayerCount    := 0;
@@ -333,14 +332,16 @@ begin
 end;
 
 {**
- * Procedure Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme
+ * procedure loads some settings and the positions from theme
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme;
-var I: Integer;
-  Procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: Byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText);
-    var nPosition: TScorePosition;
+procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText);
+  var
+    nPosition: TScorePosition;
   begin
-    nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; //Only for one Player Playing
+    nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; // only for one player playing
 
     nPosition.BGX := ScoreStatic.X;
     nPosition.BGY := ScoreStatic.Y;
@@ -374,54 +375,57 @@ var I: Integer;
 begin
   Clear;
 
-  //Set Textures
-  //Popup Tex
-  For I := 0 to 8 do
+  // set textures
+  // popup tex
+  for I := 0 to 8 do
     Settings.PopUpTex[I] := Tex_SingLineBonusBack[I];
 
-  //Rating Bar Tex  
+  // rating bar tex  
   Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Back;
   Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Front;
   Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex  :=  Tex_SingBar_Bar;
 
-  //Load Positions from Theme
+  // load positions from theme
 
-  // Player1:
+  // player 1:
   AddByStatics(1, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1Score);
   AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore);
   AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore);
 
-  // Player2:
+  // player 2:
   AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore);
   AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore);
 
-  // Player3:
+  // player 3:
   AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP3SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore);
 end;
 
 {**
- * Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player
+ * spawns a new line bonus popup for the player
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);
-var Cur: PScorePopUp;
+procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: byte; const Rating: integer; const Score: integer);
+var
+  Cur: PScorePopUp;
 begin
   if (PlayerIndex < PlayerCount) then
   begin
-    //Get Memory and Add Data
+    // get memory and add data
     GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
 
-    Cur.Player  := PlayerIndex;
+    Cur.Player    := PlayerIndex;
     Cur.TimeStamp := SDL_GetTicks;
 
-    //limit rating value to 8
-    //a higher value would cause a crash when selecting the bg textur
+    // limit rating value to 0..8
+    // a higher value would cause a crash when selecting the bg texture
     if (Rating > 8) then
       Cur.Rating := 8
+    else if (Rating < 0) then
+      Cur.Rating := 0
     else
       Cur.Rating := Rating;
 
     Cur.ScoreGiven:= 0;
-    If (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then
+    if (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then
     begin
       Cur.ScoreDiff := Score - Players[PlayerIndex].Score;
       aPlayers[PlayerIndex].Score := Score;
@@ -430,77 +434,77 @@ begin
       Cur.ScoreDiff := 0;
     Cur.Next := nil;
 
-    //Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff));
+    // Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff));
 
-    //Add it to the Chain
+    // add it to the chain
     if (FirstPopUp = nil) then
-      //the first PopUp in the List
+      // the first popup in the list
       FirstPopUp := Cur
     else
-    //second or earlier popup
+    // second or earlier popup
       LastPopUp.Next := Cur;
 
-    //Set new Popup to Last PopUp in the List
+    // set new popup to last popup in the list
     LastPopUp := Cur;
   end
   else
-    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add PopUp for not existing player');
+    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add popup for non-existing player');
 end;
 
 {**
- * Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List
+ * removes a popup w/o destroying the list
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
+procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
 begin
-  //Give Player the Last Points that missing till now
+  // give player the last points that missing till now
   aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed := aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed + Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven;
 
-  //Change Bars Position
+  // change bars position
   if (Cur.ScoreDiff > 0) THEN
-  begin //Popup w/ scorechange -> give missing Percentille
+  begin // popup w/ scorechange -> give missing percentille
     aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget +
                                      (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) / Cur.ScoreDiff
                                      * (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
   end
   else
-  begin //Popup w/o scorechange -> give complete Percentille
+  begin // popup w/o scorechange -> give complete percentille
     aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget +
                                      (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
   end;
 
-  If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+  if (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
     aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 1
   else
-  If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+  if (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
     aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 0;
 
-  //If this is the First PopUp => Make Next PopUp the First
-  If (Cur = FirstPopUp) then
+  // if this is the first popup => make next popup the first
+  if (Cur = FirstPopUp) then
     FirstPopUp := Cur.Next
-  //Else => Remove Curent Popup from Chain
+  // else => remove curent popup from chain
   else
     Last.Next := Cur.Next;
 
-  //If this is the Last PopUp, Make PopUp before the Last
-  If (Cur = LastPopUp) then
+  // if this is the last popup, make popup before the last
+  if (Cur = LastPopUp) then
     LastPopUp := Last;
 
-  //Free the Memory
+  // free the memory
   FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
 end;
 
 {**
- * Removes all PopUps from Mem
+ * removes all popups from mem
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps;
+procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps;
 var
   Cur:  PScorePopUp;
   Last: PScorePopUp;
 begin
   Cur := FirstPopUp;
 
-  //Remove all PopUps:
-  While (Cur <> nil) do
+  // remove all popups:
+  while (Cur <> nil) do
   begin
     Last := Cur;
     Cur  := Cur.Next;
@@ -512,40 +516,42 @@ begin
 end;
 
 {**
- * Has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw
- * It gives every Player a Score Position
+ * has to be called after positions and players have been added, before first call of draw
+ * it gives each player a score position
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.Init;
+procedure TSingScores.Init;
 var
-  PlC: Array [0..1] of Byte; //Playercount First Screen and Second Screen
-  I, J: Integer;
-  MaxPlayersperScreen: Byte;
-  CurPlayer:           Byte;
-
-  Function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: Byte): Byte;
-  var I: Integer;
+  PlC:                 array [0..1] of byte; // playercount first screen and second screen
+  I, J:                integer;
+  MaxPlayersperScreen: byte;
+  CurPlayer:           byte;
+
+  function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: byte): byte;
+  var
+    I: integer;
   begin
     Result := 0;
     bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
 
-    For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do
+    for I := 0 to PositionCount - 1 do
     begin
-      If ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+      if ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount and bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
         Inc(Result);
     end;
   end;
 
-  Function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: Byte): Byte;
-  var I: Integer;
+  function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: byte): byte;
+  var
+    I: integer;
   begin
     bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
-    Result := High(Byte);
+    Result := High(byte);
 
-    For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do
+    for I := 0 to PositionCount - 1 do
     begin
-      If ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+      if ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount and bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
       begin
-        If (bPlayer = 0) then
+        if (bPlayer = 0) then
         begin
           Result := I;
           Break;
@@ -559,17 +565,16 @@ var
 begin
   MaxPlayersPerScreen := 0;
 
-  For I := 1 to 6 do
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
   begin
-    //If there are enough Positions -> Write to MaxPlayers
-    If (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then
+    // if there are enough positions -> write to maxplayers
+    if (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then
       MaxPlayersPerScreen := I
     else
       Break;
   end;
 
-
-  //Split Players to both Screen or Display on One Screen
+  // split players to both screens or display on one screen
   if (Screens = 2) and (MaxPlayersPerScreen < PlayerCount) then
   begin
     PlC[0] := PlayerCount div 2 + PlayerCount mod 2;
@@ -581,9 +586,8 @@ begin
     PlC[1] := 0;
   end;
 
-
-  //Check if there are enough Positions for all Players
-  For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+  // check if there are enough positions for all players
+  for I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
   begin
     if (PlC[I] > MaxPlayersperScreen) then
     begin
@@ -593,34 +597,34 @@ begin
   end;
   
   CurPlayer := 0;
-  //Give every Player a Position
-  For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
-    For J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do
+  // give every player a position
+  for I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+    for J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do
     begin
-      aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) OR (I shl 7);
-      //Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position));
+      aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) or (I shl 7);
+      // Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position));
       Inc(CurPlayer);
     end;
 end;
 
 {**
- * Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps
+ * draws scores and linebonus popups
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.Draw;
+procedure TSingScores.Draw;
 var
-  I: Integer;
-  CurTime: Cardinal;
+  I: integer;
+  CurTime: cardinal;
   CurPopUp, LastPopUp: PScorePopUp;
 begin
   CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
 
-  If Visible then
+  if Visible then
   begin
-    //Draw Popups
+    // draw popups
     LastPopUp := nil;
     CurPopUp  := FirstPopUp;
 
-    While (CurPopUp <> nil) do
+    while (CurPopUp <> nil) do
     begin
       if (CurTime - CurPopUp.TimeStamp > Settings.Phase1Time + Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase3Time) then
       begin
@@ -639,64 +643,64 @@ begin
     end;
 
 
-    IF (RBVisible) then
-      //Draw Players w/ Rating Bar
-      For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+    if (RBVisible) then
+      // draw players w/ rating bar
+      for I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
       begin
         DrawScore(I);
         DrawRatingBar(I);
       end
     else
-      //Draw Players w/o Rating Bar
-      For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+      // draw players w/o rating bar
+      for I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
       begin
         DrawScore(I);
       end;
 
-  end; //eo Visible
+  end; // eo visible
 end;
 
 {**
- * Draws a Popup by Pointer
+ * draws a popup by pointer
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
+procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
 var
-  Progress: Real;
-  CurTime:  Cardinal;
-  X, Y, W, H, Alpha: Real;
-  FontSize: integer;
-  FontOffset: Real;
-  TimeDiff: Cardinal;
-  PIndex:   Byte;
-  TextLen:  Real;
-  ScoretoAdd: Word;
-  PosDiff:  Real;
+  Progress:          real;
+  CurTime:           cardinal;
+  X, Y, W, H, Alpha: real;
+  FontSize:          integer;
+  FontOffset:        real;
+  TimeDiff:          cardinal;
+  PIndex:            byte;
+  TextLen:           real;
+  ScoretoAdd:        word;
+  PosDiff:           real;
 begin
   if (PopUp <> nil) then
   begin
-    //Only Draw if Player has a Position
+    // only draw if player has a position
     PIndex := Players[PopUp.Player].Position;
-    If PIndex <> high(byte) then
+    if PIndex <> High(byte) then
     begin
-      //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
-      If ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then
+      // only draw if player is on cur screen
+      if ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then
       begin
         CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
-        If Not (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
-        //Increase Timestamp with TIem where there is no Movement ...
+        if not (Enabled and Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+        // increase timestamp with tiem where there is no movement ...
         begin
-          //Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender);
+          // Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender);
         end;
         TimeDiff := CurTime - PopUp.TimeStamp;
 
-        //Get Position of PopUp
-        PIndex := PIndex AND 127;
+        // get position of popup
+        PIndex := PIndex and 127;
 
     
-        //Check for Phase ...
-        If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then
+        // check for phase ...
+        if (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then
         begin
-          //Phase 1 - The Ploping up
+          // phase 1 - the ploping up
           Progress := TimeDiff / Settings.Phase1Time;
 
 
@@ -707,25 +711,25 @@ begin
           Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY + (aPositions[PIndex].PUH - H)/2;
 
           FontSize   := Round(Progress * aPositions[PIndex].PUFontSize);
-          FontOffset := (H  - FontSize) / 2;
+          FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
           Alpha := 1;
         end
 
-        Else If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then
+        else if (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then
         begin
-          //Phase 2 - The Moving
+          // phase 2 - the moving
           Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time) / Settings.Phase2Time;
 
           W := aPositions[PIndex].PUW;
           H := aPositions[PIndex].PUH;
 
           PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX;
-          If PosDiff > 0 then
+          if PosDiff > 0 then
             PosDiff := PosDiff + W;
           X := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
 
           PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY;
-          If PosDiff < 0 then
+          if PosDiff < 0 then
             PosDiff := PosDiff + aPositions[PIndex].BGH;
           Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
 
@@ -736,65 +740,68 @@ begin
 
         else
         begin
-          //Phase 3 - The Fading out + Score adding
+          // phase 3 - the fading out + score adding
           Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time - Settings.Phase2Time) / Settings.Phase3Time;
 
-          If (PopUp.Rating > 0) then
+          if (PopUp.Rating > 0) then
           begin
-            //Add Scores if Player Enabled
-            If (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+            // add scores if player enabled
+            if (Enabled and Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
             begin
               ScoreToAdd := Round(PopUp.ScoreDiff * Progress) - PopUp.ScoreGiven;
               Inc(PopUp.ScoreGiven, ScoreToAdd);
               aPlayers[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed := Players[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed + ScoreToAdd;
 
-              //Change Bars Position
-              aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
-              If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+              // change bar positions
+	      if PopUp.ScoreDiff = 0 then
+		Log.LogError('TSingScores.DrawPopUp', 'PopUp.ScoreDiff is 0 and we want to divide by it. No idea how this happens.')
+	      else
+                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+              if (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
                 aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 1
-              else If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+              else if (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
                 aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 0;
             end;
 
-            //Set Positions etc.
-            Alpha    := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress;
+            // set positions etc.
+            Alpha := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress;
 
             W := aPositions[PIndex].PUW;
             H := aPositions[PIndex].PUH;
 
             PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX;
-            If (PosDiff > 0) then
+            if (PosDiff > 0) then
               PosDiff := W
             else
               PosDiff := 0;
             X := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX + PosDiff * Progress;
 
             PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY;
-            If (PosDiff < 0) then
+            if (PosDiff < 0) then
               PosDiff := -aPositions[PIndex].BGH
             else
               PosDiff := 0;
-            Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1-Progress);
+            Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1 - Progress);
 
             FontSize   := aPositions[PIndex].PUFontSize;
             FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
           end
           else
           begin
-            //Here the Effect that Should be shown if a PopUp without Score is Drawn
-            //And or Spawn with the GraphicObjects etc.
-            //Some Work for Blindy to do :P
+            // here the effect that should be shown if a popup without score is drawn
+            // and or spawn with the graphicobjects etc.
+            // some work for blindy to do :p
 
-            //ATM: Just Let it Slide in the Scores just like the Normal PopUp
+            // atm: just let it slide in the scores just like the normal popup
             Alpha := 0;
           end;
         end;
 
-        //Draw PopUp
+        // draw popup
 
-        if (Alpha > 0) AND (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then
+        if (Alpha > 0) and (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then
         begin
-          //Draw BG:
+          // draw bg:
           glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
           glEnable(GL_BLEND);
           glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
@@ -812,45 +819,46 @@ begin
           glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
           glDisable(GL_BLEND);
 
-          //Set FontStyle and Size
+          // set font style and size
           SetFontStyle(aPositions[PIndex].PUFont);
-          SetFontItalic(False);
+          SetFontItalic(false);
           SetFontSize(FontSize);
+          SetFontReflection(false, 0);
 
-          //Draw Text
+          // draw text
           TextLen := glTextWidth(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]);
 
-          //Color and Pos
+          // color and pos
           SetFontPos (X + (W - TextLen) / 2, Y + FontOffset);
           glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
 
-          //Draw
+          // draw
           glPrint(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]);
-        end; //eo Alpha check
-      end; //eo Right Screen
-    end; //eo Player has Position
+        end; // eo alpha check
+      end; // eo right screen
+    end; // eo player has position
   end
   else
-    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to Draw a not existing PopUp');
+    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to draw a non-existing popup');
 end;
 
 {**
- * Draws a Score by Playerindex
+ * draws a score by playerindex
  *}
-Procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: Integer);
+procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: integer);
 var
   Position: PScorePosition;
   ScoreStr: String;
 begin
-  //Only Draw if Player has a Position
-  If Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then
+  // only draw if player has a position
+  if Players[Index].Position <> High(byte) then
   begin
-    //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
-    If (((Players[Index].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) AND Players[Index].Visible then
+    // only draw if player is on cur screen
+    if (((Players[Index].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) and Players[Index].Visible then
     begin
       Position := @aPositions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
 
-      //Draw ScoreBG
+      // draw scorebg
       glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
       glEnable(GL_BLEND);
       glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
@@ -868,50 +876,51 @@ begin
       glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
       glDisable(GL_BLEND);
 
-      //Draw Score Text
+      // draw score text
       SetFontStyle(Position.TextFont);
-      SetFontItalic(False);
+      SetFontItalic(false);
       SetFontSize(Position.TextSize);
       SetFontPos(Position.TextX, Position.TextY);
+      SetFontReflection(false, 0);
 
       ScoreStr := InttoStr(Players[Index].ScoreDisplayed div 10) + '0';
-      While (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do
+      while (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do
         ScoreStr := '0' + ScoreStr;
 
       glPrint(ScoreStr);
 
-    end; //eo Right Screen
-  end; //eo Player has Position
+    end; // eo right screen
+  end; // eo player has position
 end;
 
 
-Procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);
+procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: integer);
 var
-  Position: PScorePosition;
-  R,G,B, Size: Real;
-  Diff: Real;
+  Position:   PScorePosition;
+  R, G, B:    real;
+  Size, Diff: real;
 begin
-  //Only Draw if Player has a Position
-  if Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then
+  // only draw if player has a position
+  if Players[Index].Position <> High(byte) then
   begin
-    //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
+    // only draw if player is on cur screen
     if (((Players[Index].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) and
         Players[index].RBVisible and
         Players[index].Visible) then
     begin
       Position := @aPositions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
 
-      if (Enabled AND Players[Index].Enabled) then
+      if (Enabled and Players[Index].Enabled) then
       begin
-        //Move Position if Enabled
+        // move position if enabled
         Diff := Players[Index].RBTarget - Players[Index].RBPos;
-        If(Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then
+        if (Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then
           aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBTarget
         else
           aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBPos + Diff*0.1;
       end;
 
-      //Get Colors for RatingBar
+      // get colors for rating bar
       if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.22) then
       begin
         R := 1;
@@ -921,7 +930,7 @@ begin
       else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.42) then
       begin
         R := 1;
-        G := Players[index].RBPos*5;
+        G := Players[index].RBPos * 5;
         B := 0;
       end
       else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.57) then
@@ -932,7 +941,7 @@ begin
       end
       else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.77) then
       begin
-        R := 1-(Players[index].RBPos-0.57)*5;
+        R := 1 - (Players[index].RBPos - 0.57) * 5;
         G := 1;
         B := 0;
       end
@@ -943,12 +952,12 @@ begin
         B := 0;
       end;
 
-      //Enable all glFuncs Needed
+      // enable all glfuncs needed
       glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
       glEnable(GL_BLEND);
       glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
 
-      //Draw RatingBar BG
+      // draw rating bar bg
       glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8);
       glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum);
 
@@ -966,7 +975,7 @@ begin
         glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
       glEnd;
 
-      //Draw Rating bar itself
+      // draw rating bar itself
       Size := Position.RBX + Position.RBW * Players[Index].RBPos;
       glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);
       glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum);
@@ -984,7 +993,7 @@ begin
         glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY);
       glEnd;
 
-      //Draw Ratingbar FG (Teh thing with the 3 lines to get better readability)
+      // draw rating bar fg (the thing with the 3 lines to get better readability)
       glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6);
       glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum);
       glBegin(GL_QUADS);
@@ -1001,11 +1010,11 @@ begin
         glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
       glEnd;
 
-      //Disable all Enabled glFuncs
+      // disable all enabled glfuncs
       glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
       glDisable(GL_BLEND);
-    end; //eo Right Screen
-  end; //eo Player has Position
+    end; // eo Right Screen
+  end; // eo Player has Position
 end;
 
 end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas b/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas
index 59c590e5..6ef5c596 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas
@@ -33,46 +33,52 @@ interface
 
 {$I switches.inc}
 
+uses
+  UPath;
+
 type
   TSkinTexture = record
-    Name:       string;
-    FileName:   string;
+    Name:     string;
+    FileName: IPath;
   end;
 
   TSkinEntry = record
-    Theme:      string;
-    Name:       string;
-    Path:       string;
-    FileName:   string;
-    Creator:    string; // not used yet
+    Theme:    string;
+    Name:     string;
+    Path:     IPath;
+    FileName: IPath;
+    Creator:  string; // not used yet
   end;
 
   TSkin = class
-    Skin:         array of TSkinEntry;
-    SkinTexture:  array of TSkinTexture;
-    SkinPath:     string;
-    Color:        integer;
+    Skin:        array of TSkinEntry;
+    SkinTexture: array of TSkinTexture;
+    SkinPath:    IPath;
+    Color:       integer;
     constructor Create;
     procedure LoadList;
-    procedure ParseDir(Dir: string);
-    procedure LoadHeader(FileName: string);
+    procedure ParseDir(Dir: IPath);
+    procedure LoadHeader(FileName: IPath);
     procedure LoadSkin(Name: string);
-    function GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): string;
+    function GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): IPath;
     function GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer;
     procedure onThemeChange;
   end;
 
 var
-  Skin:   TSkin;
+  Skin: TSkin;
 
 implementation
 
-uses IniFiles,
-     Classes,
-     SysUtils,
-     UMain,
-     ULog,
-     UIni;
+uses
+  IniFiles,
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UFileSystem;
 
 constructor TSkin.Create;
 begin
@@ -84,43 +90,43 @@ end;
 
 procedure TSkin.LoadList;
 var
-  SR:     TSearchRec;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  DirInfo: TFileInfo;
 begin
-  if FindFirst(SkinsPath+'*', faDirectory, SR) = 0 then begin
-    repeat
-      if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
-        ParseDir(SkinsPath + SR.Name + PathDelim);
-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
-  end; // if
-  FindClose(SR);
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(SkinsPath.Append('*'), faDirectory);
+  while Iter.HasNext do
+  begin
+    DirInfo := Iter.Next();
+    if (not DirInfo.Name.Equals('.')) and (not DirInfo.Name.Equals('..')) then
+      ParseDir(SkinsPath.Append(DirInfo.Name, pdAppend));
+  end;
 end;
 
-procedure TSkin.ParseDir(Dir: string);
+procedure TSkin.ParseDir(Dir: IPath);
 var
-  SR:     TSearchRec;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  IniInfo: TFileInfo;
 begin
-  if FindFirst(Dir + '*.ini', faAnyFile, SR) = 0 then begin
-    repeat
-
-      if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
-        LoadHeader(Dir + SR.Name);
-        
-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append('*.ini'), 0);
+  while Iter.HasNext do
+  begin
+    IniInfo := Iter.Next;
+    LoadHeader(Dir.Append(IniInfo.Name));
   end;
 end;
 
-procedure TSkin.LoadHeader(FileName: string);
+procedure TSkin.LoadHeader(FileName: IPath);
 var
-  SkinIni:    TMemIniFile;
-  S:          integer;
+  SkinIni: TMemIniFile;
+  S:       integer;
 begin
-  SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName);
+  SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative);
 
   S := Length(Skin);
   SetLength(Skin, S+1);
   
-  Skin[S].Path     := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExtractFileDir(FileName));
-  Skin[S].FileName := ExtractFileName(FileName);
+  Skin[S].Path     := FileName.GetPath;
+  Skin[S].FileName := FileName.GetName;
   Skin[S].Theme    := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Theme', '');
   Skin[S].Name     := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Name', '');
   Skin[S].Creator  := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Creator', '');
@@ -130,15 +136,15 @@ end;
 
 procedure TSkin.LoadSkin(Name: string);
 var
-  SkinIni:    TMemIniFile;
-  SL:         TStringList;
-  T:          integer;
-  S:          integer;
+  SkinIni: TMemIniFile;
+  SL:      TStringList;
+  T:       integer;
+  S:       integer;
 begin
   S        := GetSkinNumber(Name);
   SkinPath := Skin[S].Path;
 
-  SkinIni  := TMemIniFile.Create(SkinPath + Skin[S].FileName);
+  SkinIni  := TMemIniFile.Create(SkinPath.Append(Skin[S].FileName).ToNative);
 
   SL := TStringList.Create;
   SkinIni.ReadSection('Textures', SL);
@@ -147,48 +153,51 @@ begin
   for T := 0 to SL.Count-1 do
   begin
     SkinTexture[T].Name     := SL.Strings[T];
-    SkinTexture[T].FileName := SkinIni.ReadString('Textures', SL.Strings[T], '');
+    SkinTexture[T].FileName := Path(SkinIni.ReadString('Textures', SL.Strings[T], ''));
   end;
 
   SL.Free;
   SkinIni.Free;
 end;
 
-function TSkin.GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): string;
+function TSkin.GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): IPath;
 var
-  T:    integer;
+  T: integer;
 begin
-  Result := '';
+  Result := PATH_NONE;
   
   for T := 0 to High(SkinTexture) do
   begin
-    if ( SkinTexture[T].Name     = TextureName ) AND
-       ( SkinTexture[T].FileName <> ''         ) then
+    if (SkinTexture[T].Name = TextureName) and
+       (SkinTexture[T].FileName.IsSet) then
     begin
-      Result := SkinPath + SkinTexture[T].FileName;
+      Result := SkinPath.Append(SkinTexture[T].FileName);
     end;
   end;
 
-  if ( TextureName <> '' ) AND
-     ( Result      <> '' ) THEN
+  if (TextureName <> '') and (Result.IsSet) then
   begin
     //Log.LogError('', '-----------------------------------------');
     //Log.LogError(TextureName+' - '+ Result, 'TSkin.GetTextureFileName');
   end;
 
 {  Result := SkinPath + 'Bar.jpg';
-  if TextureName = 'Ball' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';
-  if Copy(TextureName, 1, 4) = 'Gray' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';
-  if Copy(TextureName, 1, 6) = 'NoteBG' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';}
+  if TextureName = 'Ball' then
+    Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';
+  if Copy(TextureName, 1, 4) = 'Gray' then
+    Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';
+  if Copy(TextureName, 1, 6) = 'NoteBG' then
+    Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';}
 end;
 
 function TSkin.GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer;
 var
-  S:    integer;
+  S: integer;
 begin
   Result := 0; // set default to the first available skin
   for S := 0 to High(Skin) do
-    if Skin[S].Name = Name then Result := S;
+    if Skin[S].Name = Name then
+      Result := S;
 end;
 
 procedure TSkin.onThemeChange;
@@ -200,7 +209,8 @@ begin
   SetLength(ISkin, 0);
   Name := Uppercase(ITheme[Ini.Theme]);
   for S := 0 to High(Skin) do
-    if Name = Uppercase(Skin[S].Theme) then begin
+    if Name = Uppercase(Skin[S].Theme) then
+    begin
       SetLength(ISkin, Length(ISkin)+1);
       ISkin[High(ISkin)] := Skin[S].Name;
     end;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USong.pas b/Lua/src/base/USong.pas
index b1458e69..c465f198 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/USong.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/USong.pas
@@ -56,7 +56,11 @@ uses
     PseudoThread,
   {$ENDIF}
   UCatCovers,
-  UXMLSong;
+  UXMLSong,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPath;
 
 type
 
@@ -68,42 +72,63 @@ type
   end;
 
   TScore = record
-    Name:       WideString;
+    Name:       UTF8String;
     Score:      integer;
-    Length:     string;
+    Date:       UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  { used to hold header tags that are not supported by this version of
+    usdx (e.g. some tags from ultrastar 0.7.0) when songs are loaded in
+    songeditor. They will be written the end of the song header }
+  TCustomHeaderTag = record
+    Tag: UTF8String;
+    Content: UTF8String;
   end;
 
   TSong = class
+  private
     FileLineNo  : integer;  // line, which is read last, for error reporting
 
-    procedure ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: string);
+    function DecodeFilename(Filename: RawByteString): IPath;
+    function Solmizate(Note: integer; Type_: integer): string;
+    procedure ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: UTF8String);
     procedure NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer);
 
-    function ReadTXTHeader( const aFileName : WideString ): boolean;
-    function ReadXMLHeader( const aFileName : WideString ): boolean;
+    function ParseLyricStringParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+    function ParseLyricIntParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): integer;
+    function ParseLyricFloatParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): real;
+    function ParseLyricCharParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): AnsiChar;
+    function ParseLyricText(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+
+    function ReadTXTHeader(SongFile: TTextFileStream; ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean;
+    function ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName: IPath): boolean;
+
+    function GetFolderCategory(const aFileName: IPath): UTF8String;
+    function FindSongFile(Dir: IPath; Mask: UTF8String): IPath;
   public
-    Path:       WideString;
-    Folder:     WideString; // for sorting by folder
-    fFileName,
-    FileName:   WideString;
+    Path:         IPath; // kust path component of file (only set if file was found)
+    Folder:       UTF8String; // for sorting by folder (only set if file was found)
+    FileName:     IPath; // just name component of file (only set if file was found)
+
+    // filenames
+    Cover:      IPath;
+    Mp3:        IPath;
+    Background: IPath;
+    Video:      IPath;
 
     // sorting methods
-    Category:   array of WideString; // TODO: do we need this?
-    Genre:      WideString;
-    Edition:    WideString;
-    Language:   WideString;
+    Genre:      UTF8String;
+    Edition:    UTF8String;
+    Language:   UTF8String;
+    Year:       Integer;
 
-    Title:      WideString;
-    Artist:     WideString;
+    Title:      UTF8String;
+    Artist:     UTF8String;
 
-    Text:       WideString;
-    Creator:    WideString;
+    Creator:    UTF8String;
 
-    Cover:      WideString;
     CoverTex:   TTexture;
-    Mp3:        WideString;
-    Background: WideString;
-    Video:      WideString;
+
     VideoGAP:   real;
     NotesGAP:   integer;
     Start:      real; // in seconds
@@ -113,6 +138,10 @@ type
     BPM:        array of TBPM;
     GAP:        real; // in miliseconds
 
+    Encoding:   TEncoding;
+
+    CustomTags: array of TCustomHeaderTag;
+
     Score:      array[0..2] of array of TScore;
 
     // these are used when sorting is enabled
@@ -122,23 +151,21 @@ type
     OrderTyp:   integer; // type of sorting for this button (0=name)
     CatNumber:  integer; // Count of Songs in Category for Cats and Number of Song in Category for Songs
 
-    SongFile: TextFile;   // all procedures in this unit operate on this file
-
     Base    : array[0..1] of integer;
     Rel     : array[0..1] of integer;
     Mult    : integer;
     MultBPM : integer;
 
-    LastError: String;
+    LastError: AnsiString;
     function  GetErrorLineNo: integer;
     property  ErrorLineNo: integer read GetErrorLineNo;
 
 
-    constructor Create  (); overload;
-    constructor Create  ( const aFileName : WideString ); overload;
+    constructor Create(); overload;
+    constructor Create(const aFileName : IPath); overload;
     function    LoadSong: boolean;
     function    LoadXMLSong: boolean;
-    function    Analyse(): boolean;
+    function    Analyse(const ReadCustomTags: Boolean = false): boolean;
     function    AnalyseXML(): boolean;
     procedure   Clear();
   end;
@@ -146,33 +173,85 @@ type
 implementation
 
 uses
+  StrUtils,
   TextGL,
   UIni,
+  UPathUtils,
   UMusic,  //needed for Lines
-  UMain;   //needed for Player
+  UNote;   //needed for Player
+
+const
+  DEFAULT_ENCODING = encAuto;
 
 constructor TSong.Create();
 begin
   inherited;
+
+  // to-do : special create for category "songs"
+  //dirty fix to fix folders=on
+  Self.Path     := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.FileName := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Cover    := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Mp3      := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Background:= PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Video    := PATH_NONE();
 end;
 
-constructor TSong.Create( const aFileName : WideString );
+// This may be changed, when we rewrite song select code.
+// it is some kind of dirty, but imho the best possible
+// solution as we do atm not support nested categorys.
+// it works like the folder sorting in 1.0.1a
+// folder is set to the first folder under the songdir
+// so songs ~/.ultrastardx/songs/punk is in the same
+// category as songs in shared/ultrastardx/songs are.
+// note: folder is just the name of a category it has
+//       nothing to do with the path used for file loading
+function TSong.GetFolderCategory(const aFileName: IPath): UTF8String;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  CurSongPath: IPath;
+  CurSongPathRel: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := 'Unknown'; //default folder category, if we can't locate the song dir
+
+  for I := 0 to SongPaths.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    CurSongPath := SongPaths[I] as IPath;
+    if (aFileName.IsChildOf(CurSongPath, false)) then
+    begin
+      if (aFileName.IsChildOf(CurSongPath, true)) then
+      begin
+        // songs are in the "root" of the songdir => use songdir for the categorys name
+        Result := CurSongPath.RemovePathDelim.ToUTF8;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // use the first subdirectory below CurSongPath as the category name
+        CurSongPathRel := aFileName.GetRelativePath(CurSongPath.AppendPathDelim);
+        Result := CurSongPathRel.SplitDirs[0].RemovePathDelim.ToUTF8;
+      end;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TSong.Create(const aFileName: IPath);
 begin
   inherited Create();
 
   Mult    := 1;
   MultBPM := 4;
-  fFileName := aFileName;
 
   LastError := '';
 
-  if fileexists( aFileName ) then
+  Self.Path     := aFileName.GetPath;
+  Self.FileName := aFileName.GetName;
+  Self.Folder   := GetFolderCategory(aFileName);
+
+  (*
+  if (aFileName.IsFile) then
   begin
-    self.Path     := ExtractFilePath( aFileName );
-    self.Folder   := ExtractFilePath( aFileName );
-    self.FileName := ExtractFileName( aFileName );
-    (*
-    if ReadTXTHeader( aFileName ) then
+    if ReadTXTHeader(aFileName) then
     begin
       LoadSong();
     end
@@ -181,43 +260,178 @@ begin
       Log.LogError('Error Loading SongHeader, abort Song Loading');
       Exit;
     end;
-    *)
+  end;
+  *)
+end;
+
+function TSong.FindSongFile(Dir: IPath; Mask: UTF8String): IPath;
+var
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+  FileName: IPath;
+begin
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append(Mask), faDirectory);
+  if (Iter.HasNext) then
+    Result := Iter.Next.Name
+  else
+    Result := PATH_NONE;
+end;
+
+function TSong.DecodeFilename(Filename: RawByteString): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := UPath.Path(DecodeStringUTF8(Filename, Encoding));
+end;
+
+type
+  EUSDXParseException = class(Exception);
+
+{**
+ * Parses the Line string starting from LinePos for a parameter.
+ * Leading whitespace is trimmed, same applies to the first trailing whitespace.
+ * After the call LinePos will point to the position after the first trailing
+ * whitespace.
+ *
+ * Raises an EUSDXParseException if no string was found.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *   ParseLyricParam(Line:'Param0  Param1 Param2', LinePos:8, ...)
+ *   -> Param:'Param1', LinePos:16 (= start of 'Param2')
+ *}
+function TSong.ParseLyricStringParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+var
+  Start: integer;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+const
+  Whitespace = [#9, ' '];
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+
+  Start := 0;
+  while (LinePos <= Length(Line)) do
+  begin
+    if (Line[LinePos] in Whitespace) then
+    begin
+      // check for end of param
+      if (Start > 0) then
+        Break;
+    end
+    // check for beginning of param
+    else if (Start = 0) then
+    begin
+      Start := LinePos;
+    end;
+    Inc(LinePos);
+  end;
+
+  // check if param was found
+  if (Start = 0) then
+  begin
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('String expected');
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // copy param without trailing whitespace
+    Result := Copy(Line, Start, LinePos-Start);
+    // skip first trailing whitespace (if not at EOL)
+    if (LinePos <= Length(Line)) then
+      Inc(LinePos);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ParseLyricIntParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): integer;
+var
+  Str: RawByteString;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+  Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos);
+  try
+    Result := StrToInt(Str);
+  except // on EConvertError
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Integer expected');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ParseLyricFloatParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): real;
+var
+  Str: RawByteString;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+  Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos);
+  try
+    Result := StrToFloat(Str);
+  except // on EConvertError
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Float expected');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ParseLyricCharParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): AnsiChar;
+var
+  Str: RawByteString;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+  Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos);
+  if (Length(Str) <> 1) then
+  begin
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Character expected');
+  end;
+  Result := Str[1];
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the rest of the line from LinePos as lyric text.
+ * Leading and trailing whitespace is not trimmed.
+ *}
+function TSong.ParseLyricText(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+begin
+  if (LinePos > Length(Line)) then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := Copy(Line, LinePos, Length(Line)-LinePos+1);
+    LinePos := Length(Line)+1;
   end;
 end;
 
 //Load TXT Song
 function TSong.LoadSong(): boolean;
-
 var
-  TempC:    char;
-  Text:     string;
-  CP:       integer; // Current Player (0 or 1)
+  CurLine: RawByteString;
+  LinePos:  integer;
   Count:    integer;
   Both:     boolean;
-  Param1:   integer;
-  Param2:   integer;
-  Param3:   integer;
-  ParamS:   string;
-  I:        integer;
 
+  Param0:    AnsiChar;
+  Param1:    integer;
+  Param2:    integer;
+  Param3:    integer;
+  ParamLyric: UTF8String;
+
+  I:        integer;
+  NotesFound: boolean;
+  SongFile: TTextFileStream;
+  FileNamePath: IPath;
 begin
   Result := false;
   LastError := '';
 
-  if not FileExists(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then
+  FileNamePath := Path.Append(FileName);
+  if not FileNamePath.IsFile() then
   begin
     LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_FILE_NOT_FOUND';
-    Log.LogError('File not found: "' + Path + PathDelim + FileName + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
-    exit;
+    Log.LogError('File not found: "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
+    Exit;
   end;
 
   MultBPM           := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4
   Mult              := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note
-  Base[0]           := 100; // high number
-  Lines[0].ScoreValue := 0;
-  self.Relative     := false;
   Rel[0]            := 0;
-  CP                := 0;
   Both              := false;
 
   if Length(Player) = 2 then
@@ -225,187 +439,155 @@ begin
 
   try
     // Open song file for reading.....
-    FileMode := fmOpenRead;
-    AssignFile(SongFile, fFileName);
-    Reset(SongFile);
-
-    //Clear old Song Header
-    if (self.Path = '') then
-      self.Path := ExtractFilePath(FileName);
-
-    if (self.FileName = '') then
-      self.Filename := ExtractFileName(FileName);
-
-    FileLineNo := 0;
-    //Search for Note Begining
-    repeat
-      ReadLn(SongFile, Text);
-      Inc(FileLineNo);
+    SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(FileNamePath, fmOpenRead);
+    try
+      //Search for Note Beginning
+      FileLineNo := 0;
+      NotesFound := false;
+      while (SongFile.ReadLine(CurLine)) do
+      begin
+        Inc(FileLineNo);
+        if (Length(CurLine) > 0) and (CurLine[1] in [':', 'F', '*']) then
+        begin
+          NotesFound := true;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end;
 
-      if (EoF(SongFile)) then
+      if (not NotesFound) then
       begin //Song File Corrupted - No Notes
-        CloseFile(SongFile);
-        Log.LogError('Could not load txt File, no Notes found: ' + FileName);
+        Log.LogError('Could not load txt File, no notes found: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative);
         LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_NOTES';
         Exit;
       end;
-      Read(SongFile, TempC);
-    until ((TempC = ':') or (TempC = 'F') or (TempC = '*'));
-
-    SetLength(Lines, 2);
-    for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
-    begin
-      SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
-      Lines[Count].High := 0;
-      Lines[Count].Number := 1;
-      Lines[Count].Current := 0;
-      Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
-      Lines[Count].NotesGAP   := self.NotesGAP;
-      Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
-      Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false;
-    end;
-
-    //TempC := ':';
-    //TempC := Text[1]; // read from backup variable, don't use default ':' value
-
-    while (TempC <> 'E') and (not EOF(SongFile)) do
-    begin
-
-      if (TempC = ':') or (TempC = '*') or (TempC = 'F') then
-      begin
-        // read notes
-        Read(SongFile, Param1);
-        Read(SongFile, Param2);
-        Read(SongFile, Param3);
-        Read(SongFile, ParamS);
-
-        //Check for ZeroNote
-        if Param2 = 0 then
-          Log.LogError('Found ZeroNote at "'+TempC+' '+IntToStr(Param1)+' '+IntToStr(Param2)+' '+IntToStr(Param3)+ParamS+'" -> Note ignored!')
-        else
-        begin
-         // add notes
-         if not Both then
-           // P1
-           ParseNote(0, TempC, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS)
-         else
-         begin
-           // P1 + P2
-           ParseNote(0, TempC, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
-           ParseNote(1, TempC, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
-         end;
-        end; //Zeronote check
-      end // if
-
-      else if TempC = '-' then
-      begin
-        // reads sentence
-        Read(SongFile, Param1);
-        if self.Relative then
-          Read(SongFile, Param2); // read one more data for relative system
-
-        // new sentence
-        if not Both then
-          // P1
-          NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2)
-        else
-        begin
-          // P1 + P2
-          NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2);
-          NewSentence(1, (Param1 + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2);
-        end;
-      end // if
 
-      else if TempC = 'B' then
+      SetLength(Lines, 2);
+      for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
       begin
-        SetLength(self.BPM, Length(self.BPM) + 1);
-        Read(SongFile, self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat);
-        self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat + Rel[0];
-
-        Read(SongFile, Text);
-        self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := StrToFloat(Text);
-        self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM * Mult * MultBPM;
+        Lines[Count].High := 0;
+        Lines[Count].Number := 1;
+        Lines[Count].Current := 0;
+        Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
+        Lines[Count].NotesGAP   := self.NotesGAP;
+        Lines[Count].ScoreValue := 0;
+
+        //Add first line and set some standard values to fields
+        //see procedure NewSentence for further explantation
+        //concerning most of these values
+        SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false;
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].BaseNote := High(Integer);
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].TotalNotes := 0;
       end;
 
-
-      if not Both then
+      while true do
       begin
-        Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].BaseNote := Base[CP];
-        Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Lyric);
-        //Total Notes Patch
-        Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
-        for I := low(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) to high(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) do
-        begin
-          if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then
-            Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].Length;
+        LinePos := 0;
 
-          if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
-            Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].Length;
-        end;
-        //Total Notes Patch End
-      end
-      else
-      begin
-        for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+        Param0 := ParseLyricCharParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+        if (Param0 = 'E') then
+        begin
+          Break
+        end
+        else if (Param0 in [':', '*', 'F']) then
         begin
-          Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].BaseNote := Base[Count];
-          Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Lyric);
-          //Total Notes Patch
-          Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := 0;
-          for I := low(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) to high(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) do
+          // read notes
+          Param1 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          Param2 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          Param3 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          ParamLyric := ParseLyricText(CurLine, LinePos);
+
+          //Check for ZeroNote
+          if Param2 = 0 then
+            Log.LogError('Found zero-length note at "'+Param0+' '+IntToStr(Param1)+' '+IntToStr(Param2)+' '+IntToStr(Param3)+ParamLyric+'" -> Note ignored!')
+          else
           begin
-            if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then
-              Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].Length;
-            if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
-              Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].Length;
+           // add notes
+           if not Both then
+             // P1
+             ParseNote(0, Param0, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric)
+           else
+           begin
+             // P1 + P2
+             ParseNote(0, Param0, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric);
+             ParseNote(1, Param0, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric);
+           end;
+          end; //Zeronote check
+        end // if
+
+        else if Param0 = '-' then
+        begin
+          // reads sentence
+          Param1 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          if self.Relative then
+            Param2 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos); // read one more data for relative system
+
+          // new sentence
+          if not Both then
+            // P1
+            NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2)
+          else
+          begin
+            // P1 + P2
+            NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2);
+            NewSentence(1, (Param1 + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2);
           end;
-          //Total Notes Patch End
-        end;
-      end;
-      ReadLn(SongFile); //Jump to next line in File, otherwise the next Read would catch the linebreak(e.g. #13 #10 on win32)
-
-      Read(SongFile, TempC);
-      Inc(FileLineNo);
-    end; // while}
-
-    CloseFile(SongFile);
+        end // if
 
-    for I := 0 to High(Lines) do
-    begin
-      if ((Both) or (I = 0)) then
-      begin
-        if (Length(Lines[I].Line) < 2) then
+        else if Param0 = 'B' then
         begin
-          LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_BREAKS';
-          Log.LogError('Error Loading File, Can''t find any Linebreaks: "' + fFileName + '"');
-          exit;
-        end;
+          SetLength(self.BPM, Length(self.BPM) + 1);
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := ParseLyricFloatParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat + Rel[0];
 
-        if (Lines[I].Line[Lines[I].High].HighNote < 0) then
-        begin
-          SetLength(Lines[I].Line, Lines[I].Number - 1);
-          Lines[I].High := Lines[I].High - 1;
-          Lines[I].Number := Lines[I].Number - 1;
-          Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in last line before E: ' + Filename);
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := ParseLyricFloatParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM * Mult * MultBPM;
         end;
-      end;
-    end;
 
-    for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
-    begin
-      if (High(Lines[Count].Line) >= 0) then
-        Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := true;
+        // Read next line in File
+        if (not SongFile.ReadLine(CurLine)) then
+          Break;
+
+        Inc(FileLineNo);
+      end; // while
+    finally
+      SongFile.Free;
     end;
   except
-    try
-      CloseFile(SongFile);
-    except
+    on E: Exception do
+    begin
+      Log.LogError(Format('Error loading file: "%s" in line %d,%d: %s',
+                  [FileNamePath.ToNative, FileLineNo, LinePos, E.Message]));
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Lines) do
+  begin
+    if ((Both) or (I = 0)) then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Lines[I].Line) < 2) then
+      begin
+        LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_BREAKS';
+        Log.LogError('Error loading file: Can''t find any linebreaks in "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"');
+        exit;
+      end;
 
+      if (Lines[I].Line[Lines[I].High].HighNote < 0) then
+      begin
+        SetLength(Lines[I].Line, Lines[I].Number - 1);
+        Lines[I].High := Lines[I].High - 1;
+        Lines[I].Number := Lines[I].Number - 1;
+        Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in last line before E: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative);
+      end;
     end;
+  end;
 
-    LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_ERROR_IN_LINE';
-    Log.LogError('Error Loading File: "' + fFileName + '" in Line ' + inttostr(FileLineNo));
-    exit;
+  for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+  begin
+    if (High(Lines[Count].Line) >= 0) then
+      Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := true;
   end;
 
   Result := true;
@@ -413,11 +595,7 @@ end;
 
 //Load XML Song
 function TSong.LoadXMLSong(): boolean;
-
 var
-  //TempC:     char;
-  Text:      string;
-  CP:        integer; // Current Player (0 or 1)
   Count:     integer;
   Both:      boolean;
   Param1:    integer;
@@ -430,24 +608,23 @@ var
   NoteType:  char;
   SentenceEnd, Rest, Time: integer;
   Parser: TParser;
-
+  FileNamePath: IPath;
 begin
   Result := false;
   LastError := '';
 
-  if not FileExists(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then
+  FileNamePath := Path.Append(FileName);
+  if not FileNamePath.IsFile() then
   begin
-    Log.LogError('File not found: "' + Path + PathDelim + FileName + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
+    Log.LogError('File not found: "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
     exit;
   end;
 
   MultBPM           := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4
   Mult              := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note
-  Base[0]           := 100; // high number
   Lines[0].ScoreValue := 0;
   self.Relative     := false;
   Rel[0]            := 0;
-  CP                := 0;
   Both              := false;
 
   if Length(Player) = 2 then
@@ -458,19 +635,26 @@ begin
 
   for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
   begin
-    SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
     Lines[Count].High := 0;
-    Lines[Count].Number := 1;
-    Lines[Count].Current := 0;
-    Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
-    Lines[Count].NotesGAP   := self.NotesGAP;
-    Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
-    Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false;
+      Lines[Count].Number := 1;
+      Lines[Count].Current := 0;
+      Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
+      Lines[Count].NotesGAP   := self.NotesGAP;
+      Lines[Count].ScoreValue := 0;
+
+      //Add first line and set some standard values to fields
+      //see procedure NewSentence for further explantation
+      //concerning most of these values
+      SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false;
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].BaseNote := High(Integer);
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].TotalNotes := 0;
   end;
 
   //Try to Parse the Song
 
-  if Parser.ParseSong(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then
+  if Parser.ParseSong(FileNamePath) then
   begin
     //Writeln('XML Inputfile Parsed succesful');
 
@@ -502,42 +686,6 @@ begin
           ParseNote(1, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
         end;
 
-        if not Both then
-        begin
-          Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].BaseNote := Base[CP];
-          Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Lyric);
-          //Total Notes Patch
-          Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
-          for NoteIndex := 0 to high(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) do
-          begin
-            if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType = ntGolden) then
-              Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
-
-            if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
-              Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
-          end;
-          //Total Notes Patch End
-        end
-        else
-        begin
-          for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
-          begin
-            Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].BaseNote := Base[Count];
-            Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Lyric);
-            //Total Notes Patch
-            Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := 0;
-            for NoteIndex := 0 to high(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) do
-            begin
-              if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType = ntGolden) then
-                Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
-              if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
-                Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
-
-            end;
-            //Total Notes Patch End
-          end;
-        end; { end of for loop }
-
       end; //J Forloop
 
       //Add Sentence break
@@ -573,7 +721,7 @@ begin
   end
   else
   begin
-    Log.LogError('Could not parse Inputfile: ' + Path + PathDelim + FileName);
+    Log.LogError('Could not parse inputfile: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative);
     exit;
   end;
 
@@ -585,14 +733,11 @@ begin
   Result := true;
 end;
 
-function TSong.ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName : WideString): boolean;
-
+function TSong.ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName : IPath): boolean;
 var
-  //Line, Identifier, Value: string;
-  //Temp        : word;
   Done        : byte;
   Parser      : TParser;
-
+  FileNamePath: IPath;
 begin
   Result := true;
   Done   := 0;
@@ -601,7 +746,8 @@ begin
   Parser := TParser.Create;
   Parser.Settings.DashReplacement := '~';
 
-  if Parser.ParseSong(self.Path + self.FileName) then
+  FileNamePath := Self.Path.Append(Self.FileName);
+  if Parser.ParseSong(FileNamePath) then
   begin
     //-----------
     //Required Attributes
@@ -620,9 +766,9 @@ begin
     Done := Done or 2;
 
     //MP3 File //Test if Exists
-    self.Mp3 := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*.mp3');
+    Self.Mp3 := FindSongFile(Self.Path, '*.mp3');
     //Add Mp3 Flag to Done
-    if (FileExists(self.Path + self.Mp3)) then
+    if (Self.Path.Append(Self.Mp3).IsFile()) then
       Done := Done or 4;
 
     //Beats per Minute
@@ -643,16 +789,16 @@ begin
     self.GAP := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Gap;
 
     //Cover Picture
-    self.Cover := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
+    self.Cover := FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
 
     //Background Picture
-    self.Background := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[BG].jpg');
+    self.Background := FindSongFile(Path, '*[BG].jpg');
 
     // Video File
     //    self.Video := Value
 
     // Video Gap
-    //  self.VideoGAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+    //  self.VideoGAP := StrtoFloatI18n( Value )
 
     //Genre Sorting
     self.Genre := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Genre;
@@ -667,7 +813,7 @@ begin
     self.Language := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Language;
   end
   else
-    Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not SingStar XML (A): ' + aFileName);
+    Log.LogError('File incomplete or not SingStar XML (A): ' + aFileName.ToNative);
 
   Parser.Free;
 
@@ -676,220 +822,297 @@ begin
   begin
     Result := false;
     if (Done and 8) = 0 then      //No BPM Flag
-      Log.LogError('BPM Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('BPM tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
     else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag
-      Log.LogError('MP3 Tag/File Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('MP3 tag/file missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
     else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag
-      Log.LogError('Artist Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('Artist tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
     else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag
-      Log.LogError('Title Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('Title tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
     else //unknown Error
-      Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not SingStar XML (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName);
+      Log.LogError('File incomplete or not SingStar XML (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName.ToNative);
   end;
 
 end;
 
+{**
+ * "International" StrToFloat variant. Uses either ',' or '.' as decimal
+ * separator.
+ *}
+function StrToFloatI18n(const Value: string): extended;
+var
+  TempValue : string;
+begin
+  TempValue := Value;
+  if (Pos(',', TempValue) <> 0) then
+    TempValue[Pos(',', TempValue)] := '.';
+  Result := StrToFloatDef(TempValue, 0);
+end;
 
-function TSong.ReadTXTHeader(const aFileName : WideString): boolean;
-
-  function song_StrtoFloat( aValue : string ) : extended;
-
-  var
-    lValue : string;
-
+function TSong.ReadTXTHeader(SongFile: TTextFileStream; ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean;
+var
+  Line, Identifier: string;
+  Value: string;
+  SepPos: integer; // separator position
+  Done: byte;      // bit-vector of mandatory fields
+  EncFile: IPath; // encoded filename
+  FullFileName: string;
+
+  { adds a custom header tag to the song
+    if there is no ':' in the read line, Tag should be empty
+    and the whole line should be in Content }
+  procedure AddCustomTag(const Tag, Content: String);
+    var Len: Integer;
   begin
-    lValue := aValue;
-
-    if (Pos(',', lValue) <> 0) then
-      lValue[Pos(',', lValue)] := '.';
-
-    Result := StrToFloatDef(lValue, 0);
+    if ReadCustomTags then
+    begin
+      Len := Length(CustomTags);
+      SetLength(CustomTags, Len + 1);
+      CustomTags[Len].Tag := DecodeStringUTF8(Tag, Encoding);
+      CustomTags[Len].Content := DecodeStringUTF8(Content, Encoding);
+    end;
   end;
-
-var
-  Line, Identifier, Value: string;
-  Temp        : word;
-  Done        : byte;
-
 begin
   Result := true;
   Done   := 0;
 
-  //Read first Line
-  ReadLn (SongFile, Line);
+  FullFileName := Path.Append(Filename).ToNative;
 
+  //Read first Line
+  SongFile.ReadLine(Line);
   if (Length(Line) <= 0) then
   begin
-    Log.LogError('File Starts with Empty Line: ' + aFileName);
+    Log.LogError('File starts with empty line: ' + FullFileName,
+                 'TSong.ReadTXTHeader');
     Result := false;
     Exit;
   end;
 
+  // check if file begins with a UTF-8 BOM, if so set encoding to UTF-8
+  if (CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(Line)) then
+    Encoding := encUTF8;
+
   //Read Lines while Line starts with # or its empty
   while (Length(Line) = 0) or (Line[1] = '#') do
   begin
     //Increase Line Number
     Inc (FileLineNo);
-    Temp := Pos(':', Line);
+    SepPos := Pos(':', Line);
 
-    //Line has a Seperator-> Headerline
-    if (Temp <> 0) then
+    //Line has no Seperator, ignore non header field
+    if (SepPos = 0) then
     begin
-      //Read Identifier and Value
-      Identifier  := Uppercase(Trim(Copy(Line, 2, Temp - 2))); //Uppercase is for Case Insensitive Checks
-      Value       := Trim(Copy(Line, Temp + 1,Length(Line) - Temp));
-
-      //Check the Identifier (If Value is given)
-      if (Length(Value) <> 0) then
+      AddCustomTag('', Copy(Line, 2, Length(Line) - 1));
+      // read next line
+      if (not SongFile.ReadLine(Line)) then
       begin
-        //-----------
-        //Required Attributes
-        //-----------
+        Result := false;
+        Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (A): ' + FullFileName);
+        Break;
+      end;
+      Continue;
+    end;
 
-        {$IFDEF UTF8_FILENAMES}
-        if ((Identifier = 'MP3') or (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') or (Identifier = 'COVER') or (Identifier = 'VIDEO')) then
-          Value := Utf8Encode(Value);
-        {$ENDIF}
+    //Read Identifier and Value
+    Identifier  := UpperCase(Trim(Copy(Line, 2, SepPos - 2))); //Uppercase is for Case Insensitive Checks
+    Value       := Trim(Copy(Line, SepPos + 1, Length(Line) - SepPos));
 
-        //Title
-        if (Identifier = 'TITLE') then
-        begin
-          self.Title := Value;
+    //Check the Identifier (If Value is given)
+    if (Length(Value) = 0) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogWarn('Empty field "'+Identifier+'" in file ' + FullFileName,
+                   'TSong.ReadTXTHeader');
+      AddCustomTag(Identifier, '');
+    end
+    else
+    begin
 
-          //Add Title Flag to Done
-          Done := Done or 1;
-        end
+      //-----------
+      //Required Attributes
+      //-----------
 
-        //Artist
-        else if (Identifier = 'ARTIST') then
-        begin
-          self.Artist := Value;
+      if (Identifier = 'TITLE') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Title, Encoding);
+        //Add Title Flag to Done
+        Done := Done or 1;
+      end
 
-          //Add Artist Flag to Done
-          Done := Done or 2;
-        end
+      else if (Identifier = 'ARTIST') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Artist, Encoding);
+        //Add Artist Flag to Done
+        Done := Done or 2;
+      end
 
-        //MP3 File //Test if Exists
-        else if (Identifier = 'MP3') and (FileExists(self.Path + Value)) then
+      //MP3 File
+      else if (Identifier = 'MP3') then
+      begin
+        EncFile := DecodeFilename(Value);
+        if (Self.Path.Append(EncFile).IsFile) then
         begin
-          self.Mp3 := Value;
+          self.Mp3 := EncFile;
 
           //Add Mp3 Flag to Done
           Done := Done or 4;
-        end
+        end;
+      end
 
-        //Beats per Minute
-        else if (Identifier = 'BPM') then
+      //Beats per Minute
+      else if (Identifier = 'BPM') then
+      begin
+        SetLength(self.BPM, 1);
+        self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0;
+
+        self.BPM[0].BPM := StrToFloatI18n( Value ) * Mult * MultBPM;
+
+        if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then
         begin
-          SetLength(self.BPM, 1);
-          self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0;
+          //Add BPM Flag to Done
+          Done := Done or 8;
+        end;
+      end
 
-          self.BPM[0].BPM := song_StrtoFloat( Value ) * Mult * MultBPM;
+      //---------
+      //Additional Header Information
+      //---------
 
-          if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then
-          begin
-            //Add BPM Flag to Done
-            Done := Done or 8;
-          end;
-        end
+      // Gap
+      else if (Identifier = 'GAP') then
+      begin
+        self.GAP := StrToFloatI18n(Value);
+      end
 
-        //---------
-        //Additional Header Information
-        //---------
+      //Cover Picture
+      else if (Identifier = 'COVER') then
+      begin
+        self.Cover := DecodeFilename(Value);
+      end
 
-        // Gap
-        else if (Identifier = 'GAP') then
-          self.GAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+      //Background Picture
+      else if (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') then
+      begin
+        self.Background := DecodeFilename(Value);
+      end
 
-        //Cover Picture
-        else if (Identifier = 'COVER') then
-          self.Cover := Value
+      // Video File
+      else if (Identifier = 'VIDEO') then
+      begin
+        EncFile := DecodeFilename(Value);
+        if (self.Path.Append(EncFile).IsFile) then
+          self.Video := EncFile
+        else
+          Log.LogError('Can''t find video file in song: ' + FullFileName);
+      end
 
-        //Background Picture
-        else if (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') then
-          self.Background := Value
+      // Video Gap
+      else if (Identifier = 'VIDEOGAP') then
+      begin
+        self.VideoGAP := StrToFloatI18n( Value )
+      end
 
-        // Video File
-        else if (Identifier = 'VIDEO') then
-        begin
-          if (FileExists(self.Path + Value)) then
-            self.Video := Value
-          else
-            Log.LogError('Can''t find Video File in Song: ' + aFileName);
-        end
+      //Genre Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'GENRE') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Genre, Encoding)
+      end
 
-        // Video Gap
-        else if (Identifier = 'VIDEOGAP') then
-          self.VideoGAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+      //Edition Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'EDITION') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Edition, Encoding)
+      end
 
-        //Genre Sorting
-        else if (Identifier = 'GENRE') then
-          self.Genre := Value
+      //Creator Tag
+      else if (Identifier = 'CREATOR') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Creator, Encoding)
+      end
 
-        //Edition Sorting
-        else if (Identifier = 'EDITION') then
-          self.Edition := Value
+      //Language Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'LANGUAGE') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Language, Encoding)
+      end
 
-        //Creator Tag
-        else if (Identifier = 'CREATOR') then
-          self.Creator := Value
+      //Language Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'YEAR') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Year)
+      end
 
-        //Language Sorting
-        else if (Identifier = 'LANGUAGE') then
-          self.Language := Value
+      // Song Start
+      else if (Identifier = 'START') then
+      begin
+        self.Start := StrToFloatI18n( Value )
+      end
 
-        // Song Start
-        else if (Identifier = 'START') then
-          self.Start := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+      // Song Ending
+      else if (Identifier = 'END') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Finish)
+      end
 
-        // Song Ending
-        else if (Identifier = 'END') then
-          TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Finish)
+      // Resolution
+      else if (Identifier = 'RESOLUTION') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Resolution)
+      end
 
-        // Resolution
-        else if (Identifier = 'RESOLUTION') then
-          TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Resolution)
+      // Notes Gap
+      else if (Identifier = 'NOTESGAP') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.NotesGAP)
+      end
 
-        // Notes Gap
-        else if (Identifier = 'NOTESGAP') then
-          TryStrtoInt(Value, self.NotesGAP)
-        // Relative Notes
-        else if (Identifier = 'RELATIVE') and (uppercase(Value) = 'YES') then
+      // Relative Notes
+      else if (Identifier = 'RELATIVE') then
+      begin
+        if (UpperCase(Value) = 'YES') then
           self.Relative := true;
+      end
 
+      // File encoding
+      else if (Identifier = 'ENCODING') then
+      begin
+        self.Encoding := ParseEncoding(Value, DEFAULT_ENCODING);
+      end
+
+      // unsupported tag
+      else
+      begin
+        AddCustomTag(Identifier, Value);
       end;
-    end;
 
-    if not EOF(SongFile) then
-      ReadLn (SongFile, Line)
-    else
+    end; // End check for non-empty Value
+
+    // read next line
+    if (not SongFile.ReadLine(Line)) then
     begin
       Result := false;
-      Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not Ultrastar TxT (A): ' + aFileName);
-      break;
+      Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (A): ' + FullFileName);
+      Break;
     end;
+  end; // while
 
-  end;
-
-  if self.Cover = '' then
-    self.Cover := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
+  if self.Cover.IsUnset then
+    self.Cover := FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
 
   //Check if all Required Values are given
   if (Done <> 15) then
   begin
     Result := false;
     if (Done and 8) = 0 then      //No BPM Flag
-      Log.LogError('BPM Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('BPM tag missing: ' + FullFileName)
     else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag
-      Log.LogError('MP3 Tag/File Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('MP3 tag/file missing: ' + FullFileName)
     else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag
-      Log.LogError('Artist Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('Artist tag missing: ' + FullFileName)
     else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag
-      Log.LogError('Title Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+      Log.LogError('Title tag missing: ' + FullFileName)
     else //unknown Error
-      Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not Ultrastar TxT (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName);
+      Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + FullFileName);
   end;
-
 end;
 
 function  TSong.GetErrorLineNo: integer;
@@ -900,47 +1123,52 @@ begin
     Result := -1;
 end;
 
-procedure TSong.ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: string);
-
+function TSong.Solmizate(Note: integer; Type_: integer): string;
 begin
-  case Ini.Solmization of
+  case (Type_) of
     1:  // european
       begin
-        case (NoteP mod 12) of
-          0..1:   LyricS := ' do ';
-          2..3:   LyricS := ' re ';
-          4:      LyricS := ' mi ';
-          5..6:   LyricS := ' fa ';
-          7..8:   LyricS := ' sol ';
-          9..10:  LyricS := ' la ';
-          11:     LyricS := ' si ';
+        case (Note mod 12) of
+          0..1:   Result := ' do ';
+          2..3:   Result := ' re ';
+          4:      Result := ' mi ';
+          5..6:   Result := ' fa ';
+          7..8:   Result := ' sol ';
+          9..10:  Result := ' la ';
+          11:     Result := ' si ';
         end;
       end;
     2:  // japanese
       begin
-        case (NoteP mod 12) of
-          0..1:   LyricS := ' do ';
-          2..3:   LyricS := ' re ';
-          4:      LyricS := ' mi ';
-          5..6:   LyricS := ' fa ';
-          7..8:   LyricS := ' so ';
-          9..10:  LyricS := ' la ';
-          11:     LyricS := ' shi ';
+        case (Note mod 12) of
+          0..1:   Result := ' do ';
+          2..3:   Result := ' re ';
+          4:      Result := ' mi ';
+          5..6:   Result := ' fa ';
+          7..8:   Result := ' so ';
+          9..10:  Result := ' la ';
+          11:     Result := ' shi ';
         end;
       end;
     3:  // american
       begin
-        case (NoteP mod 12) of
-          0..1:   LyricS := ' do ';
-          2..3:   LyricS := ' re ';
-          4:      LyricS := ' mi ';
-          5..6:   LyricS := ' fa ';
-          7..8:   LyricS := ' sol ';
-          9..10:  LyricS := ' la ';
-          11:     LyricS := ' ti ';
+        case (Note mod 12) of
+          0..1:   Result := ' do ';
+          2..3:   Result := ' re ';
+          4:      Result := ' mi ';
+          5..6:   Result := ' fa ';
+          7..8:   Result := ' sol ';
+          9..10:  Result := ' la ';
+          11:     Result := ' ti ';
         end;
       end;
   end; // case
+end;
+
+procedure TSong.ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: UTF8String);
+begin
+  if (Ini.Solmization <> 0) then
+    LyricS := Solmizate(NoteP, Ini.Solmization);
 
   with Lines[LineNumber].Line[Lines[LineNumber].High] do
   begin
@@ -964,17 +1192,23 @@ begin
       '*':  Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntGolden;
     end;
 
-    if (Note[HighNote].NoteType = ntGolden) then
-      Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue := Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue + Note[HighNote].Length;
+    //add this notes value ("notes length" * "notes scorefactor") to the current songs entire value
+    Inc(Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue, Note[HighNote].Length * ScoreFactor[Note[HighNote].NoteType]);
+
+    //and to the current lines entire value
+    Inc(TotalNotes, Note[HighNote].Length * ScoreFactor[Note[HighNote].NoteType]);
 
-    if (Note[HighNote].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
-      Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue := Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue + Note[HighNote].Length;
 
     Note[HighNote].Tone := NoteP;
-    if Note[HighNote].Tone < Base[LineNumber] then
-      Base[LineNumber] := Note[HighNote].Tone;
 
-    Note[HighNote].Text := Copy(LyricS, 2, 100);
+    //if a note w/ a deeper pitch then the current basenote is found
+    //we replace the basenote w/ the current notes pitch
+    if Note[HighNote].Tone < BaseNote then
+      BaseNote := Note[HighNote].Tone;
+
+    Note[HighNote].Color := 1; // default color to 1 for editor
+
+    DecodeStringUTF8(LyricS, Note[HighNote].Text, Encoding);
     Lyric := Lyric + Note[HighNote].Text;
 
     End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
@@ -982,43 +1216,35 @@ begin
 end;
 
 procedure TSong.NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer);
-
 var
   I: integer;
-
 begin
 
   if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote  <> -1) then
-  begin //Update old Sentence if it has notes and create a new sentence
-    // Update old part
-    Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].BaseNote := Base[LineNumberP];
-    Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Lyric);
-
-    //Total Notes Patch
-    Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
-    for I := low(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note) to high(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note) do
-    begin
-      if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then
-        Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].Length;
-
-      if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
-        Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].Length;
-    end;
-    //Total Notes Patch End
-
-
-    // Update new part
+  begin //create a new line
     SetLength(Lines[LineNumberP].Line, Lines[LineNumberP].Number + 1);
-    Lines[LineNumberP].High := Lines[LineNumberP].High + 1;
-    Lines[LineNumberP].Number := Lines[LineNumberP].Number + 1;
+    Inc(Lines[LineNumberP].High);
+    Inc(Lines[LineNumberP].Number);
   end
   else
-  begin //Use old Sentence if it has no notes
-    Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in line ' + InttoStr(FileLineNo) + ': ' + Filename);
+  begin //use old line if it there were no notes added since last call of NewSentence
+    Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in line ' +
+                 InttoStr(FileLineNo) + ': ' + Filename.ToNative);
   end;
 
   Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote := -1;
 
+  //set the current lines value to zero
+  //it will be incremented w/ the value of every added note
+  Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
+
+  //basenote is the pitch of the deepest note, it is used for note drawing.
+  //if a note with a less value than the current sentences basenote is found,
+  //basenote will be set to this notes pitch. Therefore the initial value of
+  //this field has to be very high.
+  Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].BaseNote := High(Integer);
+
+
   if self.Relative then
   begin
     Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1;
@@ -1028,12 +1254,9 @@ begin
     Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1;
 
   Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].LastLine := false;
-
-  Base[LineNumberP] := 100; // high number
 end;
 
-procedure TSong.clear();
-
+procedure TSong.Clear();
 begin
   //Main Information
   Title  := '';
@@ -1042,33 +1265,38 @@ begin
   //Sortings:
   Genre    := 'Unknown';
   Edition  := 'Unknown';
-  Language := 'Unknown'; //Language Patch
+  Language := 'Unknown';
+  Year := 0;
+
+  // set to default encoding
+  Encoding := DEFAULT_ENCODING;
+
+  // clear custom header tags
+  SetLength(CustomTags, 0);
 
   //Required Information
-  Mp3    := '';
-  {$IFDEF FPC}
-  setlength( BPM, 0 );
-  {$ELSE}
-  BPM    := nil;
-  {$ENDIF}
+  Mp3    := PATH_NONE;
+  SetLength(BPM, 0);
 
   GAP    := 0;
   Start  := 0;
   Finish := 0;
 
   //Additional Information
-  Background := '';
-  Cover      := '';
-  Video      := '';
+  Background := PATH_NONE;
+  Cover      := PATH_NONE;
+  Video      := PATH_NONE;
   VideoGAP   := 0;
   NotesGAP   := 0;
   Resolution := 4;
   Creator    := '';
 
+  Relative := false;
 end;
 
-function TSong.Analyse(): boolean;
-
+function TSong.Analyse(const ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SongFile: TTextFileStream;
 begin
   Result := false;
 
@@ -1076,20 +1304,15 @@ begin
   FileLineNo := 0;
 
   //Open File and set File Pointer to the beginning
-  AssignFile(SongFile, self.Path + self.FileName);
-
+  SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(Self.Path.Append(Self.FileName), fmOpenRead);
   try
-    Reset(SongFile);
-
     //Clear old Song Header
-    self.clear;
+    Self.clear;
 
     //Read Header
-    Result := self.ReadTxTHeader( FileName )
-
-    //And Close File
+    Result := Self.ReadTxTHeader(SongFile, ReadCustomTags)
   finally
-    CloseFile(SongFile);
+    SongFile.Free;
   end;
 end;
 
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas b/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas
index 7f5125a9..baeec13a 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas
@@ -40,74 +40,79 @@ interface
 {$ENDIF}
 
 uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
   {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
     Windows,
     DirWatch,
   {$ELSE}
     {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
-      syscall,
+    syscall,
     {$ENDIF}
     baseunix,
     UnixType,
   {$ENDIF}
-  SysUtils,
-  Classes,
   UPlatform,
   ULog,
   UTexture,
   UCommon,
-  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
-    cthreads,
-  {$ENDIF}
   {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
-    PseudoThread,
+  PseudoThread,
   {$ENDIF}
+  UPath,
   USong,
   UCatCovers;
 
 type
+  TSongFilter = (
+    fltAll,
+    fltTitle,
+    fltArtist
+  );
 
   TBPM = record
-    BPM:        real;
-    StartBeat:  real;
+    BPM:       real;
+    StartBeat: real;
   end;
 
   TScore = record
-    Name:       widestring;
-    Score:      integer;
-    Length:     string;
+    Name:   UTF8String;
+    Score:  integer;
+    Length: string;
   end;
 
+  TPathDynArray = array of IPath;
+
   {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
-  TSongs = class( TPseudoThread )
+  TSongs = class(TPseudoThread)
   {$ELSE}
-  TSongs = class( TThread )
+  TSongs = class(TThread)
   {$ENDIF}
   private
-    fNotify, fWatch     : longint;
-    fParseSongDirectory : boolean;
-    fProcessing         : boolean;
+    fNotify, fWatch:     longint;
+    fParseSongDirectory: boolean;
+    fProcessing:         boolean;
     {$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
-    fDirWatch           : TDirectoryWatch;
+    fDirWatch:           TDirectoryWatch;
     {$endif}
     procedure int_LoadSongList;
     procedure DoDirChanged(Sender: TObject);
   protected
     procedure Execute; override;
   public
-    SongList  : TList;          // array of songs
-    Selected  : integer;        // selected song index
+    SongList: TList;          // array of songs
+    Selected: integer;        // selected song index
     constructor Create();
     destructor  Destroy(); override;
 
 
     procedure LoadSongList;     // load all songs
-    procedure BrowseDir(Dir: widestring); // should return number of songs in the future
-    procedure BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: widestring);
-    procedure BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: widestring);
+    procedure FindFilesByExtension(const Dir: IPath; const Ext: IPath; Recursive: Boolean; var Files: TPathDynArray);
+    procedure BrowseDir(Dir: IPath); // should return number of songs in the future
+    procedure BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: IPath);
+    procedure BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: IPath);
     procedure Sort(Order: integer);
-    function  FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: widestring): widestring;
-    property  Processing : boolean read fProcessing;
+    property  Processing: boolean read fProcessing;
   end;
 
 
@@ -116,24 +121,24 @@ type
     Selected:   integer; // selected song index
     Order:      integer; // order type (0=title)
     CatNumShow: integer; // Category Number being seen
-    CatCount:   integer; //Number of Categorys
+    CatCount:   integer; // Number of Categorys
 
     procedure SortSongs();
-    procedure Refresh; // refreshes arrays by recreating them from Songs array
-    procedure ShowCategory(Index: integer); // expands all songs in category
-    procedure HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category
-    procedure ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer); // uses ShowCategory and HideCategory when needed
-    procedure ShowCategoryList; //Hides all Songs And Show the List of all Categorys
-    function FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer; //Find Next visible Song
-    function VisibleSongs: integer; // returns number of visible songs (for tabs)
-    function VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer; // returns visible song index (skips invisible)
-
-    function SetFilter(FilterStr: string; const fType: Byte): Cardinal;
+    procedure Refresh;                                      // refreshes arrays by recreating them from Songs array
+    procedure ShowCategory(Index: integer);                 // expands all songs in category
+    procedure HideCategory(Index: integer);                 // hides all songs in category
+    procedure ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer);          // uses ShowCategory and HideCategory when needed
+    procedure ShowCategoryList;                             // Hides all Songs And Show the List of all Categorys
+    function FindNextVisible(SearchFrom: integer): integer; // Find Next visible Song
+    function VisibleSongs: integer;                         // returns number of visible songs (for tabs)
+    function VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer;         // returns visible song index (skips invisible)
+
+    function SetFilter(FilterStr: UTF8String; Filter: TSongFilter): cardinal;
   end;
 
 var
-  Songs:      TSongs;    // all songs
-  CatSongs:   TCatSongs; // categorized songs
+  Songs:    TSongs;    // all songs
+  CatSongs: TCatSongs; // categorized songs
 
 const
   IN_ACCESS        = $00000001; //* File was accessed */
@@ -151,12 +156,17 @@ const
 
 implementation
 
-uses StrUtils,
-     UGraphic,
-     UCovers,
-     UFiles,
-     UMain,
-     UIni;
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  UCovers,
+  UFiles,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UNote,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
 
 constructor TSongs.Create();
 begin
@@ -168,7 +178,7 @@ begin
 
   // FIXME: threaded loading does not work this way.
   // It will just cause crashes but nothing else at the moment.
-  (*
+(*
   {$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
     fDirWatch := TDirectoryWatch.create(nil);
     fDirWatch.OnChange     := DoDirChanged;
@@ -179,7 +189,7 @@ begin
 
   // now we can start the thread
   Resume();
-  *)
+*)
 
   // until it is fixed, simply load the song-list
   int_LoadSongList();
@@ -187,7 +197,7 @@ end;
 
 destructor TSongs.Destroy();
 begin
-  FreeAndNil( SongList );
+  FreeAndNil(SongList);
   inherited;
 end;
 
@@ -198,7 +208,7 @@ end;
 
 procedure TSongs.Execute();
 var
-  fChangeNotify : THandle;
+  fChangeNotify: THandle;
 begin
 {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
   int_LoadSongList();
@@ -230,15 +240,15 @@ begin
 
     // browse directories
     for I := 0 to SongPaths.Count-1 do
-      BrowseDir(SongPaths[I]);
+      BrowseDir(SongPaths[I] as IPath);
 
-    if assigned( CatSongs ) then
+    if assigned(CatSongs) then
       CatSongs.Refresh;
 
-    if assigned( CatCovers ) then
+    if assigned(CatCovers) then
       CatCovers.Load;
 
-    //if assigned( Covers ) then
+    //if assigned(Covers) then
     //  Covers.Load;
 
     if assigned(ScreenSong)  then
@@ -262,84 +272,92 @@ begin
   Resume();
 end;
 
-procedure TSongs.BrowseDir(Dir: widestring);
+procedure TSongs.BrowseDir(Dir: IPath);
 begin
- BrowseTXTFiles(Dir);
- BrowseXMLFiles(Dir);
+  BrowseTXTFiles(Dir);
+  BrowseXMLFiles(Dir);
 end;
 
-procedure TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: widestring);
+procedure TSongs.FindFilesByExtension(const Dir: IPath; const Ext: IPath; Recursive: Boolean; var Files: TPathDynArray);
 var
-  i       : integer;
-  Files   : TDirectoryEntryArray;
-  lSong   : TSong;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+  FileName: IPath;
 begin
-
-  try
-    Files := Platform.DirectoryFindFiles( Dir, '.txt', true)
-  except
-    Log.LogError('Couldn''t deal with directory/file: ' + Dir + ' in TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles')
-  end;
-
-  for i := 0 to Length(Files)-1 do
+  // search for all files and directories
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append('*'), faAnyFile);
+  while (Iter.HasNext) do
   begin
-    if Files[i].IsDirectory then
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+    FileName := FileInfo.Name;
+    if ((FileInfo.Attr and faDirectory) <> 0) then
     begin
-      BrowseTXTFiles( Dir + Files[i].Name + PathDelim );  //Recursive Call
+      if Recursive and (not FileName.Equals('.')) and (not FileName.Equals('..')) then
+        FindFilesByExtension(Dir.Append(FileName), Ext, true, Files);
     end
     else
     begin
-      lSong := TSong.create( Dir + Files[i].Name );
-
-      if lSong.Analyse then
-        SongList.add( lSong )
-      else
+      if (Ext.Equals(FileName.GetExtension(), true)) then
       begin
-        Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[i].Name + '".');
-        freeandnil( lSong );
+        SetLength(Files, Length(Files)+1);
+        Files[High(Files)] := Dir.Append(FileName);
       end;
-
     end;
   end;
-  SetLength( Files, 0);
-
 end;
 
-procedure TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: widestring);
+procedure TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: IPath);
 var
-  i       : integer;
-  Files   : TDirectoryEntryArray;
-  lSong   : TSong;
+  I: integer;
+  Files: TPathDynArray;
+  Song: TSong;
+  Extension: IPath;
 begin
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
+  Extension := Path('.txt');
+  FindFilesByExtension(Dir, Extension, true, Files);
 
-  try
-    Files := Platform.DirectoryFindFiles( Dir, '.xml', true)
-  except
-    Log.LogError('Couldn''t deal with directory/file: ' + Dir + ' in TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles')
-  end;
-
-  for i := 0 to Length(Files)-1 do
+  for I := 0 to High(Files) do
   begin
-    if Files[i].IsDirectory then
-    begin
-      BrowseXMLFiles( Dir + Files[i].Name + PathDelim ); //Recursive Call
-    end
+    Song := TSong.Create(Files[I]);
+
+    if Song.Analyse then
+      SongList.Add(Song)
     else
     begin
-      lSong := TSong.create( Dir + Files[i].Name );
+      Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[I].ToNative + '".');
+      FreeAndNil(Song);
+    end;
+  end;
 
-      if lSong.AnalyseXML then
-	SongList.add( lSong )
-      else
-      begin
-	Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[i].Name + '".');
-	freeandnil( lSong );
-      end;
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
+end;
 
+procedure TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: IPath);
+var
+  I: integer;
+  Files: TPathDynArray;
+  Song: TSong;
+  Extension: IPath;
+begin
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
+  Extension := Path('.xml');
+  FindFilesByExtension(Dir, Extension, true, Files);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Files) do
+  begin
+    Song := TSong.Create(Files[I]);
+
+    if Song.AnalyseXML then
+      SongList.Add(Song)
+    else
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[I].ToNative + '".');
+      FreeAndNil(Song);
     end;
   end;
-  SetLength( Files, 0);
 
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
 end;
 
 (*
@@ -348,32 +366,32 @@ end;
 
 function CompareByEdition(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
 begin
-  Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Edition, TSong(Song2).Edition);
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Edition, TSong(Song2).Edition);
 end;
 
 function CompareByGenre(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
 begin
-  Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Genre, TSong(Song2).Genre);
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Genre, TSong(Song2).Genre);
 end;
 
 function CompareByTitle(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
 begin
-  Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Title, TSong(Song2).Title);
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Title, TSong(Song2).Title);
 end;
 
 function CompareByArtist(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
 begin
-  Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Artist, TSong(Song2).Artist);
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Artist, TSong(Song2).Artist);
 end;
 
 function CompareByFolder(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
 begin
-  Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Folder, TSong(Song2).Folder);
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Folder, TSong(Song2).Folder);
 end;
 
 function CompareByLanguage(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
 begin
-  Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Language, TSong(Song2).Language);
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Language, TSong(Song2).Language);
 end;
 
 procedure TSongs.Sort(Order: integer);
@@ -392,8 +410,6 @@ begin
       CompareFunc := CompareByArtist;
     sFolder: // by folder
       CompareFunc := CompareByFolder;
-    sTitle2: // by title2
-      CompareFunc := CompareByTitle;
     sArtist2: // by artist2
       CompareFunc := CompareByArtist;
     sLanguage: // by Language
@@ -410,18 +426,6 @@ begin
   MergeSort(SongList, CompareFunc);
 end;
 
-function TSongs.FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: widestring): widestring;
-var
-  SR:     TSearchRec;   // for parsing song directory
-begin
-  Result := '';
-  if FindFirst(Dir + Mask, faDirectory, SR) = 0 then
-  begin
-    Result := SR.Name;
-  end; // if
-  FindClose(SR);
-end;
-
 procedure TCatSongs.SortSongs();
 begin
   case Ini.Sorting of
@@ -452,12 +456,8 @@ begin
         Songs.Sort(sTitle);
         Songs.Sort(sArtist);
       end;
-    sTitle2: begin
-        Songs.Sort(sArtist2);
-        Songs.Sort(sTitle2);
-      end;
     sArtist2: begin
-        Songs.Sort(sTitle2);
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
         Songs.Sort(sArtist2);
       end;
   end; // case
@@ -467,27 +467,27 @@ procedure TCatSongs.Refresh;
 var
   SongIndex:   integer;
   CurSong:     TSong;
-  CatIndex:    integer; // index of current song in Song
-  Letter:      char;    // current letter for sorting using letter
-  CurCategory: string;  // current edition for sorting using edition, genre etc.
-  Order:       integer; // number used for ordernum
-  LetterTmp:   char;
-  CatNumber:   integer; // Number of Song in Category
-
-  procedure AddCategoryButton(const CategoryName: string);
+  CatIndex:    integer;    // index of current song in Song
+  Letter:      UCS4Char;   // current letter for sorting using letter
+  CurCategory: UTF8String; // current edition for sorting using edition, genre etc.
+  Order:       integer;    // number used for ordernum
+  LetterTmp:   UCS4Char;
+  CatNumber:   integer;    // Number of Song in Category
+
+  procedure AddCategoryButton(const CategoryName: UTF8String);
   var
     PrevCatBtnIndex: integer;
   begin
     Inc(Order);
     CatIndex := Length(Song);
     SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1);
-    Song[CatIndex] := TSong.Create();
-    Song[CatIndex].Artist := '[' + CategoryName + ']';
-    Song[CatIndex].Main := true;
+    Song[CatIndex]          := TSong.Create();
+    Song[CatIndex].Artist   := '[' + CategoryName + ']';
+    Song[CatIndex].Main     := true;
     Song[CatIndex].OrderTyp := 0;
     Song[CatIndex].OrderNum := Order;
-    Song[CatIndex].Cover := CatCovers.GetCover(Ini.Sorting, CategoryName);
-    Song[CatIndex].Visible := true;
+    Song[CatIndex].Cover    := CatCovers.GetCover(Ini.Sorting, CategoryName);
+    Song[CatIndex].Visible  := true;
 
     // set number of songs in previous category
     PrevCatBtnIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber - 1;
@@ -498,21 +498,21 @@ var
  end;
 
 begin
-  CatNumShow := -1;
+  CatNumShow  := -1;
 
   SortSongs();
 
   CurCategory := '';
-  Order := 0;
-  CatNumber := 0;
+  Order       := 0;
+  CatNumber   := 0;
 
   // Note: do NOT set Letter to ' ', otherwise no category-button will be
   // created for songs beginning with ' ' if songs of this category exist.
   // TODO: trim song-properties so ' ' will not occur as first chararcter. 
-  Letter := #0;
+  Letter      := 0;
 
   // clear song-list
-  for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count-1 do
+  for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count - 1 do
   begin
     // free category buttons
     // Note: do NOT delete songs, they are just references to Songs.SongList entries
@@ -522,107 +522,108 @@ begin
   end;
   SetLength(Song, 0);
 
-  for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count-1 do
+  for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count - 1 do
   begin
     CurSong := TSong(Songs.SongList[SongIndex]);
     // if tabs are on, add section buttons for each new section
     if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then
     begin
-      if (Ini.Sorting = sEdition) and
-         (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Edition) <> 0) then
-      begin
-        CurCategory := CurSong.Edition;
-
-        // TODO: remove this block if it is not needed anymore
-        {
-        if CurSection = 'Singstar Part 2' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
-        if CurSection = 'Singstar German' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
-        if CurSection = 'Singstar Spanish' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
-        if CurSection = 'Singstar Italian' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
-        if CurSection = 'Singstar French' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
-        if CurSection = 'Singstar 80s Polish' then CoverName := 'Singstar 80s';
-        }
-
-        // add Category Button
-        AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
-      end
-
-      else if (Ini.Sorting = sGenre) and
-              (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Genre) <> 0) then
-      begin
-        CurCategory := CurSong.Genre;
-        // add Genre Button
-        AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
-      end
-
-      else if (Ini.Sorting = sLanguage) and
-              (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Language) <> 0) then
-      begin
-        CurCategory := CurSong.Language;
-        // add Language Button
-        AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
-      end
-
-      else if (Ini.Sorting = sTitle) and
-              (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) and
-              (Letter <> UpperCase(CurSong.Title)[1]) then
-      begin
-        Letter := Uppercase(CurSong.Title)[1];
-        // add a letter Category Button
-        AddCategoryButton(Letter);
-      end
+      case (Ini.Sorting) of
+        sEdition: begin
+          if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Edition) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Edition;
+
+            // add Category Button
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
+        end;
 
-      else if (Ini.Sorting = sArtist) and
-              (Length(CurSong.Artist) >= 1) and
-              (Letter <> UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1]) then
-      begin
-        Letter := UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1];
-        // add a letter Category Button
-        AddCategoryButton(Letter);
-      end
+        sGenre: begin
+          if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Genre) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Genre;
+            // add Genre Button
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
+        end;
 
-      else if (Ini.Sorting = sFolder) and
-              (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Folder) <> 0) then
-      begin
-        CurCategory := CurSong.Folder;
-        // add folder tab
-        AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
-      end
+        sLanguage: begin
+          if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Language) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Language;
+            // add Language Button
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end
+        end;
 
-      else if (Ini.Sorting = sTitle2) and
-              (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) then
-      begin
-        // pack all numbers into a category named '#'
-        if (CurSong.Title[1] >= '0') and (CurSong.Title[1] <= '9') then
-          LetterTmp := '#'
-        else
-          LetterTmp := UpperCase(CurSong.Title)[1];
+        sTitle: begin
+          if (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) then
+          begin
+            LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(CurSong.Title)[0]);
+            { all numbers and some punctuation chars are put into a
+              category named '#'
+              we can't put the other punctuation chars into this category
+              because they are not in order, so there will be two different
+              categories named '#' } 
+            if (LetterTmp in [Ord('!') .. Ord('?')]) then
+              LetterTmp := Ord('#')
+            else
+              LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(LetterTmp);
+            if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
+            begin
+              Letter := LetterTmp;
+              // add a letter Category Button
+              AddCategoryButton(UCS4ToUTF8String(Letter));
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
 
-        if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
-        begin
-          Letter := LetterTmp;
-          // add a letter Category Button
-          AddCategoryButton(Letter);
+        sArtist: begin
+          if (Length(CurSong.Artist) >= 1) then
+          begin
+            LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(CurSong.Artist)[0]);
+            { all numbers and some punctuation chars are put into a
+              category named '#'
+              we can't put the other punctuation chars into this category
+              because they are not in order, so there will be two different
+              categories named '#' } 
+            if (LetterTmp in [Ord('!') .. Ord('?')]) then
+              LetterTmp := Ord('#')
+            else
+              LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(LetterTmp);
+              
+            if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
+            begin
+              Letter := LetterTmp;
+              // add a letter Category Button
+              AddCategoryButton(UCS4ToUTF8String(Letter));
+            end;
+          end;
         end;
-      end
 
-      else if (Ini.Sorting = sArtist2) and
-              (Length(CurSong.Artist)>=1) then
-      begin
-        // pack all numbers into a category named '#'
-        if (CurSong.Artist[1] >= '0') and (CurSong.Artist[1] <= '9') then
-          LetterTmp := '#'
-        else
-          LetterTmp := UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1];
+        sFolder: begin
+          if (UTF8CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Folder) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Folder;
+            // add folder tab
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
+        end;
 
-        if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
-        begin
-          Letter := LetterTmp;
-          // add a letter Category Button
-          AddCategoryButton(Letter);
+        sArtist2: begin
+          { this new sorting puts all songs by the same artist into
+            a single category }
+          if (UTF8CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Artist) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Artist;
+            // add folder tab
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
         end;
-      end;
-    end;
+
+      end; // case (Ini.Sorting)
+    end; // if (Ini.Tabs = 1)
 
     CatIndex := Length(Song);
     SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1);
@@ -640,19 +641,18 @@ begin
       CurSong.Visible := true
     else if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then
       CurSong.Visible := false;
-
-    {
+{
     if (Ini.Tabs = 1) and (Order = 1) then
     begin
       //open first tab
       CurSong.Visible := true;
     end;
     CurSong.Visible := true;
-    }
+}
   end;
 
   // set CatNumber of last category
-  if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) and (High(Song) >= 1) then
+  if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (High(Song) >= 1) then
   begin
     // set number of songs in previous category
     SongIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber;
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ end;
 
 procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategory(Index: integer);
 var
-  S:    integer; // song
+  S: integer; // song
 begin
   CatNumShow := Index;
   for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
@@ -678,13 +678,13 @@ begin
       CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := false;
 }
 //  KMS: This should be the same, but who knows :-)
-    CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := ( (CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main) );
+    CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := ((CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main));
   end;
 end;
 
 procedure TCatSongs.HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category
 var
-  S:    integer; // song
+  S: integer; // song
 begin
   for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
   begin
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ end;
 
 procedure TCatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer);
 var
-  Num:    integer;
+  Num: integer;
 begin
   Num := CatSongs.Song[Index].OrderNum;
   if Num <> CatNumShow then
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ end;
 //Hide Categorys when in Category Hack
 procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
 var
-  S:    integer;
+  S: integer;
 begin
   // Hide All Songs Show All Cats
   for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
@@ -721,23 +721,27 @@ begin
 end;
 //Hide Categorys when in Category Hack End
 
-//Wrong song selected when tabs on bug
-function TCatSongs.FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer;//Find next Visible Song
+// Wrong song selected when tabs on bug
+function TCatSongs.FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer;// Find next Visible Song
 var
   I: integer;
 begin
   Result := -1;
-  I := SearchFrom + 1;
-  while not CatSongs.Song[I].Visible do
+  I := SearchFrom;
+  while (Result = -1) do
   begin
     Inc (I);
-    if (I>high(CatSongs.Song)) then
-      I := low(CatSongs.Song);
-    if (I = SearchFrom) then //Make One Round and no song found->quit
-      break;
+
+    if (I > High(CatSongs.Song)) then
+      I := Low(CatSongs.Song);
+    if (I = SearchFrom) then // Make One Round and no song found->quit
+      Break;
+
+    if (CatSongs.Song[I].Visible) then
+      Result := I;
   end;
 end;
-//Wrong song selected when tabs on bug End
+// Wrong song selected when tabs on bug End
 
 (**
  * Returns the number of visible songs.
@@ -763,71 +767,73 @@ var
   SongIndex: integer;
 begin
   Result := 0;
-  for SongIndex := 0 to Index-1 do
+  for SongIndex := 0 to Index - 1 do
   begin
     if (CatSongs.Song[SongIndex].Visible) then
       Inc(Result);
   end;
 end;
 
-function TCatSongs.SetFilter(FilterStr: string; const fType: Byte): Cardinal;
+function TCatSongs.SetFilter(FilterStr: UTF8String; Filter: TSongFilter): cardinal;
 var
-  I, J: integer;
-  cString: string;
-  SearchStr: array of string;
+  I, J:      integer;
+  TmpString: UTF8String;
+  WordArray: array of UTF8String;
 begin
-  {fType: 0: All
-          1: Title
-          2: Artist}
   FilterStr := Trim(FilterStr);
-  if FilterStr<>'' then
+  if (FilterStr <> '') then
   begin
     Result := 0;
-    //Create Search Array
-    SetLength(SearchStr, 1);
-    I := Pos (' ', FilterStr);
+
+    // initialize word array
+    SetLength(WordArray, 1);
+
+    // Copy words to SearchStr
+    I := Pos(' ', FilterStr);
     while (I <> 0) do
     begin
-      SetLength (SearchStr, Length(SearchStr) + 1);
-      cString := Copy(FilterStr, 1, I-1);
-      if (cString <> ' ') and (cString <> '') then
-        SearchStr[High(SearchStr)-1] := cString;
-      Delete (FilterStr, 1, I);
+      WordArray[High(WordArray)] := Copy(FilterStr, 1, I-1);
+      SetLength(WordArray, Length(WordArray) + 1);
 
-      I := Pos (' ', FilterStr);
+      FilterStr := TrimLeft(Copy(FilterStr, I+1, Length(FilterStr)-I));
+      I := Pos(' ', FilterStr);
     end;
-    //Copy last Word
-    if (FilterStr <> ' ') and (FilterStr <> '') then
-      SearchStr[High(SearchStr)] := FilterStr;
 
-    for I:=0 to High(Song) do
+    // Copy last word
+    WordArray[High(WordArray)] := FilterStr;
+
+    for I := 0 to High(Song) do
     begin
       if not Song[i].Main then
       begin
-        case fType of
-          0: cString := Song[I].Artist + ' ' + Song[i].Title + ' ' + Song[i].Folder;
-          1: cString := Song[I].Title;
-          2: cString := Song[I].Artist;
+        case Filter of
+          fltAll:
+            TmpString := Song[I].Artist + ' ' + Song[i].Title + ' ' + Song[i].Folder;
+          fltTitle:
+            TmpString := Song[I].Title;
+          fltArtist:
+            TmpString := Song[I].Artist;
         end;
-        Song[i].Visible:=True;
-        //Look for every Searched Word
-        for J := 0 to High(SearchStr) do
+        Song[i].Visible := true;
+        // Look for every searched word
+        for J := 0 to High(WordArray) do
         begin
-          Song[i].Visible := Song[i].Visible and AnsiContainsText(cString, SearchStr[J])
+          Song[i].Visible := Song[i].Visible and
+                             UTF8ContainsText(TmpString, WordArray[J])
         end;
         if Song[i].Visible then
           Inc(Result);
       end
       else
-        Song[i].Visible:=False;
+        Song[i].Visible := false;
     end;
     CatNumShow := -2;
   end
   else
   begin
-    for i:=0 to High(Song) do
+    for i := 0 to High(Song) do
     begin
-      Song[i].Visible := (Ini.Tabs=1) = Song[i].Main;
+      Song[i].Visible := (Ini.Tabs = 1) = Song[i].Main;
       CatNumShow := -1;
     end;
     Result := 0;
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas b/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas
index 6eec8eec..148cd5d4 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
  * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
  * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
  *
- * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/menu/UMenuText.pas $
- * $Id: UMenuText.pas 1485 2008-10-28 20:16:05Z tobigun $
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
  *}
 
 unit UTextEncoding;
@@ -34,114 +34,214 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  SysUtils;
+  SysUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
 
 type
-  TEncoding = (encCP1250, encCP1252, encUTF8, encNative);
+  TEncoding = (
+    encLocale,  // current locale (needs cwstring on linux)
+    encUTF8,    // UTF-8
+    encCP1250,  // Windows-1250 Central/Eastern Europe (used by Ultrastar)
+    encCP1252,  // Windows-1252 Western Europe (used by UltraStar Deluxe < 1.1)
+    encAuto     // try to match the w3c regex and decode as unicode on match
+                // and as fallback if not match
+  );
+
+const
+  UTF8_BOM: UTF8String = #$EF#$BB#$BF;
+
+{**
+ * Decodes Src encoded in SrcEncoding to a UTF-16 or UTF-8 encoded Dst string.
+ * Returns true if the conversion was successful.
+ *}
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: WideString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString; overload;
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: UTF8String; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): UTF8String; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Encodes the UTF-16 or UTF-8 encoded Src string to Dst using DstEncoding
+ * Returns true if the conversion was successful.
+ *}
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; overload;
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; overload;
+
+{**
+ * If Text starts with an UTF-8 BOM, the BOM is removed and true will
+ * be returned.
+ *}
+function CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(var Text: RawByteString): boolean;
 
-function RecodeString(const Src: string; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString;
+{**
+ * Parses an encoding string to its TEncoding equivalent.
+ * Surrounding whitespace and dashes ('-') are removed, the upper-cased
+ * resulting value is then compared with TEncodingNames.
+ * If the encoding was not found, the result is set to the Default encoding.
+ *}
+function ParseEncoding(const EncodingStr: AnsiString; Default: TEncoding): TEncoding;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the name of an encoding.
+ *}
+function EncodingName(Encoding: TEncoding): AnsiString;
 
 implementation
 
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  pcre,
+  ULog;
+
 type
-  TConversionTable = array[0..127] of WideChar;
+  IEncoder = interface
+    function GetName(): AnsiString;
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean;
+    function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TEncoder = class(TInterfacedObject, IEncoder)
+  public
+    function GetName(): AnsiString; virtual; abstract;
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+  TSingleByteEncoder = class(TEncoder)
+  public
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; override;
+    function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; override;
+    function DecodeChar(InChr: AnsiChar; out OutChr: UCS4Char): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    function EncodeChar(InChr: UCS4Char; out OutChr: AnsiChar): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+  end;
 
 const
-  // Windows-1250 Central/Eastern Europe (used by Ultrastar)
-  CP1250Table: TConversionTable = (
-    { $80 }
-    #$20AC,     #0, #$201A,     #0, #$201E, #$2026, #$2020, #$2021,
-        #0, #$2030, #$0160, #$2039, #$015A, #$0164, #$017D, #$0179,
-    { $90 }
-        #0, #$2018, #$2019, #$201C, #$201D, #$2022, #$2013, #$2014,
-        #0, #$2122, #$0161, #$203A, #$015B, #$0165, #$017E, #$017A,
-    { $A0 }
-    #$00A0, #$02C7, #$02D8, #$0141, #$00A4, #$0104, #$00A6, #$00A7,
-    #$00A8, #$00A9, #$015E, #$00AB, #$00AC, #$00AD, #$00AE, #$017B,
-    { $B0 }
-    #$00B0, #$00B1, #$02DB, #$0142, #$00B4, #$00B5, #$00B6, #$00B7,
-    #$00B8, #$0105, #$015F, #$00BB, #$013D, #$02DD, #$013E, #$017C,
-    { $C0 }
-    #$0154, #$00C1, #$00C2, #$0102, #$00C4, #$0139, #$0106, #$00C7,
-    #$010C, #$00C9, #$0118, #$00CB, #$011A, #$00CD, #$00CE, #$010E,
-    { $D0 }
-    #$0110, #$0143, #$0147, #$00D3, #$00D4, #$0150, #$00D6, #$00D7,
-    #$0158, #$016E, #$00DA, #$0170, #$00DC, #$00DD, #$0162, #$00DF,
-    { $E0 }
-    #$0155, #$00E1, #$00E2, #$0103, #$00E4, #$013A, #$0107, #$00E7,
-    #$010D, #$00E9, #$0119, #$00EB, #$011B, #$00ED, #$00EE, #$010F,
-    { $F0 }
-    #$0111, #$0144, #$0148, #$00F3, #$00F4, #$0151, #$00F6, #$00F7,
-    #$0159, #$016F, #$00FA, #$0171, #$00FC, #$00FD, #$0163, #$02D9
-  );
+  ERROR_CHAR = '?';
 
-  // Windows-1252 Western Europe (used by UltraStar Deluxe < 1.1)
-  CP1252Table: TConversionTable = (
-    { $80 }
-    #$20AC,     #0, #$201A, #$0192, #$201E, #$2026, #$2020, #$2021,
-    #$02C6, #$2030, #$0160, #$2039, #$0152,     #0, #$017D,     #0,
-    { $90 }
-        #0, #$2018, #$2019, #$201C, #$201D, #$2022, #$2013, #$2014,
-    #$02DC, #$2122, #$0161, #$203A, #$0153,     #0, #$017E, #$0178,
-    { $A0 }
-    #$00A0, #$00A1, #$00A2, #$00A3, #$00A4, #$00A5, #$00A6, #$00A7,
-    #$00A8, #$00A9, #$00AA, #$00AB, #$00AC, #$00AD, #$00AE, #$00AF,
-    { $B0 }
-    #$00B0, #$00B1, #$00B2, #$00B3, #$00B4, #$00B5, #$00B6, #$00B7,
-    #$00B8, #$00B9, #$00BA, #$00BB, #$00BC, #$00BD, #$00BE, #$00BF,
-    { $C0 }
-    #$00C0, #$00C1, #$00C2, #$00C3, #$00C4, #$00C5, #$00C6, #$00C7,
-    #$00C8, #$00C9, #$00CA, #$00CB, #$00CC, #$00CD, #$00CE, #$00CF,
-    { $D0 }
-    #$00D0, #$00D1, #$00D2, #$00D3, #$00D4, #$00D5, #$00D6, #$00D7,
-    #$00D8, #$00D9, #$00DA, #$00DB, #$00DC, #$00DD, #$00DE, #$00DF,
-    { $E0 }
-    #$00E0, #$00E1, #$00E2, #$00E3, #$00E4, #$00E5, #$00E6, #$00E7,
-    #$00E8, #$00E9, #$00EA, #$00EB, #$00EC, #$00ED, #$00EE, #$00EF,
-    { $F0 }
-    #$00F0, #$00F1, #$00F2, #$00F3, #$00F4, #$00F5, #$00F6, #$00F7,
-    #$00F8, #$00F9, #$00FA, #$00FB, #$00FC, #$00FD, #$00FE, #$00FF
-  );
+var
+  Encoders: array[TEncoding] of IEncoder;
 
+function TSingleByteEncoder.Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(OutStr, LengthUCS4(InStr));
+  Result := true;
+  for I := 1 to Length(OutStr) do
+  begin
+    if (not EncodeChar(InStr[I-1], OutStr[I])) then
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
 
-function Convert(const Src: string; const Table: TConversionTable): WideString;
+function TSingleByteEncoder.Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean;
 var
-  SrcPos, DstPos: integer;
+  I: integer;
 begin
-  SetLength(Result, Length(Src));
-  DstPos := 1;
-  for SrcPos := 1 to Length(Src) do
+  SetLength(OutStr, Length(InStr)+1);
+  Result := true;
+  for I := 1 to Length(InStr) do
   begin
-    if (Src[SrcPos] < #128) then
-    begin
-      // copy ASCII char
-      Result[DstPos] := Src[SrcPos];
-      Inc(DstPos);
-    end
-    else
+    if (not DecodeChar(InStr[I], OutStr[I-1])) then
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+  OutStr[High(OutStr)] := 0;
+end;
+
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: WideString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+var
+  DstUCS4: UCS4String;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[SrcEncoding].Decode(Src, DstUCS4);
+  Dst := UCS4StringToWideString(DstUCS4);
+end;
+
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString;
+begin
+  DecodeString(Src, Result, SrcEncoding);
+end;
+
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: UTF8String; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+var
+  DstUCS4: UCS4String;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[SrcEncoding].Decode(Src, DstUCS4);
+  Dst := UCS4ToUTF8String(DstUCS4);
+end;
+
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): UTF8String;
+begin
+  DecodeStringUTF8(Src, Result, SrcEncoding);
+end;
+
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[DstEncoding].Encode(WideStringToUCS4String(Src), Dst);
+end;
+
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString;
+begin
+  EncodeString(Src, Result, DstEncoding);
+end;
+
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[DstEncoding].Encode(UTF8ToUCS4String(Src), Dst);
+end;
+
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString;
+begin
+  EncodeStringUTF8(Src, Result, DstEncoding);
+end;
+
+function CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(var Text: RawByteString): boolean;
+begin
+  if AnsiStartsStr(UTF8_BOM, Text) then
+  begin
+    Text := Copy(Text, Length(UTF8_BOM)+1, Length(Text)-Length(UTF8_BOM));
+    Result := true;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+function ParseEncoding(const EncodingStr: AnsiString; Default: TEncoding): TEncoding;
+var
+  PrepStr: AnsiString; // prepared encoding string
+  Encoding: TEncoding;
+begin
+  // remove surrounding whitespace, replace dashes, to upper case
+  PrepStr := UpperCase(AnsiReplaceStr(Trim(EncodingStr), '-', ''));
+  for Encoding := Low(TEncoding) to High(TEncoding) do
+  begin
+    if (Encoders[Encoding].GetName() = PrepStr) then
     begin
-      // look-up char
-      Result[DstPos] := Table[Ord(Src[SrcPos]) - 128];
-      // ignore invalid characters
-      if (Result[DstPos] <> #0) then
-        Inc(DstPos);
+      Result := Encoding;
+      Exit;
     end;
   end;
-  SetLength(Result, DstPos-1);
+  Result := Default;
 end;
 
-function RecodeString(const Src: string; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString;
+function EncodingName(Encoding: TEncoding): AnsiString;
 begin
-  case SrcEncoding of
-    encCP1250:
-      Result := Convert(Src, CP1250Table);
-    encCP1252:
-      Result := Convert(Src, CP1252Table);
-    encUTF8:
-      Result := UTF8Decode(Src);
-    encNative:
-      Result := UTF8Decode(AnsiToUtf8(Src));
-  end;
+  Result := Encoders[Encoding].GetName();
 end;
 
+{$I ..\\encoding\\Locale.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\UTF8.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\CP1250.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\CP1252.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\Auto.inc}
+
+initialization
+  Encoders[encLocale] := TEncoderLocale.Create;
+  Encoders[encUTF8]   := TEncoderUTF8.Create;
+  Encoders[encCP1250] := TEncoderCP1250.Create;
+  Encoders[encCP1252] := TEncoderCP1252.Create;
+
+  // use USDX < 1.1 encoding for backward compatibility (encCP1252)
+  Encoders[encAuto] := TEncoderAuto.Create(Encoders[encUTF8], Encoders[encCP1252]);
+
 end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas b/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas
index 4f33b78a..e477dbb1 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ uses
   Classes,
   SysUtils,
   UCommon,
+  UPath,
   SDL,
   SDL_Image;
 
@@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ type
     TexX2:    real;
     TexY2:    real;
     Alpha:    real;
-    Name:     string; // experimental for handling cache images. maybe it's useful for dynamic skins
+    Name:     IPath; // experimental for handling cache images. maybe it's useful for dynamic skins
   end;
 
 type
@@ -91,9 +92,9 @@ procedure AdjustPixelFormat(var TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Typ: TTextureType);
 type
   PTextureEntry = ^TTextureEntry;
   TTextureEntry = record
-    Name:         string;
+    Name:         IPath;
     Typ:          TTextureType;
-    Color:        Cardinal;
+    Color:        cardinal;
 
     // we use normal TTexture, it's easier to implement and if needed - we copy ready data
     Texture:      TTexture; // Full-size texture
@@ -104,8 +105,8 @@ type
     private
       Texture: array of TTextureEntry;
     public
-      procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean);
-      function FindTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal): integer;
+      procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+      function FindTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal): integer;
   end;
 
   TTextureUnit = class
@@ -115,15 +116,15 @@ type
       Limit: integer;
 
       procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean = false); overload;
-      procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean = false); overload;
-      function GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
-      function GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
-      function LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
-      function LoadTexture(const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
-      function LoadTexture(const Identifier: string): TTexture; overload;
-      function CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: string; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
-      procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); overload;
-      procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: Cardinal; FromCache: boolean); overload;
+      procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean = false); overload;
+      function GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
+      function GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
+      function LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
+      function LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
+      function LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath): TTexture; overload;
+      function CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: IPath; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
+      procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); overload;
+      procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: cardinal; FromCache: boolean); overload;
       //procedure FlushTextureDatabase();
 
       constructor Create;
@@ -164,10 +165,10 @@ begin
     SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
   end;
 end;
-  
+
 { TTextureDatabase }
 
-procedure TTextureDatabase.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+procedure TTextureDatabase.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean);
 var
   TextureIndex: integer;
 begin
@@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ begin
     Texture[TextureIndex].Texture      := Tex;
 end;
 
-function TTextureDatabase.FindTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal): integer;
+function TTextureDatabase.FindTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal): integer;
 var
   TextureIndex: integer;
   CurrentTexture: PTextureEntry;
@@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ begin
   for TextureIndex := 0 to High(Texture) do
   begin
     CurrentTexture := @Texture[TextureIndex];
-    if (CurrentTexture.Name = Name) and
+    if (CurrentTexture.Name.Equals(Name)) and
        (CurrentTexture.Typ = Typ) then
     begin
       // colorized textures must match in their color too
@@ -211,7 +212,6 @@ begin
   end;
 end;
 
-
 { TTextureUnit }
 
 constructor TTextureUnit.Create;
@@ -226,33 +226,32 @@ begin
   inherited Destroy;
 end;
 
-
 procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean);
 begin
   TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, 0, Cache);
 end;
 
-procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean);
 begin
   TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, Color, Cache);
 end;
 
-function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
 begin
   // FIXME: what is the FromRegistry parameter supposed to do?
   Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, Typ, Col);
 end;
 
-function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: string): TTexture;
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath): TTexture;
 begin
   Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
 end;
 
-function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
 var
   TexSurface: PSDL_Surface;
-  newWidth, newHeight: Cardinal;
-  oldWidth, oldHeight: Cardinal;
+  newWidth, newHeight: integer;
+  oldWidth, oldHeight: integer;
   ActTex: GLuint;
 begin
   // zero texture data
@@ -262,7 +261,7 @@ begin
   TexSurface := LoadImage(Identifier);
   if not assigned(TexSurface) then
   begin
-    Log.LogError('Could not load texture: "' + Identifier +'" with type "'+ TextureTypeToStr(Typ) +'"',
+    Log.LogError('Could not load texture: "' + Identifier.ToNative +'" with type "'+ TextureTypeToStr(Typ) +'"',
                  'TTextureUnit.LoadTexture');
     Exit;
   end;
@@ -338,8 +337,8 @@ begin
     X := 0;
     Y := 0;
     Z := 0;
-    W := 0;
-    H := 0;
+    W := oldWidth;
+    H := oldHeight;
     ScaleW := 1;
     ScaleH := 1;
     Rot := 0;
@@ -365,16 +364,16 @@ begin
   SDL_FreeSurface(TexSurface);
 end;
 
-function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
+function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
 begin
   Result := GetTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache);
 end;
 
-function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
+function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
 var
   TextureIndex: integer;
 begin
-  if (Name = '') then
+  if (Name.IsUnset) then
   begin
     // zero texture data
     FillChar(Result, SizeOf(Result), 0);
@@ -415,7 +414,7 @@ begin
   Result := TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture;
 end;
 
-function TTextureUnit.CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: string; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
+function TTextureUnit.CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: IPath; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
 var
   //Error:     integer;
   ActTex:    GLuint;
@@ -431,8 +430,8 @@ begin
   {$ELSE}
   glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, Width, Height, 0, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, Data);
   {$ENDIF}
-  
-  {
+
+{
   if Mipmapping then
   begin
     Error := gluBuild2DMipmaps(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 3, W, H, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @Data[0]);
@@ -440,8 +439,8 @@ begin
     if Error > 0 then
       Log.LogError('gluBuild2DMipmaps() failed', 'TTextureUnit.CreateTexture');
   end;
-  }
-  
+}
+
   Result.X := 0;
   Result.Y := 0;
   Result.Z := 0;
@@ -469,19 +468,19 @@ begin
   Result.Name := Name;
 end;
 
-procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean);
+procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean);
 begin
   UnloadTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache);
 end;
 
-procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: Cardinal; FromCache: boolean);
+procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: cardinal; FromCache: boolean);
 var
   T:      integer;
   TexNum: GLuint;
 begin
   T := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col);
 
-  if not FromCache then 
+  if not FromCache then
   begin
     TexNum := TextureDatabase.Texture[T].Texture.TexNum;
     if TexNum > 0 then
@@ -529,20 +528,20 @@ end;
 
 function ParseTextureType(const TypeStr: string; Default: TTextureType): TTextureType;
 var
-  TexType: TTextureType;
+  TextureType:   TTextureType;
   UpCaseStr: string;
 begin
   UpCaseStr := UpperCase(TypeStr);
-  for TexType := Low(TextureTypeStr) to High(TextureTypeStr) do
+  for TextureType := Low(TextureTypeStr) to High(TextureTypeStr) do
   begin
-    if (UpCaseStr = UpperCase(TextureTypeStr[TexType])) then
+    if (UpCaseStr = UpperCase(TextureTypeStr[TextureType])) then
     begin
-      Result := TexType;
+      Result := TextureType;
       Exit;
     end;
   end;
-  Log.LogWarn('Unknown texture-type: "' + TypeStr + '"', 'ParseTextureType');
-  Result := TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN;
+  Log.LogWarn('Unknown texture type: "' + TypeStr + '". Using default texture type "' + TextureTypeToStr(Default) + '"', 'ParseTextureType');
+  Result := Default;
 end;
 
 end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas b/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas
index 9bf858ed..4322815e 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas
@@ -34,21 +34,22 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  ULog,
   IniFiles,
   SysUtils,
   Classes,
-  UTexture;
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UPath;
 
 type
   TRGB = record
-    R:    single;
-    G:    single;
-    B:    single;
+    R: single;
+    G: single;
+    B: single;
   end;
 
   TRGBA = record
-    R, G, B, A: Double;
+    R, G, B, A: double;
   end;
 
 type
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ type
     Font:   integer;
     Size:   integer;
     Align:  integer;
-    Text:   string;
+    Text:   UTF8String;
     //Reflection
     Reflection:           boolean;
     ReflectionSpacing:    real;
@@ -175,13 +176,14 @@ type
     W:      integer;
     H:      integer;
     Z:      real;
+    SBGW:   integer;
 
     TextSize: integer;
 
-    //SBGW Mod
-    SBGW:   integer;
+    showArrows:boolean;
+    oneItemOnly:boolean;
 
-    Text:   string;
+    Text:   UTF8String;
     ColR,  ColG,  ColB,  Int:     real;
     DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt:    real;
     TColR,  TColG,  TColB,  TInt:     real;
@@ -235,8 +237,8 @@ type
 
     TextDescription:      TThemeText;
     TextDescriptionLong:  TThemeText;
-    Description:          array[0..5] of string;
-    DescriptionLong:      array[0..5] of string;
+    Description:          array[0..5] of UTF8String;
+    DescriptionLong:      array[0..5] of UTF8String;
   end;
 
   TThemeName = class(TThemeBasic)
@@ -353,12 +355,17 @@ type
     TextP3RScore:     TThemeText;
 
     //Linebonus Translations
-    LineBonusText:    array [0..8] of string;
+    LineBonusText:    array [0..8] of UTF8String;
 
     //Pause Popup
      PausePopUp:      TThemeStatic;
   end;
 
+  TThemeLyricBar = record
+     IndicatorYOffset, UpperX, UpperW, UpperY, UpperH,
+     LowerX, LowerW, LowerY, LowerH  : integer;
+  end;
+
   TThemeScore = class(TThemeBasic)
     TextArtist:       TThemeText;
     TextTitle:        TThemeText;
@@ -402,6 +409,7 @@ type
     TextNumber:       AThemeText;
     TextName:         AThemeText;
     TextScore:        AThemeText;
+    TextDate:         AThemeText;
   end;
 
   TThemeOptions = class(TThemeBasic)
@@ -415,7 +423,7 @@ type
     ButtonExit:       TThemeButton;
 
     TextDescription:      TThemeText;
-    Description:          array[0..7] of string;
+    Description:          array[0..7] of UTF8String;
   end;
 
   TThemeOptionsGame = class(TThemeBasic)
@@ -490,8 +498,8 @@ type
 
     TextDescription:      TThemeText;
     TextDescriptionLong:  TThemeText;
-    Description:          array[0..5] of string;
-    DescriptionLong:      array[0..5] of string;
+    Description:          array[0..5] of UTF8string;
+    DescriptionLong:      array[0..5] of UTF8string;
   end;
 
   //Error- and Check-Popup
@@ -525,10 +533,10 @@ type
     TextFound:        TThemeText;
 
     //Translated Texts
-    Songsfound:       string;
-    NoSongsfound:     string;
-    CatText:          string;
-    IType:            array [0..2] of string;
+    Songsfound:       UTF8String;
+    NoSongsfound:     UTF8String;
+    CatText:          UTF8String;
+    IType:            array [0..2] of UTF8String;
   end;
 
   //Party Screens
@@ -694,15 +702,15 @@ type
     TextPage:         TThemeText;
     TextList:         AThemeText;
 
-    Description:      array[0..3] of string;
-    DescriptionR:     array[0..3] of string;
-    FormatStr:        array[0..3] of string;
-    PageStr:          string;
+    Description:      array[0..3] of UTF8String;
+    DescriptionR:     array[0..3] of UTF8String;
+    FormatStr:        array[0..3] of UTF8String;
+    PageStr:          UTF8String;
   end;
 
   //Playlist Translations
   TThemePlaylist = record
-    CatText:    string;
+    CatText:    UTF8String;
   end;
 
   TTheme = class
@@ -723,6 +731,7 @@ type
     Level:            TThemeLevel;
     Song:             TThemeSong;
     Sing:             TThemeSing;
+    LyricBar:         TThemeLyricBar;
     Score:            TThemeScore;
     Top5:             TThemeTop5;
     Options:          TThemeOptions;
@@ -754,11 +763,11 @@ type
 
     Playlist:         TThemePlaylist;
 
-    ILevel: array[0..2] of string;
+    ILevel: array[0..2] of UTF8String;
 
-    constructor Create(const FileName: string); overload; // Initialize theme system
-    constructor Create(const FileName: string; Color: integer); overload; // Initialize theme system with color
-    function LoadTheme(FileName: string; sColor: integer): boolean; // Load some theme settings from file
+    constructor Create(const FileName: IPath); overload; // Initialize theme system
+    constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; Color: integer); overload; // Initialize theme system with color
+    function LoadTheme(const FileName: IPath; sColor: integer): boolean; // Load some theme settings from file
 
     procedure LoadColors;
 
@@ -838,12 +847,12 @@ begin
   glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Min(Color.A, Alpha));
 end;
 
-constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: string);
+constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: IPath);
 begin
   Create(FileName, 0);
 end;
 
-constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: string; Color: integer);
+constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: IPath; Color: integer);
 begin
   inherited Create();
 
@@ -886,7 +895,7 @@ begin
 
 end;
 
-function TTheme.LoadTheme(FileName: string; sColor: integer): boolean;
+function TTheme.LoadTheme(const FileName: IPath; sColor: integer): boolean;
 var
   I:    integer;
 begin
@@ -894,23 +903,21 @@ begin
 
   CreateThemeObjects();
 
-  Log.LogStatus('Loading: '+ FileName, 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
-
-  FileName := AdaptFilePaths(FileName);
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading: '+ FileName.ToNative, 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
 
-  if not FileExists(FileName) then
+  if not FileName.IsFile() then
   begin
-    Log.LogError('Theme does not exist ('+ FileName +')', 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
+    Log.LogError('Theme does not exist ('+ FileName.ToNative +')', 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
   end;
 
-  if FileExists(FileName) then
+  if FileName.IsFile() then
   begin
     Result := true;
 
     {$IFDEF THEMESAVE}
-    ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(FileName);
+    ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative);
     {$ELSE}
-    ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName);
+    ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative);
     {$ENDIF}
 
     if ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme', 'Name', '') <> '' then
@@ -1031,9 +1038,19 @@ begin
       ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker5');
 
 
+      //LyricBar      asd
+      LyricBar.UpperX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'X', 0);
+      LyricBar.UpperW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'W', 0);
+      LyricBar.UpperY := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'Y', 0);
+      LyricBar.UpperH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'H', 0);
+      LyricBar.IndicatorYOffset := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'IndicatorYOffset', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'X', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'W', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerY := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'Y', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'H', 0);
+
       // Sing
       ThemeLoadBasic(Sing, 'Sing');
-
       //TimeBar mod
        ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticTimeProgress, 'SingTimeProgress');
        ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextTimeText, 'SingTimeText');
@@ -1160,6 +1177,7 @@ begin
       ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextNumber,     'Top5TextNumber');
       ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextName,       'Top5TextName');
       ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextScore,      'Top5TextScore');
+      ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextDate,       'Top5TextDate');
 
       // Options
       ThemeLoadBasic(Options, 'Options');
@@ -1769,7 +1787,7 @@ begin
 
   ThemeSelectS.SkipX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SkipX', 0);
 
-  ThemeSelectS.SBGW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SBGW', 450);
+  ThemeSelectS.SBGW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SBGW', 400);
 
   LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.ColR, ThemeSelectS.ColG,  ThemeSelectS.ColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', ''));
   ThemeSelectS.Int :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1);
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas b/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas
index 3f35dffd..83844cb5 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas
@@ -61,20 +61,20 @@ procedure CountSkipTime;
 procedure CountMidTime;
 
 var
-  USTime      : TTime;
+  USTime:       TTime;
   VideoBGTimer: TRelativeTimer;
 
-  TimeNew     : int64;
-  TimeOld     : int64;
-  TimeSkip    : real;
-  TimeMid     : real;
-  TimeMidTemp : int64;
+  TimeNew:     int64;
+  TimeOld:     int64;
+  TimeSkip:    real;
+  TimeMid:     real;
+  TimeMidTemp: int64;
 
 implementation
 
 uses
   sdl,
-  ucommon;
+  UCommon;
   
 const
   cSDLCorrectionRatio = 1000;
@@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ http://www.gamedev.net/community/forums/topic.asp?topic_id=466145&whichpage=1%EE
 
 procedure CountSkipTimeSet;
 begin
-  TimeNew     := SDL_GetTicks();
+  TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks();
 end;
 
 procedure CountSkipTime;
 begin
-  TimeOld     := TimeNew;
-  TimeNew     := SDL_GetTicks();
-  TimeSkip    := (TimeNew-TimeOld) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+  TimeOld  := TimeNew;
+  TimeNew  := SDL_GetTicks();
+  TimeSkip := (TimeNew-TimeOld) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
 end;
 
 procedure CountMidTime;
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ end;
  **}
 
 (*
- * Creates a new timer.
- * If TriggerMode is false (default), the timer
+ * creates a new timer.
+ * if triggermode is false (default), the timer
  * will immediately begin with counting.
- * If TriggerMode is true, it will wait until Get/SetTime() or Pause() is called
+ * if triggermode is true, it will wait until get/settime() or pause() is called
  * for the first time.
  *)
 constructor TRelativeTimer.Create(TriggerMode: boolean);
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas b/Lua/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37b53a67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UUnicodeUtils;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+{$ENDIF}
+  StrUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+type
+  // String with unknown encoding. Introduced with Delphi 2009 and maybe soon
+  // with FPC.
+  RawByteString = AnsiString;
+
+{**
+ * Returns true if the system uses UTF-8 as default string type
+ * (filesystem or API calls).
+ * This is always true on Mac OS X and always false on Win32. On Unix it depends
+ * on the LC_CTYPE setting.
+ * Do not use AnsiToUTF8() or UTF8ToAnsi() if this function returns true.
+ *}
+function IsNativeUTF8(): boolean;
+
+(*
+ * Character classes
+ *)
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsControlChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Checks if the given string is a valid UTF-8 string.
+ * If an ANSI encoded string (with char codes >= 128) is passed, the
+ * function will most probably return false, as most ANSI strings sequences
+ * are illegal in UTF-8.
+ *}
+function IsUTF8String(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+
+{**
+ * Iterates over an UTF-8 encoded string.
+ * StrPtr will be  increased to the beginning of the next character on each
+ * call.
+ * Results true if the given string starts with an UTF-8 encoded char.
+ *}
+function NextCharUTF8(var StrPtr: PAnsiChar; out Ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+
+{**
+ * Deletes Count chars (not bytes) beginning at char- (not byte-) position Index.
+ * Index values start with 1.
+ *}
+procedure UTF8Delete(var Str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+procedure UCS4Delete(var Str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+
+{**
+ * Checks if the string is composed of ASCII characters.
+ *}
+function IsASCIIString(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+
+{*
+ * String format conversion
+ *}
+
+function UTF8ToUCS4String(const str: UTF8String): UCS4String;
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(const str: UCS4String): UTF8String; overload;
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(ch: UCS4Char): UTF8String; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the number of characters (not bytes) in string str.
+ *}
+function LengthUTF8(const str: UTF8String): integer;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the length of an UCS4String. Note that Length(UCS4String) returns
+ * the length+1 as UCS4Strings are zero-terminated.
+ *}
+function LengthUCS4(const str: UCS4String): integer;
+
+{** @seealso WideCompareStr *}
+function UTF8CompareStr(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+{** @seealso WideCompareText *}
+function UTF8CompareText(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+
+function UTF8StartsText(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean;
+
+function UTF8ContainsStr(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+function UTF8ContainsText(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+
+{** @seealso WideUpperCase *}
+function UTF8UpperCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+{** @seealso WideCompareText *}
+function UTF8LowerCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+
+{**
+ * Converts a UCS-4 char ch to its upper-case representation.
+ *}
+function UCS4UpperCase(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4Char; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Converts a UCS-4 string str to its upper-case representation.
+ *}
+function UCS4UpperCase(const str: UCS4String): UCS4String; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Converts a UCS4Char to an UCS4String.
+ * Note that UCS4Strings are zero-terminated dynamic arrays.
+ *}
+function UCS4CharToString(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4String;
+
+{**
+ * @seealso System.Pos()
+ *}
+function UTF8Pos(const substr: UTF8String; const str: UTF8String): Integer;
+
+{**
+ * Copies a segment of str starting with Index (1-based) with Count characters (not bytes).
+ *}
+function UTF8Copy(const str: UTF8String; Index: Integer = 1; Count: Integer = -1): UTF8String;
+
+{**
+ * Copies a segment of str starting with Index (0-based) with Count characters.
+ * Note: Do not use Copy() to copy UCS4Strings as the result will not contain
+ * a trailing #0 character and hence is invalid.
+ *}
+function UCS4Copy(const str: UCS4String; Index: Integer = 0; Count: Integer = -1): UCS4String;
+
+(*
+ * Converts a WideString to its upper- or lower-case representation.
+ * Wrapper for WideUpper/LowerCase. Needed because some plattforms have
+ * problems with unicode support.
+ *
+ * Note that characters in UTF-16 might consist of one or two WideChar valus
+ * (see surrogates). So instead of using WideStringUpperCase(ch)[1] for single
+ * character access, convert to UCS-4 where each character is represented by
+ * one UCS4Char. 
+ *)
+function WideStringUpperCase(const str: WideString) : WideString; overload;
+function WideStringUpperCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; overload;
+function WideStringLowerCase(const str: WideString): WideString; overload;
+function WideStringLowerCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; overload;
+
+function WideStringReplaceChar(const text: WideString; search, rep: WideChar): WideString;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+const
+  LC_CTYPE = 0;
+
+function setlocale(category: integer; locale: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external 'c';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+var
+  NativeUTF8: boolean;
+
+procedure InitUnicodeUtils();
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+var
+  localeName: PChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  {$IF Defined(DARWIN)}
+    NativeUTF8 := true;
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(MSWindows)}
+    NativeUTF8 := false;
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+    // check if locale name contains UTF8 or UTF-8
+    localeName := setlocale(LC_CTYPE, nil);
+    NativeUTF8 := Pos('UTF8', UpperCase(AnsiReplaceStr(localeName, '-', ''))) > 0;
+  {$ELSE}
+    raise Exception.Create('Unknown system');
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+function IsNativeUTF8(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := NativeUTF8;
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    Result := IsCharAlphaW(ch);
+  {$ELSE}
+    // TODO: add chars > 255 (or replace with libxml2 functions?)
+    case ch of
+      'A'..'Z',  // A-Z
+      'a'..'z',  // a-z
+      #170,#181,#186,
+      #192..#214,
+      #216..#246,
+      #248..#255:
+        Result := true;
+      else
+        Result := false;
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsAlphaChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: replace with libxml2 functions?
+  // ignore non-arabic numerals as we do not want to handle them
+  case ch of
+    '0'..'9':
+      Result := true;
+    else
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsNumericChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch));
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch));
+end;
+
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: add chars > 255 (or replace with libxml2 functions?)
+  case ch of
+    ' '..'/',':'..'@','['..'`','{'..'~',
+    #160..#191,#215,#247:
+      Result := true;
+    else
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsPunctuationChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  case ch of
+    #0..#31,
+    #127..#159:
+      Result := true;
+    else
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsControlChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsControlChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := not IsControlChar(ch);
+end;
+
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsPrintableChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+
+function NextCharUTF8(var StrPtr: PAnsiChar; out Ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+
+  // find the most significant zero bit (Result: [7..-1])
+  function FindZeroMSB(b: byte): integer;
+  var
+    Mask: byte;
+  begin
+    Mask := $80;
+    Result := 7;
+    while (b and Mask <> 0) do
+    begin
+      Mask := Mask shr 1;
+      Dec(Result);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+var
+  ZeroBit: integer;
+  SeqCount: integer; // number of trailing bytes to follow
+const
+  Mask: array[1..3] of byte = ($1F, $0F, $07);
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  SeqCount := 0;
+  Ch := 0;
+
+  while (StrPtr^ <> #0) do
+  begin
+    if (StrPtr^ < #128) then
+    begin
+      // check that no more trailing bytes are expected
+      if (SeqCount = 0) then
+      begin
+        Ch := Ord(StrPtr^);
+        Inc(StrPtr);
+        Result := true;
+      end;
+      Break;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      ZeroBit := FindZeroMSB(Ord(StrPtr^));
+      // trailing byte expected
+      if (SeqCount > 0) then
+      begin
+        // check if trailing byte has pattern 10xxxxxx
+        if (ZeroBit <> 6) then
+        begin
+          Inc(StrPtr);
+          Break;
+        end;
+
+        Dec(SeqCount);
+        Ch := (Ch shl 6) or (Ord(StrPtr^) and $3F);
+
+        // check if char is finished
+        if (SeqCount = 0) then
+        begin
+          Inc(StrPtr);
+          Result := true;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end
+      else // leading byte expected
+      begin
+        // check if pattern is one of 110xxxxx/1110xxxx/11110xxx
+        if (ZeroBit > 5) or (ZeroBit < 3) then
+        begin
+          Inc(StrPtr);
+          Break;
+        end;
+        // calculate number of trailing bytes (1, 2 or 3)
+        SeqCount := 6 - ZeroBit;
+        // extract first part of char
+        Ch := Ord(StrPtr^) and Mask[SeqCount];
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Inc(StrPtr);
+  end;
+
+  if (not Result) then
+    Ch := Ord('?');
+end;
+
+function IsUTF8String(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+var
+  Ch: UCS4Char;
+  StrPtr: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  StrPtr := PChar(str);
+  while (StrPtr^ <> #0) do
+  begin
+    if (not NextCharUTF8(StrPtr, Ch)) then
+    begin
+      Result := false;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsASCIIString(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 1 to Length(str) do
+  begin
+    if (str[I] >= #128) then
+    begin
+      Result := false;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;    
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+
+function UTF8ToUCS4String(const str: UTF8String): UCS4String;
+begin
+  Result := WideStringToUCS4String(UTF8Decode(str));
+end;
+
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(const str: UCS4String): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Encode(UCS4StringToWideString(str));
+end;
+
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(ch: UCS4Char): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UCS4ToUTF8String(UCS4CharToString(ch));
+end;
+
+function LengthUTF8(const str: UTF8String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := LengthUCS4(UTF8ToUCS4String(str));
+end;
+
+function LengthUCS4(const str: UCS4String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := High(str);
+  if (Result = -1) then
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8CompareStr(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideCompareStr(UTF8Decode(S1), UTF8Decode(S2));
+end;
+
+function UTF8CompareText(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideCompareText(UTF8Decode(S1), UTF8Decode(S2));
+end;
+
+function UTF8StartsStr(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: use WideSameStr (slower but handles different representations of the same char)?
+  Result := (Pos(SubText, Text) = 1);
+end;
+
+function UTF8StartsText(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: use WideSameText (slower but handles different representations of the same char)?
+  Result := (Pos(UTF8UpperCase(SubText), UTF8UpperCase(Text)) = 1);
+end;
+
+function UTF8ContainsStr(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Pos(SubText, Text) > 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8ContainsText(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Pos(UTF8UpperCase(SubText), UTF8UpperCase(Text)) > 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8UpperCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Encode(WideStringUpperCase(UTF8Decode(str)));
+end;
+
+function UTF8LowerCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Encode(WideStringLowerCase(UTF8Decode(str)));
+end;
+
+function UCS4UpperCase(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4Char;
+begin
+  Result := UCS4UpperCase(UCS4CharToString(ch))[0];
+end;
+
+function UCS4UpperCase(const str: UCS4String): UCS4String;
+begin
+  // convert to upper-case as WideString and convert result back to UCS-4
+  Result := WideStringToUCS4String(
+            WideStringUpperCase(
+            UCS4StringToWideString(str)));
+end;
+
+function UCS4CharToString(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4String;
+begin
+  SetLength(Result, 2);
+  Result[0] := ch;
+  Result[1] := 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8Pos(const substr: UTF8String; const str: UTF8String): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Pos(substr, str);
+end;
+
+function UTF8Copy(const str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UCS4ToUTF8String(UCS4Copy(UTF8ToUCS4String(str), Index-1, Count));
+end;
+
+function UCS4Copy(const str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer): UCS4String;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  MaxCount: integer;
+begin
+  // calculate max. copy count
+  MaxCount := LengthUCS4(str)-Index;
+  if (MaxCount < 0) then
+    MaxCount := 0;
+  // adjust copy count
+  if (Count > MaxCount) or (Count < 0) then
+    Count := MaxCount;
+
+  // copy (and add zero terminator)
+  SetLength(Result, Count + 1);
+  for I := 0 to Count-1 do
+    Result[I] := str[Index+I];
+  Result[Count] := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure UTF8Delete(var Str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+var
+  StrUCS4: UCS4String;
+begin
+  StrUCS4 := UTF8ToUCS4String(str);
+  UCS4Delete(StrUCS4, Index-1, Count);
+  Str := UCS4ToUTF8String(StrUCS4);
+end;
+
+procedure UCS4Delete(var Str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+var
+  Len: integer;
+  OldStr: UCS4String;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  Len := LengthUCS4(Str);
+  if (Count <= 0) or (Index < 0) or (Index >= Len) then
+    Exit;
+  if (Index + Count > Len) then
+    Count := Len-Index;
+  
+  OldStr := Str;
+  SetLength(Str, Len-Count+1);
+  for I := 0 to Index-1 do
+    Str[I] := OldStr[I];
+  for I := Index+Count to Len-1 do
+    Str[I-Count] := OldStr[I];
+  Str[High(Str)] := 0;
+end;
+
+function WideStringUpperCase(ch: WideChar): WideString;
+begin
+  // If WideChar #0 is converted to a WideString in Delphi, a string with
+  // length 1 and a single char #0 is returned. In FPC an empty (length=0)
+  // string will be returned. This will crash, if a non printable key was
+  // pressed, its char code (#0) is translated to upper-case and the the first
+  // character is accessed with Result[1].
+  // We cannot catch this error in the WideString parameter variant as the string
+  // has length 0 already.
+  
+  // Force min. string length of 1
+  if (ch = #0) then
+    Result := #0
+  else
+    Result := WideStringUpperCase(WideString(ch));
+end;
+
+function WideStringUpperCase(const str: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  // On Linux and MacOSX the cwstring unit is necessary for Unicode function-calls.
+  // Otherwise you will get an EIntOverflow exception (thrown by unimplementedwidestring()).
+  // The Unicode manager cwstring does not work with MacOSX at the moment because
+  // of missing references to iconv.
+  // Note: Should be fixed now
+
+  {.$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+  {.$IFDEF NOIGNORE}
+    Result := WideUpperCase(str)
+  {.$ELSE}
+    //Result := UTF8Decode(UpperCase(UTF8Encode(str)));
+  {.$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function WideStringLowerCase(ch: WideChar): WideString;
+begin
+  // see WideStringUpperCase
+  if (ch = #0) then
+    Result := #0
+  else
+    Result := WideStringLowerCase(WideString(ch));
+end;
+
+function WideStringLowerCase(const str: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  // see WideStringUpperCase
+  Result := WideLowerCase(str)
+end;
+
+function WideStringReplaceChar(const text: WideString; search, rep: WideChar): WideString;
+var
+  iPos  : integer;
+//  sTemp : WideString;
+begin
+(*
+  result := text;
+  iPos   := Pos(search, result);
+  while (iPos > 0) do
+  begin
+    sTemp  := copy(result, iPos + length(search), length(result));
+    result := copy(result, 1, iPos - 1) + rep + sTEmp;
+    iPos   := Pos(search, result);
+  end;
+*)
+  result := text;
+
+  if search = rep then
+    exit;
+
+  for iPos := 1 to length(result) do
+  begin
+    if result[iPos] = search then
+      result[iPos] := rep;
+  end;
+end;
+
+initialization
+  InitUnicodeUtils;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas b/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas
index 58b48789..e9751eba 100644
--- a/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas
+++ b/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas
@@ -34,7 +34,9 @@ interface
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
-  Classes;
+  Classes,
+  UPath,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
 
 type
   TNote = record
@@ -42,30 +44,30 @@ type
     Duration: Cardinal;
     Tone:     Integer;
     NoteTyp:  Byte;
-    Lyric:    String;
+    Lyric:    UTF8String;
   end;
-  ANote = Array of TNote;
+  ANote = array of TNote;
 
   TSentence = record
     Singer:   Byte;
     Duration: Cardinal;
     Notes:    ANote;
   end;
-  ASentence = Array of TSentence;
+  ASentence = array of TSentence;
 
-  TSongInfo = Record
+  TSongInfo = record
     ID: Cardinal;
     DualChannel: Boolean;
-    Header: Record
-      Artist:     String;
-      Title:      String;
+    Header: record
+      Artist:     UTF8String;
+      Title:      UTF8String;
       Gap:        Cardinal;
       BPM:        Real;
       Resolution: Byte;
-      Edition:    String;
-      Genre:      String;
-      Year:       String;
-      Language:   String;
+      Edition:    UTF8String;
+      Genre:      UTF8String;
+      Year:       UTF8String;
+      Language:   UTF8String;
     end;
     CountSentences: Cardinal;
     Sentences: ASentence;
@@ -81,23 +83,23 @@ type
       BindLyrics: Boolean;    //Should the Lyrics be bind to the last Word (no Space)
       FirstNote: Boolean;     //Is this the First Note found? For Gap calculating
 
-      Function  ParseLine(Line: String): Boolean;
+      function  ParseLine(Line: RawByteString): Boolean;
     public
       SongInfo: TSongInfo;
-      ErrorMessage: String;
-      Edition: String;
-      SingstarVersion: String;
+      ErrorMessage: string;
+      Edition: UTF8String;
+      SingstarVersion: string;
 
-      Settings: Record
+      Settings: record
         DashReplacement: Char;
       end;
 
-      Constructor Create;
+      constructor Create;
 
-      Function  ParseConfigforEdition(const Filename: String): String;
+      function  ParseConfigForEdition(const Filename: IPath): String;
 
-      Function  ParseSongHeader(const Filename: String): Boolean; //Parse Song Header only
-      Function  ParseSong (const Filename: String): Boolean;      //Parse whole Song
+      function  ParseSongHeader(const Filename: IPath): Boolean; //Parse Song Header only
+      function  ParseSong (const Filename: IPath): Boolean;      //Parse whole Song
   end;
 
 const
@@ -114,9 +116,12 @@ const
   DS_Both    = 3;
 
 implementation
-uses SysUtils, StrUtils;
 
-Constructor TParser.Create;
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  StrUtils;
+
+constructor TParser.Create;
 begin
   inherited Create;
   ErrorMessage := '';
@@ -124,19 +129,24 @@ begin
   DecimalSeparator := '.';
 end;
 
-Function  TParser.ParseSong (const Filename: String): Boolean;
-var I: Integer;
+function TParser.ParseSong(const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
 begin
   Result := False;
-  if FileExists(Filename) then
+  if Filename.IsFile() then
   begin
-    SSFile := TStringList.Create;
+    ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file';
 
+    SSFile := TStringList.Create;
+    FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);
     try
-      ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file';
-      SSFile.LoadFromFile(Filename);
+      SSFile.LoadFromStream(FileStream);
+
       ErrorMessage := '';
       Result := True;
+
       I := 0;
 
       SongInfo.CountSentences := 0;
@@ -153,7 +163,7 @@ begin
 
       SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences, 0);
 
-      While Result And (I < SSFile.Count) do
+      while Result and (I < SSFile.Count) do
       begin
         Result := ParseLine(SSFile.Strings[I]);
 
@@ -162,21 +172,24 @@ begin
 
     finally
       SSFile.Free;
+      FileStream.Free;
     end;
   end;
 end;
 
-Function  TParser.ParseSongHeader (const Filename: String): Boolean;
-var I: Integer;
+function  TParser.ParseSongHeader (const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;
 begin
   Result := False;
-  if FileExists(Filename) then
+
+  if Filename.IsFile() then
   begin
     SSFile := TStringList.Create;
-    SSFile.Clear;
-    
+    Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);
     try
-      SSFile.LoadFromFile(Filename);
+      SSFile.LoadFromStream(Stream);
 
       If (SSFile.Count > 0) then
       begin
@@ -207,6 +220,7 @@ begin
 
     finally
       SSFile.Free;
+      Stream.Free;
     end;
   end
   else
@@ -569,18 +583,20 @@ begin
     Result := true;
 end;
 
-Function  TParser.ParseConfigforEdition(const Filename: String): String;
+Function  TParser.ParseConfigForEdition(const Filename: IPath): String;
 var
   txt: TStringlist;
+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;
   I: Integer;
   J, K: Integer;
   S: String;
 begin
   Result := '';
-  txt := TStringlist.Create;
-  try
-    txt.LoadFromFile(Filename);
 
+  Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);
+  try
+    txt := TStringlist.Create;
+    txt.LoadFromStream(Stream);
     For I := 0 to txt.Count-1 do
     begin
       S := Trim(txt.Strings[I]);
@@ -600,6 +616,7 @@ begin
     Edition := Result;
   finally
     txt.Free;
+    Stream.Free;
   end;
 end;